EDUS281120 - A RZR-P, RZQ-P (9) SkyAir Engineering Data PDF

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 239

EDUS281120_a

Cooling Only 60Hz


Heat Pump 60Hz
RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) series

AMERICAS
EDUS281120_a

SkyAir Engineering Data

1. External appearance ...................................................................................3


1.1 Indoor unit .................................................................................................... 3
1.2 Outdoor unit.................................................................................................. 4
2. Model name, power supply and nomenclature ...........................................5
2.1 Model name and power supply .................................................................... 5
2.2 Nomenclature ............................................................................................... 6
3. Specifications ..............................................................................................7
3.1 Cooling Only................................................................................................. 7
3.2 Heat Pump ................................................................................................. 14
4. Dimensions and service space .................................................................21
4.1 Indoor unit .................................................................................................. 21
4.2 Wired remote controller (Optional) ............................................................. 29
4.3 Wireless remote controller (Optional)......................................................... 31
4.4 Outdoor unit................................................................................................ 34
4.5 Installation service space ........................................................................... 36
5. Piping diagrams ........................................................................................41
5.1 Indoor unit + Outdoor unit .......................................................................... 41
5.2 Indoor unit .................................................................................................. 42
5.3 Outdoor unit................................................................................................ 43
6. Wiring diagrams ........................................................................................44
6.1 Indoor unit .................................................................................................. 44
6.2 Outdoor unit................................................................................................ 48
6.3 External connection diagram...................................................................... 50
7. Electrical characteristics............................................................................52
7.1 Indoor unit .................................................................................................. 52
7.2 Outdoor unit................................................................................................ 56
8. Safety devices list .....................................................................................58
8.1 FCQ............................................................................................................ 58
8.2 FHQ............................................................................................................ 59
8.3 FAQ ............................................................................................................ 60
8.4 FBQ ............................................................................................................ 61
9. Capacity tables..........................................................................................62
9.1 Cooling Only............................................................................................... 62
9.2 Heat Pump ................................................................................................. 72
9.3 Capacity correction ratio............................................................................. 89
10.Fan Performances.....................................................................................92
11.Airflow Auto Adjustment Characteristics ...................................................95
12.Sound Levels (Reference) ........................................................................98

Table of contents 1
EDUS281120_a

12.1 Indoor unit .................................................................................................. 98


12.2 Outdoor unit.............................................................................................. 102
13.Operation limits .......................................................................................104
14.Accessories.............................................................................................106
14.1 Indoor unit ................................................................................................ 106
14.2 Outdoor unit.............................................................................................. 108
15.Center of gravity......................................................................................109
15.1 Indoor unit ................................................................................................ 109
15.2 Outdoor unit.............................................................................................. 111
16.Installation of indoor unit .........................................................................113
16.1 FCQ18PAVJU / FCQ24PAVJU / FCQ30PAVJU / FCQ36PAVJU /
FCQ42PAVJU .......................................................................................... 113
16.2 FHQ18PVJU / FHQ24PVJU / FHQ30PVJU ............................................. 138
16.3 FHQ36MVJU / FHQ42MVJU.................................................................... 152
16.4 FAQ18PVJU / FAQ24PVJU ..................................................................... 166
16.5 FBQ18PVJU / FBQ24PVJU / FBQ30PVJU / FBQ36PVJU /
FBQ42PVJU............................................................................................. 187
17.Installation of outdoor unit .......................................................................203
17.1 RZR18PVJU / RZR24PVJU / RZR30PVJU / RZQ18PVJU9 /
RZQ24PVJU9 / RZQ30PVJU................................................................... 203
17.2 RZR36PVJU / RZR42PVJU / RZQ36PVJU9 / RZQ42PVJU9.................. 221

2 Table of contents
EDUS281120_a External appearance

1. External appearance
1.1 Indoor unit

Ceiling mounted cassette type (Round flow)

FCQ18PAVJU / FCQ24PAVJU / FCQ30PAVJU


FCQ36PAVJU / FCQ42PAVJU

Ceiling suspended type

FHQ18PVJU / FHQ24PVJU / FHQ30PVJU


FHQ36MVJU / FHQ42MVJU

Wall mounted type

FAQ18PVJU / FAQ24PVJU

Ceiling mounted duct type

FBQ18PVJU / FBQ24PVJU / FBQ30PVJU


FBQ36PVJU / FBQ42PVJU

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 3
External appearance EDUS281120_a

1.2 Outdoor unit

RZR18PVJU / RZR24PVJU / RZR30PVJU


RZQ18PVJU9 / RZQ24PVJU9 / RZQ30PVJU

RZR36PVJU / RZR42PVJU
RZQ36PVJU9 / RZQ42PVJU9

4 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a Model name, power supply and nomenclature

2. Model name, power supply and nomenclature


2.1 Model name and power supply
2.1.1 Cooling Only
Indoor unit Outdoor unit Power supply intake
FCQ18PAVJU* RZR18PVJU
FCQ24PAVJU* RZR24PVJU
Ceiling mounted cassette type
FCQ30PAVJU* RZR30PVJU
(Round flow)
FCQ36PAVJU* RZR36PVJU
FCQ42PAVJU* RZR42PVJU
FHQ18PVJU RZR18PVJU
FHQ24PVJU RZR24PVJU
Ceiling suspended type FHQ30PVJU RZR30PVJU
Indoor unit: 1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz
FHQ36MVJU RZR36PVJU Outdoor unit: 1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz
FHQ42MVJU RZR42PVJU
FAQ18PVJU RZR18PVJU
Wall mounted type
FAQ24PVJU RZR24PVJU
FBQ18PVJU* RZR18PVJU
FBQ24PVJU* RZR24PVJU
Ceiling mounted duct type FBQ30PVJU* RZR30PVJU
FBQ36PVJU* RZR36PVJU
FBQ42PVJU* RZR42PVJU
Note:
1. * : New model or changed model

2.1.2 Heat Pump


Indoor unit Outdoor unit Power supply intake
FCQ18PAVJU* RZQ18PVJU9
FCQ24PAVJU* RZQ24PVJU9
Ceiling mounted cassette type
FCQ30PAVJU* RZQ30PVJU
(Round flow)
FCQ36PAVJU* RZQ36PVJU9
FCQ42PAVJU* RZQ42PVJU9
FHQ18PVJU RZQ18PVJU9
FHQ24PVJU RZQ24PVJU9
Ceiling suspended type FHQ30PVJU RZQ30PVJU
Indoor unit: 1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz
FHQ36MVJU RZQ36PVJU9 Outdoor unit: 1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz
FHQ42MVJU RZQ42PVJU9
FAQ18PVJU RZQ18PVJU9
Wall mounted type
FAQ24PVJU RZQ24PVJU9
FBQ18PVJU* RZQ18PVJU9
FBQ24PVJU* RZQ24PVJU9
Ceiling mounted duct type FBQ30PVJU* RZQ30PVJU
FBQ36PVJU* RZQ36PVJU9
FBQ42PVJU* RZQ42PVJU9
Note:
1. * : New model or changed model

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 5
Model name, power supply and nomenclature EDUS281120_a

2.2 Nomenclature

Indoor unit
F C Q 18 PA VJ U

Standard compatibility symbol


U: United States of America
Power supply symbol
VJ: 1 phase, 208/230 V, 60 Hz

Indicates major design category


Capacity indication in cooling
18: 18,000 Btu/h 24: 24,000 Btu/h 30: 30,000 Btu/h 36: 36,000 Btu/h 42: 42,000 Btu/h
Refrigerant and Type
Q: R410A, Heat pump or Cooling only
Shape
C: Ceiling mounted cassette (Round flow)
H: Ceiling suspended
A: Wall mounted
B: Ceiling mounted duct type

Unit category
F: Air cooled split indoor unit

Outdoor unit (Cooling Only)


R Z R 18 P VJ U

Standard compatibility symbol


U: United States of America

Power supply symbol


VJ: 1 phase, 208/230 V, 60 Hz
Indicates major design category

Capacity indication in cooling


18: 18,000 Btu/h 24: 24,000 Btu/h 30: 30,000 Btu/h 36: 36,000 Btu/h 42: 42,000 Btu/h
Refrigerant and Type
R: R410A, Cooling Only

Inverter/Non inverter
Z: Inverter

Unit category
R: Air cooled split outdoor unit

Outdoor unit (Heat Pump)


R Z Q 18 P VJ U 9

Management suffix
Indicates slight design change

Standard compatibility symbol


U: United States of America
Power supply symbol
VJ: 1 phase, 208/230 V, 60 Hz
Indicates major design category

Capacity indication in cooling


18: 18,000 Btu/h 24: 24,000 Btu/h 30: 30,000 Btu/h 36: 36,000 Btu/h 42: 42,000 Btu/h

Refrigerant and Type


Q: R410A, Heat Pump
Inverter/Non inverter
Z: Inverter

Unit category
R: Air cooled split outdoor unit

6 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a Specifications

3. Specifications
3.1 Cooling Only,
3.1.1 FCQ / Ceiling mounted cassette type (Round flow)
Indoor unit FCQ18PAVJU FCQ24PAVJU FCQ30PAVJU
Model
Outdoor unit RZR18PVJU RZR24PVJU RZR30PVJU
Power supply 1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz 1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz 1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz
Cooling capacity 1, 2 Btu/h 18,000 24,000 30,000
SEER (Rated) 17.2 16.8 15.8
EER (Rated) Btu/h-W 13.9 12.0 10.2
Indoor unit FCQ18PAVJU FCQ24PAVJU FCQ30PAVJU
Color Galvanized steel plate Galvanized steel plate Galvanized steel plate
911/16 331/16 331/16 911/16 331/16 331/16 911/16 331/16 331/16
Dimensions HWD in (mm)
(246 x 840 x 840) (246 x 840 x 840) (246 x 840 x 840)
Type Cross fin coil Cross fin coil Cross fin coil
Coil RowsStagesFPI 2 6 21 2 10 21 2 10 21
Face area ft (m) 2.87 (0.9) 4.80 (1.5) 4.80 (1.5)
Model QTS48C15M QTS48C15M QTS48C15M
Type Turbo fan Turbo fan Turbo fan
Fan
Motor output W 56 56 56
Airflow rate (HH/H/L) cfm (m3/min) 560/470/390 (16/13/11) 780/620/470 (22/13/11) 830/670/530 (24/13/11)
Air filter
Mass (Weight) Lbs (kg) 43 (19.5) 48.5 (22) 48.5 (22)
Liquid in (mm) 1/4 (6.4) (Flare connection) 3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection) 3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
Piping Gas in (mm) 1/2 (12.7) (Flare connection) 5/8 (15.8)(Flare connection) 5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
connections
VP25 (External dia. 11/4 (31.8), VP25 (External dia. 11/4 (31.8), VP25 (External dia. 11/4 (31.8),
Drain in (mm) Internal dia. 1 (25.4)) Internal dia. 1 (25.4)) Internal dia. 1 (25.4))
Wired BRC1E71 BRC1E71 BRC1E71
Remote controller (option)
Wireless
Model BYCP125KW1 BYCP125KW1 BYCP125KW1
Color Fresh white Fresh white Fresh white
Decoration
panels Dimensions HWD in (mm) 2 373/8 373/8 (51 x 949 x 949) 2 373/8 373/8 (51 x 949 x 949) 2 373/8 373/8 (51 x 949 x 949)
(option)
Air filter Resin net (with mold resistant) Resin net (with mold resistant) Resin net (with mold resistant)
Weight Lbs (kg) 12.2 (5.5) 12.2 (5.5) 12.2 (5.5)
Outdoor unit RZR18PVJU RZR24PVJU RZR30PVJU
Color Ivory Ivory Ivory
305/16 357/16 125/8 305/16 357/16 125/8 305/16 357/16 125/8
Dimensions HWD in (mm)
(770 x 900 x 321) (770 x 900 x 321) (770 x 900 x 321)
Type Cross fin coil Cross fin coil Cross fin coil
Coil RowsStagesFPI 2 34 18 2 34 18 2 34 18
Face area ft (m) 7.1 (2.2) 7.1 (2.2) 7.1 (2.2)
Model 2YC63HXD#ED 2YC63HXD#ED 2YC63HXD#ED
Comp. Type Hermetically sealed swing type Hermetically sealed swing type Hermetically sealed swing type
Motor output kW 1.7 1.7 1.7
Model P47N11F P47N11F P47N11F
Type Propeller fan Propeller fan Propeller fan
Fan
Motor output W 70 70 70
Airflow rate cfm (m3/min) 1,835 (52) 1,835 (52) 1,835 (52)
Mass (Weight) Lbs (kg) 150 (68) 150 (68) 150 (68)
Liquid in (mm) 3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection) 3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection) 3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
Piping
Gas in (mm) 5/8 15.8)(Flare connection) 5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection) 5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
connections
Drain in (mm) 1 (25.4) (Hole) 1 (25.4) (Hole) 1 (25.4) (Hole)
High pressure switch. Outdoor fan
High pressure switch. Outdoor fan High pressure switch. Outdoor fan driver overload protector. Inverter
Safety devices driver overload protector. Inverter driver overload protector. Inverter
overload protector. Fusible plugs.
overload protector. Fusible plugs. Fuse. overload protector. Fusible plugs. Fuse. Fuse.

Capacity step % 35-100 30-100 25-100


Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve Electronic expansion valve Electronic expansion valve
Standard length ft (m) 25 (7.5) 25 (7.5) 25 (7.5)
Ref. piping Max. length ft (m) 164 (50) 164 (50) 164 (50)
Max. height difference ft (m) 98 (30) 98 (30) 98 (30)
Model R-410A R-410A R-410A
Refrigerant
Charge (factory charge) Lbs (kg) 5.1 (2.3) 5.1 (2.3) 5.1 (2.3)
Model Refer to the name plate of compressor. Refer to the name plate of compressor. Refer to the name plate of compressor.
Ref. oil
Charge L (oz) 0.75 (25.4) 0.75 (25.4) 0.75 (25.4)
Drawing Number C: 4D074132 C: 4D074132 C: 4D074132
1. Indoor temp. : 80FDB, 67FWB (27CDB)/(19.4CWB) / outdoor temp. : 95FDB (35CDB) / Equivalent piping length : 25 ft (7.5 m), level difference : 0.
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 7
Specifications EDUS281120_a

Ceiling mounted cassette type (Round flow), continued


Indoor unit FCQ36PAVJU FCQ42PAVJU
Model
Outdoor unit RZR36PVJU RZR42PVJU
Power supply 1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz 1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz
Cooling capacity 1, 2 Btu/h 36,000 42,000
SEER (Rated) 17.5 16.0
EER (Rated) Btu/h-W 11.2 10.2
Indoor unit FCQ36PAVJU FCQ42PAVJU
Color Galvanized steel plate Galvanized steel plate
Dimensions HWD in (mm) 115/16 331/16 331/16 (287 x 840 x 840) 115/16 331/16 331/16 (287 x 840 x 840)
Type Cross fin coil Cross fin coil
Coil RowsStagesFPI 2 12 21 2 12 21
Face area ft (m) 5.76 (1.8) 5.76 (1.8)
Model QTS48C15M QTS48C15M
Type Turbo fan Turbo fan
Fan
Motor output W 120 120
Airflow rate (HH/H/L) cfm (m3/min) 1180/910/700 (33/26/20) 1220/970/790 (35/28/22)
Air filter
Mass (Weight) Lbs (kg) 55 (25) 55 (25)
Liquid in (mm) 3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection) 3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
Piping Gas in (mm) 5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection) 5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
connections
Drain in (mm) VP25 (External dia. 11/4 (31.8), VP25 (External dia. 11/4 (31.8),
Internal dia. 1 (25.4)) Internal dia. 1 (25.4))
Wired BRC1E71 BRC1E71
Remote controller (option)
Wireless
Model BYCP125KW1 BYCP125KW1
Color Fresh white Fresh white
Decoration
panels Dimensions HWD in (mm) 2 373/8 373/8 (51 x 949 x 949) 2 373/8 373/8 (51 x 949 x 949)
(option)
Air filter Resin net (with mold resistant) Resin net (with mold resistant)
Weight Lbs (kg) 12.2 (5.5) 12.2 (5.5)
Outdoor unit RZR36PVJU RZR42PVJU
Color Ivory white (5Y7.5/1) Ivory white (5Y7.5/1)
Dimensions HWD in (mm) 5215/16 357/16 125/8 (1345 x 900 x 321) 5215/16 357/16 125/8 (1345 x 900 x 321)
Type Cross fin coil Cross fin coil
Coil RowsStagesFPI 2 60 13 2 60 13
Face area ft (m) 12.2 (3.7) 12.2 (3.7)
Model JT100G-VDLW@T JT100G-VDLW@T
Comp. Type Hermetically sealed scroll type Hermetically sealed scroll type
Motor output kW 2.5 3.0
Model KFD325708C2 KFD325708C2
Type Propeller fan Propeller fan
Fan
Motor output W 70 2 70 2
Airflow rate cfm (m3/min) 3,740 (106) 3,740 (106)
Mass (Weight) Lbs (kg) 283 (128) 283 (128)
Liquid in (mm) 3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection) 3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
Piping
Gas in (mm) 5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection) 5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
connections
Drain in (mm) 1 (25.4) (Hole) 1 (25.4) (Hole)
High pressure switch. High pressure switch.
Outdoor fan driver overload protector. Outdoor fan driver overload protector.
Safety devices
Inverter overload protector. Inverter overload protector.
Fusible plugs. Fuse. Fusible plugs. Fuse.
Capacity step % 25-100 25-100
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve Electronic expansion valve
Standard length ft (m) 25 (7.5) 25 (7.5)
Ref. piping Max. length ft (m) 230 (70) 230 (70)
Max. height difference ft (m) 164 (50) 164 (50)
Model R-410A R-410A
Refrigerant
Charge (factory charge) Lbs (kg) 8.8 (4) 8.8 (4)
Model Refer to the name plate of compressor. Refer to the name plate of compressor.
Ref. oil
Charge L (oz) 1.5 (50.7) 1.5 (50.7)
Drawing Number C: 4D074133 C: 4D074133

Notes:
1. Indoor temp. : 80FDB, 67FWB (27CDB /19.4CWB) / outdoor temp. : 95FDB (35CDB) / Equivalent piping length : 25ft (7.5 m), level difference : 0.
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.

8 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a Specifications

3.1.2 FHQ

Ceiling suspended type


Indoor unit FHQ18PVJU FHQ24PVJU FHQ30PVJU
Model
Outdoor unit RZR18PVJU RZR24PVJU RZR30PVJU
Power supply 1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz 1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz 1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz
Cooling capacity 1, 2 Btu/h 18,000 24,000 30,000
SEER (Rated) 18.0 18.1 17.2
EER (Rated) Btu/h-W 14.0 12.6 10.5
Indoor unit FHQ18PVJU FHQ24PVJU FHQ30PVJU
Color White (10Y9/0.5) White (10Y9/0.5) White (10Y9/0.5)
711/16 625/8 263/4 711/16 625/8 263/4 711/16 625/8 263/4
Dimensions HWD in (mm)
(195 x 1591 x 680) (195 x 1591 x 680) (195 x 1591 x 680)
Type Cross fin coil Cross fin coil Cross fin coil
Coil RowsStagesFPI 2 12 15 + 2 10 15 2 12 15 + 2 10 15 2 12 15 + 2 10 15
Face area ft (m) 3.66 + 2.95 (1.1 + 0.9) 3.66 + 2.95 (1.1 + 0.9) 3.66 + 2.95 (1.1 + 0.9)
Model
Type Sirocco fan Sirocco fan Sirocco fan
Fan
Motor output W 130 130 130
Airflow rate (H/L) cfm (m3/min) 790/670 (22/19) 790/670 (22/19) 790/670 (22/19)
Air filter Resin net (With mold resistant) Resin net (With mold resistant) Resin net (With mold resistant)
Mass (Weight) Lbs (kg) 90 (41) 90 (41) 90 (41)
Liquid in (mm) 3/8 (9.5) (Flare Connection) 3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection) 3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
Piping Gas in (mm) 5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection) 5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection) 5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
connections
VP20 (External dia. 1 (25.4), VP20 (External dia. 1 (25.4), VP20 (External dia. 1 (25.4),
Drain in (mm)
Internal dia. 3/4 (19.1)) Internal dia. 3/4 (19.1)) Internal dia. 3/4 (19.1))
Wired BRC1E71 BRC1E71 BRC1E71
Remote controller (option)
Wireless BRC7E83 BRC7E83 BRC7E83
Outdoor unit RZR18PVJU RZR24PVJU RZR30PVJU
Color Ivory Ivory Ivory
305/16 357/16 125/8 305/16 357/16 125/8 305/16 357/16 125/8
Dimensions HWD in (mm)
(770 x 900 x 321) (770 x 900 x 321) (770 x 900 x 321)
Type Cross fin coil Cross fin coil Cross fin coil
Coil RowsStagesFPI 2 34 18 2 34 18 2 34 18
Face area ft (m) 7.1 (2.2) 7.1 (2.2) 7.1 (2.2)
Model 2YC63HXD#ED 2YC63HXD#ED 2YC63HXD#ED
Comp. Type Hermetically sealed swing type Hermetically sealed swing type Hermetically sealed swing type
Motor output kW 1.7 1.7 1.7
Model P47N11F P47N11F P47N11F
Type Propeller fan Propeller fan Propeller fan
Fan
Motor output W 70 70 70
Airflow rate cfm (m3/min) 1,835 (52) 1,835 (52) 1,835 (52)
Mass (Weight) Lbs (kg) 150 (68) 150 (68) 150 (68)
Liquid in (mm) 3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection) 3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection) 3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
Piping
connections Gas in (mm) 5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection) 5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection) 5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
Drain in (mm) 1 (25.4) (Hole) 1 (25.4) (Hole) 1 (25.4) (Hole)
High pressure switch.
High pressure switch. High pressure switch. Outdoor fan driver overload
Outdoor fan driver overload protector. Outdoor fan driver overload protector. protector.
Safety devices Thermal protector for indoor fan motor. Thermal protector for indoor fan motor. Thermal protector for indoor fan
Inverter overload protector. Inverter overload protector. motor.
Fusible plugs. Fuse. Fusible plugs. Fuse. Inverter overload protector.
Fusible plugs. Fuse.
Capacity step % 35-100 30-100 25-100
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve Electronic expansion valve Electronic expansion valve
Standard length ft (m) 25 (7.5) 25 (7.5) 25 (7.5)
Ref. piping Max. length ft (m) 164 (50) 164 (50) 164 (50)
Max. height difference ft (m) 98 (30) 98 (30) 98 (30)
Model R-410A R-410A R-410A
Refrigerant
Charge (factory charge) Lbs (kg) 5.1 (2.3) 5.1 (2.3) 5.1 (2.3)
Refer to the name plate of
Ref. oil Refer to the name plate of compressor. Refer to the name plate of compressor. compressor.
Drawing Number C: 4D071679 C: 4D071679 C: 4D071679

Notes:
1. Indoor temp. : 80FDB, 67FWB (27CDB /19.4CWB) / outdoor temp. : 95FDB (35CDB) / Equivalent piping length : 25ft (7.5 m), level difference : 0.
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 9
Specifications EDUS281120_a

Ceiling suspended type, continued


Indoor unit FHQ36MVJU FHQ42MVJU
Model
Outdoor unit RZR36PVJU RZR42PVJU
Power supply 1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz 1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz
Cooling capacity 1, 2 Btu/h 36,000 40,500
SEER (Rated) 14.0 13.8
EER (Rated) Btu/h-W 10.2 9.5
Indoor unit FHQ36MVJU FHQ42MVJU
Color White (10Y9/0.5) White (10Y9/0.5)
Dimensions HWD in (mm) 711/16 625/8 263/4 (195 x 1591 x 680) 711/16 625/8 263/4 (195 x 1591 x 680)
Type Cross fin coil Cross fin coil
Coil RowsStagesFPI 2 12 15 + 2 10 15 2 12 15 + 2 10 15
Face area ft (m) 3.66 + 2.95 (1.1 + 0.9) 3.66 + 2.95 (1.1 + 0.9)
Model
Type Sirocco fan Sirocco fan
Fan
Motor output W 130 130
Airflow rate (H/L) cfm (m3/min) 830/670 (24/19) 850/700 (24/20)
Air filter Resin net (With mold resistant) Resin net (With mold resistant)
Mass (Weight) Lbs (kg) 90 (41) 90 (41)
Liquid in (mm) 3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection) 3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
Piping
Gas in (mm) 5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection) 5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
connections
Drain in (mm) VP20 (External dia. 1 (25.4), Internal dia. 3/4 (19.1)) VP20 (External dia. 1 (25.4), Internal dia. 3/4 (19.1))
Wired BRC1E71 BRC1E71
Remote controller (option)
Wireless BRC7E83 BRC7E83
Outdoor unit RZR36PVJU RZR42PVJU
Color Ivory white (5Y7.5/1) Ivory white (5Y7.5/1)
Dimensions HWD in (mm) 5215/16 357/16 125/8 (1345 x 900 x 321) 5215/16 357/16 125/8 (1345 x 900 x 321)
Type Cross fin coil Cross fin coil
Coil RowsStagesFPI 2 60 13 2 60 13
Face area ft (m) 12.2 (3.7) 12.2 (3.7)
Model JT100G-VDLW@T JT100G-VDLW@T
Comp. Type Hermetically sealed scroll type Hermetically sealed scroll type
Motor output kW 2.5 3.0
Model KFD325708C2 KFD325708C2
Type Propeller Fan Propeller Fan
Fan
Motor output W 702 702
Airflow rate cfm (m3/min) 3,740 (106) 3,740 (106)
Mass (Weight) Lbs (kg) 283 (128) 283 (7.5 m)
Liquid in (mm) 3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection) 3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
Piping
connections Gas in (mm) 5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection) 5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
Drain in (mm) 1 (25.4) (Hole) 1 (25.4) (Hole)
High pressure switch. High pressure switch.
Outdoor fan driver overload protector. Outdoor fan driver overload protector.
Safety devices Thermal protector for indoor fan motor. Thermal protector for indoor fan motor.
Inverter overload protector. Inverter overload protector.
Fusible plugs. Fuse. Fusible plugs. Fuse.
Capacity step % 25-100 25-100
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve Electronic expansion valve
Standard length ft (m) 25 (7.5) 25 (7.5)
Ref. piping Max. length ft (m) 230 (70) 230 (70)
Max. height difference ft (m) 164 (50) 164 (50)
Model R-410A R-410A
Refrigerant
Charge (factory charge) Lbs (kg) 8.8 (4) 8.8 (4)
Model Refer to the name plate of compressor. Refer to the name plate of compressor.
Ref. oil
Charge L (oz) 1.5 (51) 1.5 (51)
Drawing Number C: 4D071676 C: 4D071676

Notes:
1. Indoor temp. : 80FDB, 67FWB (27CDB /19.4CWB) / outdoor temp. : 95FDB (35CDB) / Equivalent piping length : 25 ft (7.5 m), level difference : 0.
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.

10 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a Specifications

3.1.3 FAQ

Wall mounted type


Indoor unit FAQ18PVJU FAQ24PVJU
Model
Outdoor unit RZR18PVJU RZR24PVJU
Power supply 1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz 1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz
Cooling capacity 1, 2 Btu/h 18,000 24,000
SEER (Rated) 18.6 17.6
EER (Rated) Btu/h-W 12.7 10.2
Indoor unit FAQ18PVJU FAQ24PVJU
Color White (3.0Y8.5/0.5) White (3.0Y8.5/0.5)
Dimensions HWD in (mm) 113/8 413/8 9 (289 x 1051 x 229) 113/8 413/8 9 (289 x 1051 x 229)
Type Cross fin coil Cross fin coil
Coil RowsStagesFPI 2 14 18 2 14 18
Face area ft (m) 2.29 (0.7) 2.29 (0.7)
Model QCL9686M QCL9686M
Type Cross flow fan Cross flow fan
Fan
Motor output W 43 43
Airflow rate (H/L) cfm (m3/min) 500/400 (14/11) 635/470 (18/13)
Air filter Resin net (Washable) Resin net (Washable)
Mass (Weight) Lbs (kg) 31 (14) 31 (14)
Liquid in (mm) 3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection) 3/8 (9.5)(Flare connection)
Piping
Gas in (mm) 5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection) 5/8 (15.8)(Flare connection)
connections
Drain in (mm) VP13 (External dia. 11/16 (17.5), Internal dia. 1/2 (12.7)) VP13 (External dia. 11/16 (17.5), Internal dia. 1/2 (12.7))
Wired BRC1E71 BRC1E71
Remote controller (option)
Wireless BRC7E818 BRC7E818
Outdoor unit RZR18PVJU RZR24PVJU
Color Ivory Ivory
305/16 357/16 125/8 305/16 357/16 125/8
Dimensions HWD in (mm)
(770 x 900 x 321) (770 x 900 x 321)
Type Cross fin coil Cross fin coil
Coil RowsStagesFPI 2 34 18 2 34 18
Face area ft (m) 7.1 (2.2) 7.1 (2.2)
Model 2YC63HXD#ED 2YC63HXD#ED
Comp. Type Hermetically sealed swing type Hermetically sealed swing type
Motor output kW 1.7 1.7
Model P47N11F P47N11F
Type Propeller fan Propeller fan
Fan
Motor output W 70 70
Airflow rate cfm (m3/min) 1,835 (52) 1,835 (52)
Mass (Weight) Lbs (kg) 150 (68) 150 (68)
Liquid in (mm) 3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection) 3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
Piping Gas in (mm) 5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection) 5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
connections
Drain in (mm) 1 (25.4) (Hole) 1 (25.4) (Hole)
High pressure switch. High pressure switch.
Outdoor fan driver overload protector. Outdoor fan driver overload protector.
Safety devices Thermal protector for indoor fan motor. Thermal protector for indoor fan motor.
Inverter overload protector. Inverter overload protector.
Fusible plugs. Fuse. Fusible plugs. Fuse.
Capacity step % 35-100 30-100
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve Electronic expansion valve
Standard length ft (m) 25 (7.5) 25 (7.5)
Ref. piping Max. length ft (m) 164 (50) 164 (50)
Max. height difference ft (m) 98 (30) 98 (30)
Model R-410A R-410A
Refrigerant
Charge (factory charge) Lbs (kg) 5.1 (2.3) 5.1 (2.3)
Ref. oil Refer to the name plate of compressor. Refer to the name plate of compressor.
Drawing Number C: 4D071677 C: 4D071677

Notes:
1. Indoor temp. : 80FDB, 67FWB (27CDB /19.4CWB) / outdoor temp. : 95FDB (35CDB) / Equivalent piping length : 25 ft (7.5 m), level difference : 0.
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 11
Specifications EDUS281120_a

3.1.4 FBQ
Indoor unit FBQ18PVJU FBQ24PVJU FBQ30PVJU
Model
Outdoor unit RZR18PVJU RZR24PVJU RZR30PVJU
Power supply 1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz 1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz 1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz
Cooling capacity 1, 2 Btu/h 18,000 24,000 30,000
SEER (Rated) 17.5 16.5 16.0
EER (Rated) Btu/h-W 14.1 12.0 10.5
Indoor unit FBQ18PVJU FBQ24PVJU FBQ30PVJU
Color Galvanized steel plate Galvanized steel plate Galvanized steel plate
1113/16 393/8 279/16 1113/16 393/8 279/16 1113/16 393/8 279/16
Dimensions HWD in (mm)
(300 x 1000 x 700) (300 x 1000 x 700) (300 x 1000 x 700)
Type Cross fin coil Cross fin coil Cross fin coil
Coil RowsStagesFPI 3 16 15 3 16 15 3 16 15
Face area ft (m) 2.68 (0.8) 2.68 (0.8) 2.68 (0.8)
Model
Type Sirocco fan Sirocco fan Sirocco fan
Fan Motor output W 350 350 350
Airflow rate (HH/H/L) cfm (m3/min) 635/582/529 (18 / 16.5 /15) 688/618/565 (19.5 / 17.5 / 16) 882/794/706 (25 / 22.5 / 20)
External static pressure Wg Standard 0.40 (0.800.20 3) Standard 0.40 (0.800.20 3) Standard 0.40 (0.800.20 3)
Air filter Note 4 Note 4 Note 4
Mass (Weight) Lbs (kg) 80 (36) 80 (36) 80 (36)
Liquid in (mm) 1/4 (6.4) (Flare connection) 3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection) 3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
Piping Gas in (mm) 1/2 (12.7) (Flare connection) 5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection) 5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
connections
VP25 (External dia. 1-1/4 (31.8), VP25 (External dia. 1-1/4 (31.8), VP25 (External dia. 1-1/4 (31.8),
Drain in (mm)
internal dia.1 (25.4)) internal dia.1 (25.4)) internal dia.1 (25.4))
Wired BRC1E71 BRC1E71 BRC1E71
Remote controller (option)
Wireless BRC4C82 BRC4C82 BRC4C82
Outdoor unit RZR18PVJU RZR24PVJU RZR30PVJU
Color Ivory Ivory Ivory
305/16 357/16 125/8 305/16 357/16 125/8 305/16 357/16 125/8
Dimensions HWD in (mm)
(770 x 900 x 321) (770 x 900 x 321) (770 x 900 x 321)
Type Cross fin coil Cross fin coil Cross fin coil
Coil RowsStagesFPI 2 34 18 2 34 18 2 34 18
Face area ft (m) 7.1 (2.2) 7.1 (2.2) 7.1 (2.2)
Model 2YC63HXD#ED 2YC63HXD#ED 2YC63HXD#ED
Comp. Type Hermetically sealed swing type Hermetically sealed swing type Hermetically sealed swing type
Motor output kW 1.7 1.7 1.7
Model P47N11F P47N11F P47N11F
Type Propeller fan Propeller fan Propeller fan
Fan
Motor output W 70 70 70
Airflow rate cfm (m3/min) 1,835 (52) 1,835 (52) 1,835 (52)
Mass (Weight) Lbs (kg) 150 (68) 150 (68) 150 (68)
Liquid in (mm) 3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection) 3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection) 3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
Piping Gas in (mm) 5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection) 5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection) 5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
connections
Drain in (mm) 1 (25.4) (Hole) 1 (25.4) (Hole) 1 (25.4) (Hole)
High pressure switch. High pressure switch. High pressure switch.
Outdoor fan driver overload protector. Outdoor fan driver overload protector. Outdoor fan driver overload protector.
Safety devices Thermal protector for indoor fan motor. Thermal protector for indoor fan motor. Thermal protector for indoor fan motor.
Inverter overload protector. Inverter overload protector. Inverter overload protector.
Fusible plugs. Fuse. Fusible plugs. Fuse. Fusible plugs. Fuse.
Capacity step % 35-100 30-100 25-100
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve Electronic expansion valve Electronic expansion valve
Standard length ft (m) 25 (7.5) 25 (7.5) 25 (7.5)
Ref. piping Max. length ft (m) 164 (50) 164 (50) 164 (50)
Max. height difference ft (m) 98 (30) 98 (30) 98 (30)
Model R-410A R-410A R-410A
Refrigerant
Charge Lbs (kg) 5.1 (2.3) 5.1 (2.3) 5.1 (2.3)
Model Refer to the name plate of compressor. Refer to the name plate of compressor. Refer to the name plate of compressor.
Ref. oil
Charge L (oz) 0.75 (25.4) 0.75 (25.4) 0.75 (25.4)
Drawing Number C: 4D074134 C: 4D074134 C: 4D074134

Notes:
1. Indoor temp. : 80FDB, 67FWB (27CDB /19.4CWB) / outdoor temp. : 95FDB (35CDB) / Equivalent piping length : 25ft (7.5 m), level difference : 0.
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.
3. External static pressure is changeable in 14 stages within the ( ) range by remote controller.
4. An air filter is not a standard accessory, but should be mounted in the duct system of the suction side. Select dust collection efficiency of (gravity
method) 50% or more.

12 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a Specifications

Indoor unit FBQ36PVJU FBQ42PVJU


Model
Outdoor unit RZR36PVJU RZR42PVJU
Power supply 1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz 1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz
Cooling capacity 1, 2 Btu/h 36,000 42,000
SEER (Rated) 17.5 16.0
EER (Rated) Btu/h-W 11.2 10.2
Indoor unit FBQ36PVJU FBQ42PVJU
Color Galvanized steel plate Galvanized steel plate
1113/16 551/8 279/16 1113/16 551/8 279/16
Dimensions HWD in (mm)
(300 x 1400 x 700) (300 x 1400 x 700)
Type Cross fin coil Cross fin coil
Coil RowsStagesFPI 3 16 15 3 16 15
Face area ft (m) 4.12 (1.3) 4.12 (1.3)
Model
Type Sirocco fan Sirocco fan
Fan Motor output W 350 350
Airflow rate (HH/H/L) cfm (m3/min) 1130/953/812 (32/27/23) 1377/1165/988 (39/33/28)
External static pressure Wg Standard 0.40 (0.800.203) Standard 0.40 (0.800.203)
Air filter Note 4 Note 4
Mass (Weight) Lbs (kg) 102 (46) 102 (46)
Liquid in (mm) 3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection) 3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
Piping Gas in (mm) 5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection) 5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
connections
Drain in (mm) VP25 (External dia. 11/4 (31.8), VP25 (External dia. 11/4 (31.8),
Internal dia. 1 (25.4)) Internal dia. 1 (25.4))
Wired BRC1E71 BRC1E71
Remote controller (option)
Wireless BRC4C82 BRC4C82
Outdoor unit RZR36PVJU RZR42PVJU
Color Ivory white (5Y7. 5/1) Ivory white (5Y7. 5/1)
Dimensions HWD in (mm) 5215/16 357/16 125/8 (1345 x 900 x 321) 5215/16 357/16 125/8 (1345 x 900 x 321)
Type Cross fin coil Cross fin coil
Coil RowsStagesFPI 2 60 13 2 60 13
Face area ft (m) 12.2 (3.7) 12.2 (3.7)
Model JT100G-VDLW@T JT100G-VDLW@T
Comp. Type Hermetically sealed scroll type Hermetically sealed scroll type
Motor output kW 2.5 3.0
Model KFD-325-70-8C2 KFD-325-70-8C2
Type Propeller fan Propeller fan
Fan
Motor output W 702 702
Airflow rate cfm (m3/min) 3,740 (106) 3,740 (106)
Mass (Weight) Lbs (kg) 283 (128) 283 (128)
Liquid in (mm) 3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection) 3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
Piping Gas in (mm) 5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection) 5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
connections
Drain in (mm) 1 (25.4) (Hole) 1 (25.4) (Hole)
High pressure switch. High pressure switch.
Outdoor fan driver overload protector. Outdoor fan driver overload protector.
Safety devices Thermal protector for indoor fan motor. Thermal protector for indoor fan motor.
Inverter overload protector. Inverter overload protector.
Fusible plugs. Fuse. Fusible plugs. Fuse.
Capacity step % 25-100 25-100
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve Electronic expansion valve
Standard length ft (m) 25 (7.5) 25 (7.5)
Ref. piping Max. length ft (m) 230 (70) 230 (70)
Max. height difference ft (m) 164 (50) 164 (50)
Model R-410A R-410A
Refrigerant
Charge Lbs (kg) 8.8 (4) 8.8 (4)
Model Refer to the name plate of compressor. Refer to the name plate of compressor.
Ref. oil
Charge L (oz) 1.5 (50) 1.5 (50)
Drawing Number C: 4D074135 C: 4D074135

Notes:
1. Indoor temp. : 80FDB, 67FWB (27CDB)/(19.4CWB) / outdoor temp. : 95FDB (35CDB) / Equivalent piping length : 25 ft (7.5 m), level difference : 0.
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.
3. External static pressure is changeable in 14 stages within the ( ) range by remote controller.
4. An air filter is not a standard accessory, but should be mounted in the duct system of the suction side. Select dust collection efficiency of (gravity
method) 50% or more.

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 13
Specifications EDUS281120_a

3.2 Heat Pump


3.2.1 FCQ / Ceiling mounted cassette type (Round flow)
Indoor unit FCQ18PAVJU FCQ24PAVJU FCQ30PAVJU
Model
Outdoor unit RZQ18PVJU9 RZQ24PVJU9 RZQ30PVJU
Power supply 1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz 1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz 1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz
Cooling capacity 1, 4 Btu/h 18,000 24,000 30,000
Heating capacity 2, 4 Btu/h 20,000 27,000 34,000
Heating capacity 3, 4 Btu/h 12,000 18,000 22,000
SEER (Rated) 17.2 16.8 15.8
EER (Rated) Btu/h-W 13.9 12.0 10.2
HSPF (Rated) 10.1 9.7 9.7
Indoor unit FCQ18PAVJU FCQ24PAVJU FCQ30PAVJU
Color Galvanized steel plate Galvanized steel plate Galvanized steel plate
911/16 331/16 331/16 911/16 331/16 331/16 911/16 331/16 331/16
Dimensions HWD in (mm)
(246 x 840 x 840) (246 x 840 x 840) (246 x 840 x 840)
Type Cross fin coil Cross fin coil Cross fin coil
Coil RowsStagesFPI 2 6 21 2 10 21 2 10 21
Face area ft (m) 2.87 (0.9) 4.80 (1.5) 4.80 (1.5)
Model QTS48C15M QTS48C15M QTS48C15M
Type Turbo fan Turbo fan Turbo fan
Fan
Motor output W 56 56 56
Airflow rate (HH/H/L) cfm (m3/min) 560/470/390 (16/13/11) 780/620/470 (22/16/13) 830/670/530 (24/19/15)
Air filter
Mass (Weight) Lbs (kg) 43 (19.5) 48.5 (22) 48.5 (22)
Liquid in (mm) 1/4 (6.4) (Flare connection) 3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection) 3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
Piping Gas in (mm) 1/2 (12.7) (Flare connection) 5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection) 5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
connections
VP25 (External dia. 11/4 (31.8), VP25 (External dia. 11/4 (31.8), VP25 (External dia. 11/4 (31.8),
Drain in (mm) Internal dia. 1 (25.4)) Internal dia. 1 (25.4)) Internal dia. 1 (25.4))
Wired BRC1E71 BRC1E71 BRC1E71
Remote controller (option)
Wireless
Model BYCP125KW1 BYCP125KW1 BYCP125KW1
Color Fresh white Fresh white Fresh white
Decoration
panels Dimensions HWD in (mm) 2 373/8 373/8 (51 x 949 x 949) 2 373/8 373/8 (51 x 949 x 949) 2 373/8 373/8 (51 x 949 x 949)
(option)
Air filter Resin net (with mold resistant) Resin net (with mold resistant) Resin net (with mold resistant)
Weight Lbs (kg) 12.2 (5.5) 12.2 (5.5) 12.2 (5.5)
Outdoor unit RZQ18PVJU9 RZQ24PVJU9 RZQ30PVJU
Color Ivory Ivory Ivory
305/16 357/16 125/8 305/16 357/16 125/8 305/16 357/16 125/8
Dimensions HWD in (mm)
(770 x 900 x 321) (770 x 900 x 321) (770 x 900 x 321)
Type Cross fin coil Cross fin coil Cross fin coil
Coil RowsStagesFPI 2 34 18 2 34 18 2 34 18
Face area ft (m) 7.1 (2.2) 7.1 (2.2) 7.1 (2.2)
Model 2YC63HXD#ED 2YC63HXD#ED 2YC63HXD#ED
Comp. Type Hermetically sealed swing type Hermetically sealed swing type Hermetically sealed swing type
Motor output kW 1.7 1.7 1.7
Model P47N11F P47N11F P47N11F
Type Propeller fan Propeller fan Propeller fan
Fan
Motor output W 70 70 70
Airflow rate cfm (m3/min) 1,835 (52) 1,835 (52) 1,835 (52)
Mass (Weight) Lbs (kg) 150 (68) 150 (68) 150 (68)
Liquid in (mm) 3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection) 3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection) 3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
Piping
Gas in (mm) 5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection) 5/8 (15.8)(Flare connection) 5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
connections
Drain in (mm) 1 (25.4) (Hole) 1 (25.4)(Hole) 1 (25.4) (Hole)
High pressure switch. Outdoor fan High pressure switch. Outdoor fan driver High pressure switch. Outdoor fan
Safety devices driver overload protector. Inverter overload protector. Inverter overload driver overload protector. Inverter
overload protector.Fusible plugs. Fuse. protector.Fusible plugs. Fuse. overload protector.Fusible plugs. Fuse.
Capacity step % 35-100 30-100 25-100
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve Electronic expansion valve Electronic expansion valve
Standard length ft (m) 25 (7.5) 25 (7.5) 25 (7.5)
Ref. piping Max. length ft (m) 164 (50) 164 (50) 164 (50)
Max. height difference ft (m) 98 (30) 98 (30) 98 (30)
Model R-410A R-410A R-410A
Refrigerant
Charge (factory charge) Lbs (kg) 5.1 (2.3) 5.1 (2.3) 5.1 (2.3)
Model Refer to the name plate of compressor. Refer to the name plate of compressor. Refer to the name plate of compressor.
Ref. oil
Charge L (oz) 0.75 (25) 0.75 (25) 0.75 (25)
Drawing Number C: 4D074128 C: 4D074128 C: 4D074128
1. Indoor temp. : 80FDB, 67FWB (27CDB)/(19.4CWB) / outdoor temp. : 95FDB (35CDB) / Equivalent piping length : 25 ft (7.5 m), level difference : 0.
2. Indoor temp. : 70FDB (21CDB) / outdoor temp. : 47FDB, 43FWB (8.3CDB / 6CWB)/ Equivalent piping length : 25 ft (7.5 m), level difference : 0.
3. Indoor temp. : 70FDB (21CDB)/ outdoor temp. : 17FDB, 15FWB (-8.3CDB /-9.4CWB) / Equivalent piping length : 25 ft (7.5 m), level difference : 0.

14 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a Specifications

4. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 15
Specifications EDUS281120_a

Ceiling mounted cassette type (Round flow), continued


Indoor unit FCQ36PAVJU FCQ42PAVJU
Model
Outdoor unit RZQ36PVJU9 RZQ42PVJU9
Power supply 1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz 1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz
Cooling capacity 1, 4 Btu/h 36,000 42,000
Heating capacity 2, 4 Btu/h 40,000 47,000
Heating capacity 3, 4 Btu/h 21,000 25,000
SEER (Rated) 17.5 16.0
EER (Rated) Btu/h-W 11.2 10.2
HSPF (Rated) 8.4 8.5
Indoor unit FCQ36PAVJU FCQ42PAVJU
Color Galvanized steel plate Galvanized steel plate
Dimensions HWD in (mm) 115/16 331/16 331/16 (287 x 840 x 840) 115/16 331/16 331/16 (287 x 840 x 840)
Type Cross fin coil Cross fin coil
Coil RowsStagesFPI 2 12 21 2 12 21
Face area ft (m) 5.76 (1.8) 5.76 (1.8)
Model QTS48C15M QTS48C15M
Type Turbo fan Turbo fan
Fan
Motor output W 120 120
Airflow rate (HH/H/L) cfm (m3/min) 1180/910/700 (33/26/20) 1220/970/790 (35/28/22)
Air filter
Mass (Weight) Lbs (kg) 55 (25) 55 (25)
Liquid in (mm) 3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection) 3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
Piping
Gas in (mm) 5/8 (15.8)(Flare connection) 5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
connections
Drain in (mm) VP25 (External dia. 11/4 (31.8), Internal dia. 1(25.4)) VP25 (External dia. 11/4 (31.8), Internal dia. 1(25.4))
Wired BRC1E71 BRC1E71
Remote controller (option)
Wireless
Model BYCP125KW1 BYCP125KW1
Color Fresh white Fresh white
Decoration
panels Dimensions HWD in (mm) 2 373/8 373/8 (51 x 949 x 949) 2 373/8 373/8 (51 x 949 x 949)
(option)
Air filter Resin net (with mold resistant) Resin net (with mold resistant)
Weight Lbs (kg) 12.2 (5.5) 12.2 (5.5)
Outdoor unit RZQ36PVJU9 RZQ42PVJU9
Color Ivory white (5Y7.5/1) Ivory white (5Y7.5/1)
Dimensions HWD in (mm) 5215/16 357/16 125/8 (1345 x 900 x 321) 5215/16 357/16 125/8 (1345 x 900 x 321)
Type Cross fin coil Cross fin coil
Coil RowsStagesFPI 2 60 13 2 60 13
Face area ft (m) 12.2 (3.7) 12.2 (3.7)
Model JT100G-VDLW@T JT100G-VDLW@T
Comp. Type Hermetically sealed scroll type Hermetically sealed scroll type
Motor output kW 2.5 3.0
Model KFD325708C2 KFD325708C2
Type Propeller fan Propeller fan
Fan
Motor output W 70 2 70 2
Airflow rate cfm (m3/min) 3,740 (106) 3,740 (106)
Mass (Weight) Lbs (kg) 283 (128) 283 (128)
Liquid in (mm) 3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection) 3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
Piping
Gas in (mm) 5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection) 5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
connections
Drain in (mm) 1 (25.4) (Hole) 1 (25.4) (Hole)
High pressure switch. High pressure switch.
Outdoor fan driver overload protector. Outdoor fan driver overload protector.
Safety devices
Inverter overload protector. Inverter overload protector.
Fusible plugs. Fuse. Fusible plugs. Fuse.
Capacity step % 25-100 25-100
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve Electronic expansion valve
Standard length ft (m) 25 (7.5) 25 (7.5)
Ref. piping Max. length ft (m) 230 (70) 230 (70)
Max. height difference ft (m) 164 (50) 164 (50)
Model R-410A R-410A
Refrigerant
Charge (factory charge) Lbs (kg) 8.8 (4) 8.8 (4)
Model Refer to the name plate of compressor. Refer to the name plate of compressor.
Ref. oil
Charge L (oz) 1.5 (51) 1.5 (51)
Drawing Number C: 4D074129 C: 4D074129
1. Indoor temp. : 80FDB, 67FWB (27CDB)/(19.4CWB) / outdoor temp. : 95FDB (35CDB) / Equivalent piping length : 25 ft (7.5 m), level difference : 0.
2. Indoor temp. : 70FDB (21CDB) / outdoor temp. : 47FDB, 43FWB (8.3CDB / 6CWB)/ Equivalent piping length : 25 ft (7.5 m), level difference : 0.
3. Indoor temp. : 70FDB (21CDB)/ outdoor temp. : 17FDB, 15FWB (-8.3CDB /-9.4CWB) / Equivalent piping length : 25 ft (7.5 m), level difference : 0.
4. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.

16 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a Specifications

3.2.2 FHQ

Ceiling suspended type


Indoor unit FHQ18PVJU FHQ24PVJU FHQ30PVJU
Model
Outdoor unit RZQ18PVJU9 RZQ24PVJU9 RZQ30PVJU
Power supply 1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz 1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz 1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz
Cooling capacity 1, 3 Btu/h 18,000 24,000 30,000
Heating capacity 2, 3 Btu/h 20,000 27,000 34,000
SEER (Rated) 18.0 18.1 17.2
EER (Rated) Btu/h-W 14.0 12.6 10.5
HSPF (Rated) 11.1 10.0 8.4
Indoor unit FHQ18PVJU FHQ24PVJU FHQ30PVJU
Color White (10Y9/0.5) White (10Y9/0.5) White (10Y9/0.5)
711/16 625/8 263/4 711/16 625/8 263/4 711/16 625/8 263/4
Dimensions HWD in (mm)
(195 x 1591 x 680) (195 x 1591 x 680) (195 x 1591 x 680)
Type Cross fin coil Cross fin coil Cross fin coil
Coil RowsStagesFPI 2 12 15 + 2 10 15 2 12 15 + 2 10 15 2 12 15 + 2 10 15
Face area ft (m) 3.66 + 2.95 (1.1 + 0.9) 3.66 + 2.95 (1.1 + 0.9) 3.66 + 2.95 (1.1 + 0.9)
Model
Type Sirocco fan Sirocco fan Sirocco fan
Fan
Motor output W 130 130 130
Airflow rate (H/L) cfm (m3/min) 790/670 (22/19) 790/670 (22/19) 790/670 (22/19)
Air filter Resin net (With mold resistant) Resin net (With mold resistant) Resin net (With mold resistant)
Mass (Weight) Lbs (kg) 90 (41) 90 (41) 90 (41)
Liquid in (mm) 3/8 (9.5) (Flare Connection) 3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection) 3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
Piping Gas in (mm) 5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection) 5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection) 5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
connections
VP20 (External dia. 1 (25.4), VP20 (External dia. 1 (25.4), VP20 (External dia. 1 (25.4),
Drain in (mm)
Internal dia. 3/4 (19.1) ) Internal dia. 3/4 (19.1) ) Internal dia. 3/4 (19.1) )
Wired BRC1E71 BRC1E71 BRC1E71
Remote controller (option)
Wireless BRC7E83 BRC7E83 BRC7E83
Outdoor unit RZQ18PVJU9 RZQ24PVJU9 RZQ30PVJU
Color Ivory Ivory Ivory
305/16 357/16 125/8 305/16 357/16 125/8 305/16 357/16 125/8
Dimensions HWD in (mm)
(770 x 900 x 321) (770 x 900 x 321) (770 x 900 x 321)
Type Cross fin coil Cross fin coil Cross fin coil
Coil RowsStagesFPI 2 34 18 2 34 18 2 34 18
Face area ft (m) 7.1 (2.2) 7.1 (2.2) 7.1 (2.2)
Model 2YC63HXD#ED 2YC63HXD#ED 2YC63HXD#ED
Comp. Type Hermetically sealed swing type Hermetically sealed swing type Hermetically sealed swing type
Motor output kW 1.7 1.7 1.7
Model P47N11F P47N11F P47N11F
Type Propeller fan Propeller fan Propeller fan
Fan
Motor output W 70 70 70
Airflow rate cfm (m3/min) 1,835 (52) 1,835 (52) 1,835 (52)
Mass (Weight) Lbs (kg) 150 (68) 150 (68) 150 (68)
Liquid in (mm) 3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection) 3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection) 3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
Piping
Gas in (mm) 5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection) 5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection) 5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
connections
Drain in (mm) 1 (25.4) (Hole) 1 (25.4) (Hole) 1 (25.4) (Hole)
High pressure switch. High pressure switch. High pressure switch.
Outdoor fan driver overload protector. Outdoor fan driver overload protector. Outdoor fan driver overload protector.
Safety devices Thermal protector for indoor fan motor. Thermal protector for indoor fan motor. Thermal protector for indoor fan motor.
Inverter overload protector. Inverter overload protector. Inverter overload protector.
Fusible plugs. Fuse. Fusible plugs. Fuse. Fusible plugs. Fuse.
Capacity step % 35-100 30-100 25-100
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve Electronic expansion valve Electronic expansion valve
Standard length ft (m) 25 (7.5) 25 (7.5) 25 (7.5)
Ref. piping Max. length ft (m) 164 (50) 164 (50) 164 (50)
Max. height difference ft (m) 98 (30) 98 (30) 98 (30)
Model R-410A R-410A R-410A
Refrigerant
Charge (factory charge) Lbs (kg) 5.1 (2.3) 5.1 (2.3) 5.1 (2.3)
Model Refer to the name plate of compressor. Refer to the name plate of compressor. Refer to the name plate of compressor.
Ref. oil
Charge L (oz) 0.75 (25.4) 0.75 (25.4) 0.75 (25.4)
Drawing Number C: 4D063925E C: 4D063925E C: 4D063925E

Notes:
1. Indoor temp. : 80FDB, 67FWB (27CDB)/(19.4CWB) / outdoor temp. : 95FDB (35CDB) / Equivalent piping length : 25 ft (7.5 m), level difference : 0.
2. Indoor temp. : 70FDB (21CDB) / outdoor temp. : 47FDB, 43FWB (8.3CDB / 6CWB)/ Equivalent piping length : 25 ft (7.5 m), level difference : 0.
3. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 17
Specifications EDUS281120_a

Ceiling suspended type, continued


Indoor unit FHQ36MVJU FHQ42MVJU
Model
Outdoor unit RZQ36PVJU9 RZQ42PVJU9
Power supply 1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz 1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz
Cooling capacity 1, 3 Btu/h 36,000 40,500
Heating capacity 2, 3 Btu/h 37,500 39,500
SEER (Rated) 14.0 13.8
EER (Rated) Btu/h-W 10.2 9.5
HSPF (Rated) 8.1 8.2
Indoor unit FHQ36MVJU FHQ42MVJU
Color White (10Y9/0.5) White (10Y9/0.5)
Dimensions HWD in (mm) 711/16 625/8 263/4 (195 x 1591 x 680) 711/16 625/8 263/4 (195 x 1591 x 680)
Type Cross fin coil Cross fin coil
Coil RowsStagesFPI 2 12 15 + 2 10 15 2 12 15 + 2 10 15
Face area ft (m) 3.66 + 2.95 (1.1 + 0.9) 3.66 + 2.95 (1.1 + 0.9)
Model
Type Sirocco fan Sirocco fan
Fan
Motor output W 130 130
Airflow rate (H/L) cfm (m3/min) 830/670 (24/19) 850/700 (24/19)
Air filter Resin net (With mold resistant) Resin net (With mold resistant)
Mass (Weight) Lbs (kg) 90 (41) 90 (41)
Liquid in (mm) 3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection) 3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
Piping
Gas in (mm) 5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection) 5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
connections
Drain in (mm) VP20 (External dia. 1(25.4), Internal dia. 3/4 (19.1)) VP20 (External dia. 1 (25.4), Internal dia. 3/4 (19.1))
Wired BRC1E71 BRC1E71
Remote controller (option)
Wireless BRC7E83 BRC7E83
Outdoor unit RZQ36PVJU9 RZQ42PVJU9
Color Ivory white (5Y7.5/1) Ivory white (5Y7.5/1)
Dimensions HWD in (mm) 5215/16 357/16 125/8 (1345 x 900 x 321) 5215/16 357/16 125/8 (1345 x 900 x 321)
Type Cross fin coil Cross fin coil
Coil RowsStagesFPI 2 60 13 2 60 13
Face area ft (m) 12.2 (3.7) 12.2 (3.7)
Model JT100G-VDLW@T JT100G-VDLW@T
Comp. Type Hermetically sealed scroll type Hermetically sealed scroll type
Motor output kW 2.5 3.0
Model KFD325708C2 KFD325708C2
Type Propeller Fan Propeller Fan
Fan
Motor output W 702 702
Airflow rate cfm (m3/min) 3,740 (106) 3,740 (106)
Mass (Weight) Lbs (kg) 283 (128) 283 (128)
Liquid in (mm) 3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection) 3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
Piping
connections Gas in (mm) 5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection) 5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
Drain in (mm) 1 (25.4) (Hole) 1 (25.4) (Hole)
High pressure switch. High pressure switch.
Outdoor fan driver overload protector. Outdoor fan driver overload protector.
Safety devices Thermal protector for indoor fan motor. Thermal protector for indoor fan motor.
Inverter overload protector. Inverter overload protector.
Fusible plugs. Fuse. Fusible plugs. Fuse.
Capacity step % 25-100 25-100
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve Electronic expansion valve
Standard length ft (m) 25 (7.5) 25 (7.5)
Ref. piping Max. length ft (m) 230 (70) 230 (70)
Max. height difference ft (m) 164 (50) 164 (50)
Model R-410A R-410A
Refrigerant
Charge (factory charge) Lbs (kg) 8.8 (4) 8.8 (4)
Model Refer to the name plate of compressor. Refer to the name plate of compressor.
Ref. oil
Charge L (oz) 1.5 (50.7) 1.5 (50.7)
Drawing Number C: 4D071674 C: 4D071674

Notes:
1. Indoor temp. : 80FDB, 67FWB (27CDB)/(19.4CWB) / outdoor temp. : 95FDB (35CDB) / Equivalent piping length : 25 ft (7.5 m), level difference : 0.
2. Indoor temp. : 70FDB (21CDB) / outdoor temp. : 47FDB, 43FWB (8.3CDB / 6CWB)/ Equivalent piping length : 25 ft (7.5 m), level difference : 0.
3. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.

18 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a Specifications

3.2.3 FAQ

Wall mounted type


Indoor unit FAQ18PVJU FAQ24PVJU
Model
Outdoor unit RZQ18PVJU9 RZQ24PVJU9
Power supply 1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz 1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz
Cooling capacity 1, 3 Btu/h 18,000 24,000
Heating capacity 2, 3 Btu/h 20,000 26,000
SEER (Rated) 18.6 17.6
EER (Rated) Btu/h-W 12.7 10.2
HSPF (Rated) 8.7 9.1
Indoor unit FAQ18PVJU FAQ24PVJU
Color White (3.0Y8.5/0.5) White (3.0Y8.5/0.5)
Dimensions HWD in (mm) 113/8 413/8 9 (289 x 1051 x 229) 113/8 413/8 9 (289 x 1051 x 229)
Type Cross fin coil Cross fin coil
Coil RowsStagesFPI 2 14 18 2 14 18
Face area ft (m) 2.29 (0.7) 2.29 (0.7)
Model QCL9686M QCL9686M
Type Cross flow fan Cross flow fan
Fan
Motor output W 43 43
Airflow rate (H/L) cfm (m3/min) 500/400 (14/11) 635/470 (18/13)
Air filter Resin net (Washable) Resin net (Washable)
Mass (Weight) Lbs (kg) 31 (14) 31 (14)
Liquid in (mm) 3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection) 3/8 (9.5)(Flare connection)
Piping
Gas in (mm) 5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection) 5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
connections
Drain in (mm) VP13 (External dia. 11/16 (17.5), Internal dia. 1/2 (12.7)) VP13 (External dia. 11/16 (17.5), Internal dia. 1/2 (12.7))
Wired BRC1E71 BRC1E71
Remote controller (option)
Wireless BRC7E818 BRC7E818
Outdoor unit RZQ18PVJU9 RZQ24PVJU9
Color Ivory Ivory
305/16 357/16 125/8 305/16 357/16 125/8
Dimensions HWD in (mm)
(770 x 900 x 321) (770 x 900 x 321)
Type Cross fin coil Cross fin coil
Coil RowsStagesFPI 2 34 18 2 34 18
Face area ft (m) 7.1 (2.2) 7.1 (2.2)
Model 2YC63HXD#ED 2YC63HXD#ED
Comp. Type Hermetically sealed swing type Hermetically sealed swing type
Motor output kW 1.7 1.7
Model P47N11F P47N11F
Type Propeller fan Propeller fan
Fan
Motor output W 70 70
Airflow rate cfm (m3/min) 1,835 (52) 1,835 (52)
Mass (Weight) Lbs (kg) 150 (68) 150 (68)
Liquid in (mm) 3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection) 3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
Piping
connections Gas in (mm) 5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection) 5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
Drain in (mm) 1 (25.4) (Hole) 1 (25.4) (Hole)
High pressure switch. High pressure switch.
Outdoor fan driver overload protector. Outdoor fan driver overload protector.
Safety devices Thermal protector for indoor fan motor. Thermal protector for indoor fan motor.
Inverter overload protector. Inverter overload protector.
Fusible plugs. Fuse. Fusible plugs. Fuse.
Capacity step % 35-100 30-100
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve Electronic expansion valve
Standard length ft (m) 25 (7.5) 25 (7.5)
Ref. piping Max. length ft (m) 164 (50) 164 (50)
Max. height difference ft (m) 98 (30) 98 (30)
Model R-410A R-410A
Refrigerant
Charge (factory charge) Lbs (kg) 5.1 (2.3) 5.1 (2.3)
Model Refer to the name plate of compressor. Refer to the name plate of compressor.
Ref. oil
Charge L (oz) 0.75 (25.4) 0.75 (25.4)
Drawing Number C: 4D062151F C: 4D062151F

Notes:
1. Indoor temp. : 80FDB, 67FWB (27CDB)/(19.4CWB) / outdoor temp. : 95FDB (35CDB) / Equivalent piping length : 25 ft (7.5 m), level difference : 0.
2. Indoor temp. : 70FDB (21CDB) / outdoor temp. : 47FDB, 43FWB (8.3CDB / 6CWB)/ Equivalent piping length : 25 ft (7.5 m), level difference : 0.
3. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 19
Specifications EDUS281120_a

3.2.4 FBQ
Indoor unit FBQ18PVJU FBQ24PVJU FBQ30PVJU
Model
Outdoor unit RZQ18PVJU9 RZQ24PVJU9 RZQ30PVJU
Power supply 1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz 1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz 1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz
Cooling capacity 1, 4 Btu/h 18,000 24,000 30,000
Heating capacity 2, 4 Btu/h 20,000 27,000 34,000
Heating capacity 3, 4 Btu/h 12,000 18,000 22,000
SEER (Rated) 17.5 16.5 16.0
EER (Rated) Btu/h-W 14.1 12.0 10.5
HSPF (Rated) 10.6 10.5 9.2
Indoor unit FBQ18PVJU FBQ24PVJU FBQ30PVJU
Color Galvanized steel plate Galvanized steel plate Galvanized steel plate
1113/16 393/8 279/16 1113/16 393/8 279/16 1113/16 393/8 279/16
Dimensions HWD in (mm)
(300 x 1000 x 700) (300 x 1000 x 700) (300 x 1000 x 700)
Type Cross fin coil Cross fin coil Cross fin coil
Coil RowsStagesFPI 3 16 15 3 16 15 3 16 15
Face area ft (m) 2.68 (0.8) 2.68 (0.8) 2.68 (0.8)
Model
Type Sirocco fan Sirocco fan Sirocco fan
Fan Motor output W 350 350 350
Airflow rate (HH/H/L) cfm (m3/min) 635/582/529 (18/17/15) 688/618/565 (20/18/16) 882/794/706 (25/23/20)
External static pressure Wg Standard 0.40 (0.800.20 5) Standard 0.40 (0.800.20 5) Standard 0.40 (0.800.20 5)
Air filter Note 6 Note 6 Note 6
Mass (Weight) Lbs (kg) 80 (36) 80 (36) 80 (36)
Liquid in (mm) 1/4 (6.4) (Flare connection) 3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection) 3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
Piping Gas in (mm) 1/2 (12.7) (Flare connection) 5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection) 5/8 (15.8)(Flare connection)
connections
VP25 (External dia. 1-1/4 (31.8), VP25 (External dia. 1-1/4 (31.8), VP25 (External dia. 1-1/4 (31.8),
Drain in (mm)
internal dia.1 (25.4)) internal dia.1 (25.4)) internal dia.1 (25.4))
Wired BRC1E71 BRC1E71 BRC1E71
Remote controller (option)
Wireless BRC4C82 BRC4C82 BRC4C82
Outdoor unit RZQ18PVJU9 RZQ24PVJU9 RZQ30PVJU
Color Ivory Ivory Ivory
305/16 357/16 125/8 305/16 357/16 125/8 305/16 357/16 125/8
Dimensions HWD in (mm)
(770 x 900 x 321) (770 x 900 x 321) (770 x 900 x 321)
Type Cross fin coil Cross fin coil Cross fin coil
Coil RowsStagesFPI 2 34 18 2 34 18 2 34 18
Face area ft (m) 7.1 (2.2) 7.1 (2.2) 7.1 (2.2)
Model 2YC63HXD#ED 2YC63HXD#ED 2YC63HXD#ED
Comp. Type Hermetically sealed swing type Hermetically sealed swing type Hermetically sealed swing type
Motor output kW 1.7 1.7 1.7
Model P47N11F P47N11F P47N11F
Type Propeller fan Propeller fan Propeller fan
Fan
Motor output W 70 70 70
Airflow rate cfm (m3/min) 1,835 (52) 1,835 (52) 1,835 (52)
Mass (Weight) Lbs (kg) 150 (68) 150 (68) 150 (68)
Liquid in (mm) 3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection) 3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection) 3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
Piping
Gas in (mm) 5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection) 5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection) 5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
connections
Drain in (mm) 1 (25.4) (Hole) 1 (25.4) (Hole) 1 (25.4) (Hole)
High pressure switch. High pressure switch. High pressure switch.
Outdoor fan driver overload protector. Outdoor fan driver overload protector. Outdoor fan driver overload protector.
Safety devices Thermal protector for indoor fan motor. Thermal protector for indoor fan motor. Thermal protector for indoor fan motor.
Inverter overload protector. Inverter overload protector. Inverter overload protector.
Fusible plugs. Fuse. Fusible plugs. Fuse. Fusible plugs. Fuse.
Capacity step % 35-100 30-100 25-100
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve Electronic expansion valve Electronic expansion valve
Standard length ft (m) 25 (7.5) 25 (7.5) 25 (7.5)
Ref. piping Max. length ft (m) 164 (50) 164 (50) 164 (50)
Max. height difference ft (m) 98 (30) 98 (30) 98 (30)
Model R-410A R-410A R-410A
Refrigerant
Charge Lbs (kg) 5.1 (2.3) 5.1 (2.3) 5.1 (2.3)
Model Refer to the name plate of compressor. Refer to the name plate of compressor. Refer to the name plate of compressor.
Ref. oil
Charge L (oz) 0.75 (25.4) 0.75 (25.4) 0.75 (25.4)
Drawing Number C: 4D074130 C: 4D074130 C: 4D074130
1. Indoor temp. : 80FDB, 67FWB (27CDB)/(19.4CWB) / outdoor temp. : 95FDB (35CDB) / Equivalent piping length : 25 ft (7.5 m), level difference : 0.
2. Indoor temp. : 70FDB (21CDB) / outdoor temp. : 47FDB, 43FWB (8.3CDB / 6CWB)/ Equivalent piping length : 25 ft (7.5 m), level difference : 0.
3. Indoor temp. : 70FDB (21CDB)/ outdoor temp. : 17FDB, 15FWB (-8.3CDB /-9.4CWB) / Equivalent piping length : 25 ft (7.5 m), level difference : 0.
4. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
5. External static pressure is changeable in 14 stages within the ( ) range by remote controller.
6. An air filter is not a standard accessory, but should be mounted in the duct system of the suction side.Select dust collection efficiency of (gravity
method) 50% or more.

20 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a Specifications

Indoor unit FBQ36PVJU FBQ42PVJU


Model
Outdoor unit RZQ36PVJU9 RZQ42PVJU9
Power supply 1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz 1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz
Cooling capacity 1, 4 Btu/h 36,000 42,000
Heating capacity 2, 4 Btu/h 40,000 47,000
Heating capacity 3, 4 Btu/h 21,000 25,000
SEER (Rated) 17.5 16.0
EER (Rated) Btu/h-W 11.2 10.2
HSPF (Rated) 9.1 8.8
Indoor unit FBQ36PVJU FBQ42PVJU
Color Galvanized steel plate Galvanized steel plate
Dimensions HWD in (mm) 1113/16 551/8 279/16 (300 x 1400 x 700) 1113/16 551/8 279/16 (300 x 1400 x 700)
Type Cross fin coil Cross fin coil
Coil RowsStagesFPI 3 16 15 3 16 15
Face area ft (m) 4.12 (1.3) 4.12 (1.3)
Model
Type Sirocco fan Sirocco fan
Fan Motor output W 350 350
Airflow rate (HH/H/L) cfm (m3/min) 1130/953/812 (32/27/23) 1377/1165/988 (39/33/28)
External static pressure Wg Standard 0.40 (0.800.20 5) Standard 0.40 (0.800.20 5)
Air filter Note 6 Note 6
Mass (Weight) Lbs (kg) 102 (46) 102 (46)
Liquid in (mm) 3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection) 3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
Piping Gas in (mm) 5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection) 5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
connections
VP25 (External dia. 1-1/4 (31.8), VP25 (External dia. 1-1/4 (31.8),
Drain in (mm)
internal dia.1 (25.4)) internal dia.1 (25.4))
Wired BRC1E71 BRC1E71
Remote controller (option)
Wireless BRC4C82 BRC4C82
Outdoor unit RZQ36PVJU9 RZQ42PVJU9
Color Ivory white (5Y7. 5/1) Ivory white (5Y7. 5/1)
Dimensions HWD in (mm) 5215/16 357/16 125/8 (1345 x 900 x 321) 5215/16 357/16 125/8 (1345 x 900 x 321)
Type Cross fin coil Cross fin coil
Coil RowsStagesFPI 2 60 13 2 60 13
Face area ft (m) 12.2 (3.7) 12.2 (3.7)
Model JT100G-VDLW@T JT100G-VDLW@T
Comp. Type Hermetically sealed scroll type Hermetically sealed scroll type
Motor output kW 2.5 3.0
Model KFD-325-70-8C2 KFD-325-70-8C2
Type Propeller fan Propeller fan
Fan
Motor output W 702 702
Airflow rate cfm (m3/min) 3,740 (106) 3,740 (106)
Mass (Weight) Lbs (kg) 283 (128) 283 (128)
Liquid in (mm) 3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection) 3/8 (9.5) (Flare connection)
Piping
Gas in (mm) 5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection) 5/8 (15.8) (Flare connection)
connections
Drain in (mm) 1 (25.4) (Hole) 1 (25.4)(Hole)
High pressure switch. High pressure switch.
Outdoor fan driver overload protector. Outdoor fan driver overload protector.
Safety devices Thermal protector for indoor fan motor. Thermal protector for indoor fan motor.
Inverter overload protector. Inverter overload protector.
Fusible plugs. Fuse. Fusible plugs. Fuse.
Capacity step % 25-100 25-100
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve Electronic expansion valve
Standard length ft (m) 25 (7.5) 25 (7.5)
Ref. piping Max. length ft (m) 230 (70) 230 (70)
Max. height difference ft (m) 164 (50) 164 (50)
Model R-410A R-410A
Refrigerant
Charge Lbs (kg) 8.8 (4) 8.8 (4)
Model Refer to the name plate of compressor. Refer to the name plate of compressor.
Ref. oil
Charge L (oz) 1.5 (50.7) 1.5 (50.7)
Drawing Number C: 4D074131 C: 4D074131
Notes:
1. Indoor temp. : 80FDB, 67FWB (27CDB)/(19.4CWB) / outdoor temp. : 95FDB (35CDB) / Equivalent piping length : 25 ft (7.5 m), level difference : 0.
2. Indoor temp. : 70FDB (21CDB) / outdoor temp. : 47FDB, 43FWB (8.3CDB / 6CWB)/ Equivalent piping length : 25 ft (7.5 m), level difference : 0.
3. Indoor temp. : 70FDB (21CDB)/ outdoor temp. : 17FDB, 15FWB (-8.3CDB /-9.4CWB) / Equivalent piping length : 25 ft (7.5 m), level difference : 0.
4. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
5. External static pressure is changeable in 14 stages within the ( ) range by remote controller.
6. An air filter is not a standard accessory, but should be mounted in the duct system of the suction side.Select its dust collection efficiency of (gravity
method) 50% or more.

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 21
22
Unit (in.)

4.1
4.1.1

FCQ18PAVJU
Indoor unit
Dimensions and service space

FCQ (Ceiling mounted cassette type)


4. Dimensions and service space

LOCATION FOR UNITS NAMEPLATE.

SUCTION GRILLE

DO NOT PLACE ANYTHING UNDER THE UNIT THAT SHOULD NOT GET WET. IF THE DRAIN OUTLET IS WHEN THE EXHAUST GRILLE IS CLOSING, THE REQUIRED SPACE IS 19-11/16 INCHES OR MORE.
CLOGGED OR THE AIR FILTER IS DIRTY, THE HUMIDITY CAN RISE TO 80% OR MORE CAUSING, WHEN UNITING AND CLOSING A CORNER PART (BOTH RIGHT AND LEFT OF THE EXHAUST GRILLE
CONDENSATE TO ACCUMULATE. TO CLOSE), IT IS 7-7/8 INCHES OR MORE.

3D070522A
EDUS281120_a

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
Unit (in.)
EDUS281120_a

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
FCQ24PAVJU / FCQ30PAVJU

LOCATION OF UNITS NAMEPLATE.

SUCTION GRILLE

DO NOT PLACE ANYTHING UNDER THE UNIT THAT SHOULD NOT GET WET. IF THE DRAIN OUTLET IS
CLOGGED OR THE AIR FILTER IS DIRTY, THE HUMIDITY CAN RISE TO 80% OR MORE, CAUSING
CONDENSATE TO ACCUMULATE.
WHEN THE EXHAUST GRILLE IS CLOSING, THE REQUIRED SPACE IS 19-11/16 INCHES OR MORE.
WHEN UNITING AND CLOSING A CORNER PART (BOTH RIGHT AND LEFT OF THE EXHAUST GRILLE
TO CLOSE), IT IS 7-7/8 INCHES OR MORE.

3D070524A
Dimensions and service space

23
24
Unit (in.)
FCQ36PAVJU / FCQ42PAVJU
Dimensions and service space

LOCATION FOR UNITS NAMEPLATE.

SUCTION GRILLE

DO NOT PLACE ANYTHING UNDER THE UNIT THAT SHOULD NOT GET WET. IF THE DRAIN OUTLET IS WHEN THE EXHAUST GRILLE IS CLOSING, THE REQUIRED SPACE IS 19-11/16 INCHES OR MORE.
CLOGGED OR THE AIR FILTER IS DIRTY, THE HUMIDITY CAN RISE TO 80% OR MORE, CAUSING WHEN UNITING AND CLOSING A CORNER PART (BOTH RIGHT AND LEFT OF THE EXHAUST GRILLE
CONDENSATE TO ACCUMULATE. TO CLOSE), IT IS 7-7/8 INCHES OR MORE.

3D070523A
EDUS281120_a

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a Dimensions and service space

4.1.2 FHQ (Ceiling suspended type)

FHQ18PVJU / FHQ24PVJU / FHQ30PVJU


FHQ36MVJU / FHQ42MVJU

3D049332B
Unit (in.)

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 25
Dimensions and service space EDUS281120_a

4.1.3 FAQ (Wall mounted type)

FAQ18PVJU / FAQ24PVJU

3D046042B
(in.)

3D046042A
Unit(in.)
Unit

26 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
Unit (in.)
4.1.4

FBQ18PVJU
EDUS281120_a

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
Do not place anything under the unit
that should not get wet. If the drain
outlet is clogged or the air filter
is dirty, the humidity can rise to
80% or more, causing condensate
to accumulate.
FBQ (Ceiling mounted duct type)

3D065977A
Dimensions and service space

27
28
Unit (in.)
FBQ24PVJU / FBQ30PVJU
Dimensions and service space

Do not place anything under the unit


that should not get wet. If the drain
outlet is clogged or the air filter
is dirty, the humidity can rise to
80% or more, causing condensate
to accumulate.

ITEM
EDUS281120_a

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
Unit (in.)
EDUS281120_a

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
Do not place anything under the unit
FBQ36PVJU / FBQ42PVJU

that should not get wet. If the drain


outlet is clogged or the air filter
is dirty, the humidity can rise to
80% or more, causing condensate
to accumulate.

C: 3D065979B
Dimensions and service space

29
Dimensions and service space EDUS281120_a

4.2 Wired remote controller (Optional)

BRC1E71

3D065275
Unit (in.)

30 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a Dimensions and service space

BRC2A71

3D047341
Unit (in.)

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 31
Dimensions and service space EDUS281120_a

4.3 Wireless remote controller (Optional)

BRC7E83 (for FHQ)

3D049336
Unit (in.)

32 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a Dimensions and service space

BRC7E818 (for FAQ)

3D049736
Unit (in.)

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 33
Dimensions and service space EDUS281120_a

BRC4C82 (for FBQ)

3D049611
Unit (in.)

34 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a Dimensions and service space

4.4 Outdoor unit

RZR18PVJU / RZR24PVJU / RZR30PVJU


RZQ18PVJU9 / RZQ24PVJU9 / RZQ30PVJU
Unit (in.)

3D064212A

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 35
Dimensions and service space EDUS281120_a

RZR36PVJU / RZR42PVJU
RZQ36PVJU9 / RZQ42PVJU9

3D065351A
Unit (in.)

36 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a Dimensions and service space

4.5 Installation service space

RZR18PVJU / RZR24PVJU / RZR30PVJU


RZQ18PVJU9 / RZQ24PVJU9 / RZQ30PVJU

3D064213A

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 37
Dimensions and service space EDUS281120_a

3D064213A

38 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a Dimensions and service space

3D064213A

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 39
Dimensions and service space EDUS281120_a

RZR36PVJU / RZR42PVJU
RZQ36PVJU9 / RZQ42PVJU9

3D047381B

40 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a Dimensions and service space

3D047381B

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 41
Piping diagrams EDUS281120_a

5. Piping diagrams
5.1 Indoor unit + Outdoor unit

FCQ18PAVJU / FHQ18PVJU / FAQ18PVJU / FBQ18PVJU + RZR18PVJU / RZQ18PVJU9


FCQ24PAVJU / FHQ24PVJU / FAQ24PVJU / FBQ24PVJU + RZR24PVJU / RZQ24PVJU9
FCQ30PAVJU / FHQ30PVJU / FBQ30PVJU + RZR30PVJU / RZQ30PVJU

3D062238C

42 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a Piping diagrams

5.2 Indoor unit

FCQ36PAVJU / FCQ42PAVJU
FHQ36MVJU / FHQ42MVJU

4D024460F

FBQ36PVJU / FBQ42PVJU

4D034245F

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 43
Piping diagrams EDUS281120_a

5.3 Outdoor unit

RZR36PVJU / RZR42PVJU
RZQ36PVJU9 / RZQ42PVJU9

3D065366A

44 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a Wiring diagrams

6. Wiring diagrams
6.1 Indoor unit

FCQ18PAVJU / FCQ24PAVJU / FCQ30PAVJU


FCQ36PAVJU / FCQ42PAVJU

3D070301F
GROUND
GROUND (SCREW)

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 45
Wiring diagrams EDUS281120_a

FHQ18PVJU / FHQ24PVJU / FHQ30PVJU


FHQ36MVJU / FHQ42MVJU

3D048116A

46 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a Wiring diagrams

FAQ18PVJU / FAQ24PVJU

3D046039D

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 47
Wiring diagrams EDUS281120_a

FBQ18PVJU / FBQ24PVJU / FBQ30PVJU / FBQ36PVJU / FBQ42PVJU

3D065984D
GROUND
GROUND (SCREW)

48 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a Wiring diagrams

6.2 Outdoor unit

RZR18PVJU / RZR24PVJU / RZR30PVJU


RZQ18PVJU9 / RZQ24PVJU9 / RZQ30PVJU

C: 3D062307C

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 49
Wiring diagrams EDUS281120_a

RZR36PVJU / RZR42PVJU
RZQ36PVJU9 / RZQ42PVJU9

C: 3D071178

50 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a Wiring diagrams

6.3 External connection diagram

RZR18PVJU / RZR24PVJU / RZR30PVJU


RZQ18PVJU9 / RZQ24PVJU9 / RZQ30PVJU

FUSE / BREAKER

FUSE / BREAKER

C: 3D064230A

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 51
Wiring diagrams EDUS281120_a

RZR36PVJU / RZR42PVJU
RZQ36PVJU9 / RZQ42PVJU9

FUSE / BREAKER

FUSE / BREAKER

C: 3D071667

52 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a Electrical characteristics

7. Electrical characteristics
7.1 Indoor unit

FCQ18PAVJU / FCQ24PAVJU / FCQ30PAVJU


FCQ36PAVJU / FCQ42PAVJU

5. Either a fuse or a circuit breaker is acceptable.

C: 4D074049

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 53
Electrical characteristics EDUS281120_a

FHQ18PVJU / FHQ24PVJU / FHQ30PVJU


FHQ36MVJU / FHQ42MVJU

FHQ18MVJU 1.3 1.0 140 140


FHQ24MVJU 1.3 1.0 140 140
FHQ30PVJU 208V / 230V 1.3 1.0 140 140
FHQ36PVJU 1.4 1.1 161 161
FHQ42PVJU 1.4 1.1 165 165

5. Either a fuse or a circuit breaker is acceptable.

C: 4D049333A

54 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a Electrical characteristics

FAQ18PVJU / FAQ24PVJU

FAQ18PVJU
208V / 230V
FAQ24PVJU

5. Either a fuse or a circuit breaker is acceptable.

C: 4D046466B

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 55
Electrical characteristics EDUS281120_a

FBQ18PVJU / FBQ24PVJU / FBQ30PVJU / FBQ36PVJU / FBQ42PVJU

5. Either a fuse or a circuit breaker is acceptable.

C: 4D074107

56 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a Electrical characteristics

7.2 Outdoor unit

RZR18PVJU / RZR24PVJU / RZR30PVJU


RZQ18PVJU9 / RZQ24PVJU9 / RZQ30PVJU

Minimum
Maximum
Maximum when star ting the compressor.

fuse
or
ground

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 57
Electrical characteristics EDUS281120_a

RZR36PVJU / RZR42PVJU
RZQ36PVJU9 / RZQ42PVJU9

Minimum
Maximum
Maximum when star ting the compressor.

fuse
or
ground

C: 3D065381B

58 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a Safety devices list

8. Safety devices list


8.1 FCQ

FCQ18PAVJU / FCQ24PAVJU / FCQ30PAVJU / FCQ36PAVJU / FCQ42PAVJU

3D074050

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 59
Safety devices list EDUS281120_a

8.2 FHQ

FHQ18PVJU / FHQ24PVJU / FHQ30PVJU

3D049334A

FHQ36MVJU / FHQ42MVJU

3D049334A

60 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a Safety devices list

8.3 FAQ

FAQ18PVJU / FAQ24PVJU

4D047085B

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 61
Safety devices list EDUS281120_a

8.4 FBQ

FBQ18PVJU / FBQ24PVJU / FBQ30PVJU / FBQ36PVJU / FBQ42PVJU

3D074108

62 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a Capacity tables

9. Capacity tables
9.1 Cooling Only
9.1.1 FCQ

FCQ18PAVJU + RZR18PVJU

Cooling Capacity 230V60Hz


Outdoor Air Temp. FDB
Indoor Air Temp. 68 77 86 90 95 104
TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI
FDB FWB kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW
68.0 57.0 11.68 10.7 0.59 11.68 10.7 0.63 11.68 10.6 0.72 11.68 10.6 0.76 11.68 10.6 0.81 11.68 10.6 0.92
72.0 61.0 14.21 12.4 0.70 14.21 12.4 0.78 14.21 12.3 0.89 14.21 12.3 0.95 14.21 12.3 1.02 14.21 12.3 1.17
77.0 64.0 16.10 13.4 0.79 16.10 13.4 0.90 16.10 13.3 1.04 16.10 13.3 1.11 16.10 13.3 1.19 16.10 13.3 1.37
80.0 67.0 18.00 14.2 0.90 18.00 14.2 1.04 18.00 14.1 1.20 18.00 14.1 1.28 18.00 14.1 1.38 17.27 13.8 1.49
86.0 72.0 20.79 14.6 1.07 20.06 14.2 1.18 19.32 13.8 1.29 19.00 13.5 1.34 18.59 13.5 1.40 17.86 13.4 1.51
90.0 75.0 21.14 14.2 1.08 20.41 13.7 1.19 19.68 13.5 1.30 19.35 13.5 1.35 18.95 13.2 1.41 18.21 12.6 1.52

1. The above data are based on the following conditions.


Cooling Equivalent Piping Length Hz, Volts
Indoor : 80FDB, 67FWB
25ft (Level Difference : 0) 60Hz, 230V
Outdoor : 95FDB
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.
3. shows nominal MAX capacities

FCQ24PAVJU + RZR24PVJU

Cooling Capacity 230V60Hz


Outdoor Air Temp. FDB
Indoor Air Temp. 68 77 86 90 95 104
TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI
FDB FWB kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW
68.0 57.0 15.57 14.2 0.81 15.57 14.2 0.88 15.57 14.1 1.00 15.57 14.1 1.06 15.57 14.1 1.14 15.57 14.1 1.31
72.0 61.0 18.94 16.7 0.97 18.94 16.7 1.10 18.94 16.6 1.26 18.94 16.6 1.35 18.94 16.6 1.45 18.94 16.6 1.67
77.0 64.0 21.47 18.3 1.10 21.47 18.3 1.28 21.47 18.2 1.48 21.47 18.2 1.58 21.47 18.2 1.72 21.47 18.2 1.98
80.0 67.0 24.00 19.0 1.27 24.00 19.0 1.48 24.00 18.9 1.72 24.00 18.9 1.84 24.00 18.9 2.00 23.02 18.7 2.16
86.0 72.0 27.72 19.7 1.53 26.74 19.0 1.69 25.76 18.6 1.86 25.33 18.2 1.93 24.79 18.1 2.02 23.81 17.8 2.19
90.0 75.0 28.19 18.9 1.54 27.21 18.2 1.70 26.24 17.8 1.87 25.80 18.0 1.94 25.26 17.9 2.04 24.29 17.3 2.20

1. The above data are based on the following conditions.


Cooling Equivalent Piping Length Hz, Volts
Indoor : 80FDB, 67FWB
25ft (Level Difference : 0) 60Hz, 230V
Outdoor : 95FDB
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.
3. shows nominal MAX capacities

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 63
Capacity tables EDUS281120_a

FCQ30PAVJU + RZR30PVJU

Cooling Capacity 230V60Hz


Outdoor Air Temp. FDB
Indoor Air Temp. 68 77 86 90 95 104
TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI
FDB FWB kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW
68.0 57.0 19.47 16.6 1.28 19.47 16.6 1.39 19.47 16.6 1.59 19.47 16.6 1.69 19.47 16.6 1.82 19.47 16.6 2.09
72.0 61.0 23.68 19.4 1.55 23.68 19.4 1.75 23.68 19.4 2.02 23.68 19.4 2.15 23.68 19.4 2.33 23.68 19.4 2.69
77.0 64.0 26.84 21.2 1.76 26.84 21.2 2.05 26.84 21.1 2.38 26.84 21.1 2.54 26.84 21.1 2.76 26.84 21.1 3.20
80.0 67.0 30.00 22.2 2.03 30.00 22.2 2.37 30.00 22.3 2.77 30.00 22.3 2.97 30.00 22.3 3.23 28.78 21.5 3.50
86.0 72.0 34.65 22.9 2.46 33.43 22.1 2.72 32.21 21.8 2.99 31.66 21.8 3.11 30.99 21.3 3.26 29.77 20.8 3.54
90.0 75.0 35.24 21.8 2.47 34.02 21.1 2.74 32.80 21.1 3.01 32.25 20.6 3.13 31.58 20.6 3.28 30.36 19.9 3.56

1. The above data are based on the following conditions.


Cooling Equivalent Piping Length Hz, Volts
Indoor : 80FDB, 67FWB
25ft (Level Difference : 0) 60Hz, 230V
Outdoor : 95FDB
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.
3. shows nominal MAX capacities

FCQ36PAVJU + RZR36PVJU

Cooling Capacity 230V60Hz


Outdoor Air Temp. FDB
Indoor Air Temp. 68 77 86 90 95 104
TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI
FDB FWB kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW
68.0 57.0 23.40 21.3 1.24 23.40 21.3 1.34 23.40 21.2 1.54 23.40 21.2 1.65 23.40 21.2 1.77 23.40 21.2 2.04
72.0 61.0 28.40 24.7 1.50 28.40 24.7 1.69 28.40 24.6 1.96 28.40 24.6 2.10 28.40 24.6 2.27 28.40 24.6 2.63
77.0 64.0 32.20 26.7 1.71 32.20 26.7 2.00 32.20 26.7 2.32 32.20 26.7 2.48 32.20 26.7 2.70 32.20 26.7 3.13
80.0 67.0 36.00 28.4 1.97 36.00 28.4 2.31 36.00 28.6 2.71 36.00 28.6 2.90 36.00 28.6 3.16 34.50 27.8 3.42
86.0 72.0 41.60 29.5 2.40 40.10 28.5 2.66 38.60 28.0 2.93 38.00 27.7 3.05 37.20 27.3 3.20 35.70 26.8 3.47
90.0 75.0 42.30 28.8 2.41 40.80 27.7 2.68 39.40 27.5 2.94 38.70 26.9 3.06 37.90 26.4 3.21 36.40 26.0 3.49

1. The above data are based on the following conditions.


Cooling Equivalent Piping Length Hz, Volts
Indoor : 80FDB, 67FWB
25ft (Level Difference : 0) 60Hz, 230V
Outdoor : 95FDB
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.
3. shows nominal MAX capacities

64 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a Capacity tables

FCQ42PAVJU + RZR42PVJU

Cooling Capacity 230V60Hz


Outdoor Air Temp. FDB
Indoor Air Temp. 68 77 86 90 95 104
TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI
FDB FWB kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW
68.0 57.0 27.27 22.4 1.58 27.27 22.4 1.72 27.27 22.4 1.99 27.27 22.4 2.11 27.27 22.4 2.28 27.27 22.4 2.62
72.0 61.0 33.19 26.5 1.92 33.19 26.5 2.18 33.19 26.4 2.53 33.19 26.4 2.70 33.19 26.4 2.93 33.19 26.4 3.39
77.0 64.0 37.54 28.9 2.20 37.54 28.9 2.56 37.54 28.9 3.00 37.54 28.9 3.20 37.54 28.9 3.48 37.54 28.9 4.05
80.0 67.0 42.00 31.1 2.54 42.00 31.1 2.99 42.00 30.9 3.49 42.00 30.9 3.74 42.00 30.9 4.08 40.34 30.2 4.42
86.0 72.0 48.53 32.5 3.09 46.77 31.3 3.43 45.11 30.4 3.78 44.28 30.1 3.93 43.35 29.6 4.13 41.69 28.7 4.48
90.0 75.0 49.36 31.1 3.11 47.60 30.0 3.45 45.94 29.4 3.80 45.11 29.0 3.96 44.18 28.5 4.15 42.52 27.8 4.51

1. The above data are based on the following conditions.


Cooling Equivalent Piping Length Hz, Volts
Indoor : 80FDB, 67FWB
25ft (Level Difference : 0) 60Hz, 230V
Outdoor : 95FDB
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.
3. shows nominal MAX capacities

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 65
Capacity tables EDUS281120_a

9.1.2 FHQ

FHQ18PVJU + RZR18PVJU

Cooling Capacity 230V60Hz


Outdoor Air Temp. FDB
Indoor Air Temp. 68 77 86 90 95 104
TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI
FDB FWB kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW
68.0 57.0 11.68 10.6 0.54 11.68 10.6 0.59 11.68 10.6 0.66 11.68 10.6 0.70 11.68 10.6 0.75 11.68 10.6 0.85
72.0 61.0 14.21 11.9 0.52 14.21 11.9 0.72 14.21 11.9 0.83 14.21 11.9 0.88 14.21 11.9 0.95 14.21 11.9 1.08
77.0 64.0 16.10 12.7 0.60 16.10 12.7 0.84 16.10 12.7 0.96 16.10 12.7 1.03 16.10 12.7 1.11 16.10 12.7 1.28
80.0 67.0 18.00 13.3 0.70 18.00 13.3 0.96 18.00 13.3 1.11 18.00 13.3 1.19 18.00 13.3 1.29 17.27 13.3 1.39
86.0 72.0 20.79 14.2 0.87 20.06 14.0 1.09 19.32 13.2 1.20 19.00 13.3 1.24 18.59 13.2 1.30 17.86 12.7 1.40
90.0 75.0 21.14 13.5 0.87 20.41 13.2 1.10 19.68 12.7 1.20 19.35 12.8 1.25 18.95 12.5 1.31 18.21 12.2 1.41

1. The above data are based on the following conditions.


Cooling Equivalent Piping Length Hz, Volts
Indoor : 80FDB, 67FWB
25ft (Level Difference : 0) 60Hz, 230V
Outdoor : 95FDB
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.
3. shows nominal MAX capacities

FHQ24PVJU + RZR24PVJU

Cooling Capacity 230V60Hz


Outdoor Air Temp. FDB
Indoor Air Temp. 68 77 86 90 95 104
TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI
FDB FWB kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW
68.0 57.0 15.57 12.6 0.77 15.57 12.6 0.83 15.57 12.6 0.95 15.57 12.6 1.01 15.57 12.6 1.09 15.57 12.6 1.24
72.0 61.0 18.94 14.9 0.93 18.94 14.9 1.04 18.94 14.9 1.20 18.94 14.9 1.28 18.94 14.9 1.38 18.94 14.9 1.59
77.0 64.0 21.47 16.3 1.05 21.47 16.3 1.22 21.47 16.3 1.41 21.47 16.3 1.51 21.47 16.3 1.63 21.47 16.3 1.89
80.0 67.0 24.00 17.1 1.21 24.00 17.1 1.41 24.00 17.1 1.64 24.00 17.1 1.75 24.00 17.1 1.90 23.02 16.4 2.06
86.0 72.0 27.72 17.5 1.46 26.74 16.9 1.61 25.76 16.5 1.77 25.33 16.2 1.84 24.79 16.1 1.93 23.81 15.5 2.09
90.0 75.0 28.19 16.9 1.47 27.21 16.3 1.62 26.24 15.7 1.78 25.80 15.5 1.85 25.26 15.2 1.94 24.29 14.6 2.10

1. The above data are based on the following conditions.


Cooling Equivalent Piping Length Hz, Volts
Indoor : 80FDB, 67FWB
25ft (Level Difference : 0) 60Hz, 230V
Outdoor : 95FDB
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.
3. shows nominal MAX capacities

66 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a Capacity tables

FHQ30PVJU + RZR30PVJU

Cooling Capacity 230V60Hz


Outdoor Air Temp. FDB
Indoor Air Temp. 68 77 86 90 95 104
TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI
FDB FWB kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW
68.0 57.0 19.47 15.6 1.12 19.47 15.6 1.21 19.47 15.6 1.40 19.47 15.6 1.49 19.47 15.6 1.61 19.47 15.6 1.84
72.0 61.0 23.68 18.5 1.36 23.68 18.5 1.54 23.68 18.5 1.78 23.68 18.5 1.90 23.68 18.5 2.06 23.68 18.5 2.38
77.0 64.0 26.84 19.9 1.55 26.84 19.9 1.80 26.84 19.9 2.10 26.84 19.9 2.25 26.84 19.9 2.44 26.84 19.9 2.83
80.0 67.0 30.00 21.1 1.79 30.00 21.1 2.10 30.00 21.1 2.45 30.00 21.1 2.62 30.00 21.1 2.86 28.78 20.2 3.10
86.0 72.0 34.65 21.8 2.17 33.43 21.0 2.41 32.21 20.6 2.65 31.66 20.3 2.75 30.99 20.2 2.89 29.77 19.4 3.13
90.0 75.0 35.24 21.1 2.18 34.02 20.4 2.42 32.80 19.7 2.66 32.25 19.4 2.77 31.58 18.9 2.91 30.36 18.3 3.16

1. The above data are based on the following conditions.


Cooling Equivalent Piping Length Hz, Volts
Indoor : 80FDB, 67FWB
25ft (Level Difference : 0) 60Hz, 230V
Outdoor : 95FDB
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.
3. shows nominal MAX capacities

FHQ36MVJU + RZR36PVJU

Cooling Capacity 230V60Hz


Outdoor Air Temp. FDB
Indoor Air Temp. 68 77 86 90 95 104
TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI
FDB FWB kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW
68.0 57.0 23.40 18.5 1.37 23.40 18.5 1.49 23.40 18.5 1.73 23.40 18.5 1.83 23.40 18.5 1.98 23.40 18.5 2.27
72.0 61.0 28.40 21.9 1.67 28.40 21.9 1.89 28.40 21.8 2.20 28.40 21.8 2.34 28.40 21.8 2.54 28.40 21.8 2.94
77.0 64.0 32.20 23.8 1.90 32.20 23.8 2.23 32.20 23.9 2.59 32.20 23.9 2.77 32.20 23.9 3.01 32.20 23.9 3.50
80.0 67.0 36.00 25.2 2.21 36.00 25.2 2.59 36.00 25.1 3.03 36.00 25.1 3.25 36.00 25.1 3.53 34.50 24.0 3.82
86.0 72.0 41.60 26.2 2.68 40.10 25.3 2.97 38.60 24.6 3.27 38.00 24.3 3.40 37.20 23.7 3.57 35.70 23.2 3.87
90.0 75.0 42.30 25.0 2.70 40.80 24.1 2.99 39.40 23.6 3.29 38.70 23.2 3.42 37.90 22.8 3.60 36.40 21.8 3.90

1. The above data are based on the following conditions.


Cooling Equivalent Piping Length Hz, Volts
Indoor : 80FDB, 67FWB
25ft (Level Difference : 0) 60Hz, 230V
Outdoor : 95FDB
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.
3. shows nominal MAX capacities

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 67
Capacity tables EDUS281120_a

FHQ42MVJU + RZR42PVJU

Cooling Capacity 230V60Hz


Outdoor Air Temp. FDB
Indoor Air Temp. 68 77 86 90 95 104
TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI
FDB FWB kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW
68.0 57.0 26.30 20.8 1.65 26.30 20.8 1.79 26.30 20.8 2.07 26.30 20.8 2.20 26.30 20.8 2.38 26.30 20.8 2.74
72.0 61.0 32.00 24.6 2.00 32.00 24.6 2.27 32.00 24.5 2.65 32.00 24.5 2.83 32.00 24.5 3.06 32.00 24.5 3.55
77.0 64.0 36.20 26.8 2.29 36.20 26.8 2.68 36.20 26.9 3.12 36.20 26.9 3.34 36.20 26.9 3.64 36.20 26.9 4.22
80.0 67.0 40.50 28.4 2.65 40.50 28.4 3.12 40.50 28.2 3.65 40.50 28.2 3.92 40.50 28.2 4.26 38.90 27.1 4.62
86.0 72.0 46.80 29.5 3.23 45.10 28.4 3.59 43.50 27.7 3.95 42.70 27.3 4.10 41.80 26.6 4.31 40.20 26.1 4.68
90.0 75.0 47.60 28.1 3.25 45.90 27.1 3.61 44.30 26.5 3.98 43.50 26.1 4.13 42.60 25.6 4.34 41.00 24.6 4.71

1. The above data are based on the following conditions.


Cooling Equivalent Piping Length Hz, Volts
Indoor : 80FDB, 67FWB
25ft (Level Difference : 0) 60Hz, 230V
Outdoor : 95FDB
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.
3. shows nominal MAX capacities

68 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a Capacity tables

9.1.3 FAQ

FAQ18PVJU + RZR18PVJU

Cooling Capacity 230V60Hz


Outdoor Air Temp. FDB
Indoor Air Temp. 68 77 86 90 95 104
TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI
FDB FWB kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW
68.0 57.0 11.68 8.9 0.54 11.68 8.9 0.59 11.68 8.9 0.68 11.68 8.9 0.73 11.68 8.9 0.79 11.68 8.9 0.91
72.0 61.0 14.21 11.7 0.66 14.21 11.7 0.75 14.21 11.7 0.87 14.21 11.7 0.93 14.21 11.7 1.01 14.21 11.7 1.18
77.0 64.0 16.10 12.7 0.76 16.10 12.7 0.89 16.10 12.7 1.04 16.10 12.7 1.11 16.10 12.7 1.21 16.10 12.7 1.40
80.0 67.0 18.00 13.7 0.88 18.00 13.7 1.03 18.00 13.7 1.21 18.00 13.7 1.30 18.00 13.7 1.42 17.27 13.7 1.54
86.0 72.0 20.79 14.1 1.07 20.06 14.1 1.19 19.32 14.1 1.31 19.00 14.1 1.37 18.59 14.1 1.43 17.86 14.1 1.56
90.0 75.0 21.14 12.8 1.08 20.41 12.8 1.20 19.68 12.8 1.32 19.35 12.8 1.37 18.95 12.8 1.44 18.21 12.8 1.57

1. The above data are based on the following conditions.


Cooling Equivalent Piping Length Hz, Volts
Indoor : 80FDB, 67FWB
25ft (Level Difference : 0) 60Hz, 230V
Outdoor : 95FDB
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.
3. shows nominal MAX capacities

FAQ24PVJU + RZR24PVJU

Cooling Capacity 230V60Hz


Outdoor Air Temp. FDB
Indoor Air Temp. 68 77 86 90 95 104
TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI
FDB FWB kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW
68.0 57.0 15.57 14.3 0.88 15.57 14.3 0.96 15.57 14.3 1.12 15.57 14.3 1.19 15.57 14.3 1.29 15.57 14.3 1.49
72.0 61.0 18.94 15.3 1.08 18.94 15.3 1.23 18.94 15.3 1.44 18.94 15.3 1.54 18.94 15.3 1.68 18.94 15.3 1.95
77.0 64.0 21.47 16.5 1.24 21.47 16.5 1.46 21.47 16.5 1.71 21.47 16.5 1.83 21.47 16.5 2.00 21.47 16.5 2.33
80.0 67.0 24.00 18.0 1.44 24.00 18.0 1.71 24.00 18.0 2.01 24.00 18.0 2.16 24.00 18.0 2.35 23.02 18.0 2.56
86.0 72.0 27.72 18.8 1.77 26.74 18.4 1.97 25.76 18.0 2.18 25.33 17.8 2.27 24.79 17.6 2.38 23.81 17.2 2.59
90.0 75.0 28.19 17.5 1.78 27.21 17.0 1.98 26.24 16.6 2.19 25.80 16.4 2.28 25.26 16.2 2.40 24.29 15.7 2.61

1. The above data are based on the following conditions.


Cooling Equivalent Piping Length Hz, Volts
Indoor : 80FDB, 67FWB
25ft (Level Difference : 0) 60Hz, 230V
Outdoor : 95FDB
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.
3. shows nominal MAX capacities

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 69
Capacity tables EDUS281120_a

9.1.4 FBQ

FBQ18PVJU + RZR18PVJU

Cooling Capacity 230V60Hz


Outdoor Air Temp. FDB
Indoor Air Temp. 68 77 86 90 95 104
TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI
FDB FWB kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW
68.0 57.0 11.68 11.1 0.54 11.68 11.1 0.58 11.68 11.1 0.66 11.68 11.1 0.70 11.68 11.1 0.75 11.68 11.1 0.85
72.0 61.0 14.21 12.9 0.52 14.21 12.9 0.72 14.21 12.9 0.82 14.21 12.9 0.87 14.21 12.9 0.94 14.21 12.9 1.07
77.0 64.0 16.10 14.0 0.60 16.10 14.0 0.83 16.10 14.0 0.96 16.10 14.0 1.02 16.10 14.0 1.10 16.10 14.0 1.27
80.0 67.0 18.00 14.8 0.70 18.00 14.8 0.95 18.00 14.8 1.10 18.00 14.8 1.18 18.00 14.8 1.28 17.27 14.3 1.38
86.0 72.0 20.79 14.9 0.86 20.06 14.5 1.09 19.32 14.1 1.19 19.00 14.0 1.23 18.59 13.7 1.29 17.86 13.3 1.39
90.0 75.0 21.14 12.9 0.87 20.41 12.4 1.09 19.68 12.0 1.20 19.35 11.8 1.24 18.95 11.5 1.30 18.21 11.1 1.40

1. The above data are based on the following conditions.


Cooling Equivalent Piping Length Hz, Volts
Indoor : 80FDB, 67FWB
25ft (Level Difference : 0) 60Hz, 230V
Outdoor : 95FDB
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.
3. shows nominal MAX capacities

FBQ24PVJU + RZR24PVJU

Cooling Capacity 230V60Hz


Outdoor Air Temp. FDB
Indoor Air Temp. 68 77 86 90 95 104
TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI
FDB FWB kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW
68.0 57.0 15.57 13.8 0.81 15.57 13.8 0.88 15.57 13.8 1.00 15.57 13.8 1.06 15.57 13.8 1.14 15.57 13.8 1.31
72.0 61.0 18.94 16.2 0.97 18.94 16.2 1.09 18.94 16.2 1.26 18.94 16.2 1.34 18.94 16.2 1.45 18.94 16.2 1.67
77.0 64.0 21.47 17.6 1.10 21.47 17.6 1.28 21.47 17.6 1.48 21.47 17.6 1.58 21.47 17.6 1.71 21.47 17.6 1.98
80.0 67.0 24.00 18.7 1.27 24.00 18.7 1.48 24.00 18.7 1.72 24.00 18.7 1.84 24.00 18.7 2.00 23.02 18.1 2.16
86.0 72.0 27.72 19.2 1.53 26.74 18.7 1.69 25.76 18.2 1.86 25.33 18.0 1.93 24.79 17.7 2.02 23.81 17.2 2.19
90.0 75.0 28.19 20.8 1.54 27.21 20.5 1.70 26.24 20.1 1.87 25.80 20.0 1.94 25.26 19.8 2.04 24.29 19.3 2.21

1. The above data are based on the following conditions.


Cooling Equivalent Piping Length Hz, Volts
Indoor : 80FDB, 67FWB
25ft (Level Difference : 0) 60Hz, 230V
Outdoor : 95FDB
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.
3. shows nominal MAX capacities

70 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a Capacity tables

FBQ30PVJU + RZR30PVJU

Cooling Capacity 230V60Hz


Outdoor Air Temp. FDB
Indoor Air Temp. 68 77 86 90 95 104
TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI
FDB FWB kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW
68.0 57.0 19.47 17.1 1.12 19.47 17.1 1.21 19.47 17.1 1.40 19.47 17.1 1.49 19.47 17.1 1.61 19.47 17.1 1.84
72.0 61.0 23.68 20.0 1.36 23.68 20.0 1.54 23.68 20.0 1.78 23.68 20.0 1.90 23.68 20.0 2.06 23.68 20.0 2.38
77.0 64.0 26.84 21.9 1.55 26.84 21.9 1.80 26.84 21.9 2.10 26.84 21.9 2.25 26.84 21.9 2.44 26.84 21.9 2.83
80.0 67.0 30.00 23.4 1.79 30.00 23.4 2.10 30.00 23.4 2.45 30.00 23.4 2.62 30.00 23.4 2.86 28.78 22.6 3.10
86.0 72.0 34.65 24.0 2.17 33.43 23.4 2.41 32.21 22.7 2.65 31.66 22.4 2.75 30.99 22.1 2.89 29.77 21.4 3.13
90.0 75.0 35.24 23.5 2.18 34.02 23.0 2.42 32.80 22.4 2.66 32.25 22.2 2.77 31.58 21.9 2.91 30.36 21.2 3.16

1. The above data are based on the following conditions.


Cooling Equivalent Piping Length Hz, Volts
Indoor : 80FDB, 67FWB
25ft (Level Difference : 0) 60Hz, 230V
Outdoor : 95FDB
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.
3. shows nominal MAX capacities

FBQ36PVJU + RZR36PVJU

Cooling Capacity 230V60Hz


Outdoor Air Temp. FDB
Indoor Air Temp. 68 77 86 90 95 104
TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI
FDB FWB kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW
68.0 57.0 23.40 19.7 1.25 23.40 19.7 1.36 23.40 19.7 1.57 23.40 19.7 1.67 23.40 19.7 1.80 23.40 19.7 2.07
72.0 61.0 28.40 23.1 1.52 28.40 23.1 1.72 28.40 23.1 2.00 28.40 23.1 2.13 28.40 23.1 2.31 28.40 23.1 2.68
77.0 64.0 32.20 25.4 1.73 32.20 25.4 2.03 32.20 25.4 2.36 32.20 25.4 2.53 32.20 25.4 2.74 32.20 25.4 3.19
80.0 67.0 36.00 27.2 2.01 36.00 27.2 2.36 36.00 27.2 2.76 36.00 27.2 2.96 36.00 27.2 3.21 34.50 26.4 3.48
86.0 72.0 41.60 28.2 2.44 40.10 27.5 2.71 38.60 26.7 2.98 38.00 26.4 3.10 37.20 26.0 3.25 35.70 25.2 3.53
90.0 75.0 42.30 27.2 2.46 40.80 26.4 2.72 39.40 25.7 3.00 38.70 25.3 3.12 37.90 24.9 3.28 36.40 24.1 3.55

1. The above data are based on the following conditions.


Cooling Equivalent Piping Length Hz, Volts
Indoor : 80FDB, 67FWB
25ft (Level Difference : 0) 60Hz, 230V
Outdoor : 95FDB
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.
3. shows nominal MAX capacities

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 71
Capacity tables EDUS281120_a

FBQ42PVJU + RZR42PVJU

Cooling Capacity 230V60Hz


Outdoor Air Temp. FDB
Indoor Air Temp. 68 77 86 90 95 104
TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI
FDB FWB kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW
68.0 57.0 27.27 23.1 1.59 27.27 23.1 1.73 27.27 23.1 2.00 27.27 23.1 2.13 27.27 23.1 2.30 27.27 23.1 2.64
72.0 61.0 33.19 27.1 1.93 33.19 27.1 2.19 33.19 27.1 2.56 33.19 27.1 2.73 33.19 27.1 2.96 33.19 27.1 3.43
77.0 64.0 37.54 29.6 2.21 37.54 29.6 2.59 37.54 29.6 3.02 37.54 29.6 3.23 37.54 29.6 3.51 37.54 29.6 4.08
80.0 67.0 42.00 31.6 2.56 42.00 31.6 3.02 42.00 31.6 3.52 42.00 31.6 3.78 42.00 31.6 4.12 40.34 30.8 4.46
86.0 72.0 48.53 32.6 3.12 46.77 31.8 3.47 45.11 31.1 3.81 44.28 30.7 3.96 43.35 30.3 4.17 41.69 29.4 4.52
90.0 75.0 49.36 31.5 3.14 47.60 30.6 3.49 45.94 29.8 3.84 45.11 29.4 3.99 44.18 29.0 4.19 42.52 28.1 4.55

1. The above data are based on the following conditions.


Cooling Equivalent Piping Length Hz, Volts
Indoor : 80FDB, 67FWB
25ft (Level Difference : 0) 60Hz, 230V
Outdoor : 95FDB
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.
3. shows nominal MAX capacities

72 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a Capacity tables

9.2 Heat Pump


9.2.1 FCQ

FCQ18PAVJU + RZQ18PVJU9

Cooling Capacity 230V60Hz


Outdoor Air Temp. FDB
Indoor Air Temp. 68 77 86 90 95 104
TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI
FDB FWB kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW
68.0 57.0 11.68 10.7 0.59 11.68 10.7 0.63 11.68 10.6 0.72 11.68 10.6 0.76 11.68 10.6 0.81 11.68 10.6 0.92
72.0 61.0 14.21 12.4 0.70 14.21 12.4 0.78 14.21 12.3 0.89 14.21 12.3 0.95 14.21 12.3 1.02 14.21 12.3 1.17
77.0 64.0 16.10 13.4 0.79 16.10 13.4 0.90 16.10 13.3 1.04 16.10 13.3 1.11 16.10 13.3 1.19 16.10 13.3 1.37
80.0 67.0 18.00 14.2 0.90 18.00 14.2 1.04 18.00 14.1 1.20 18.00 14.1 1.28 18.00 14.1 1.38 17.27 13.8 1.49
86.0 72.0 20.79 14.6 1.07 20.06 14.2 1.18 19.32 13.8 1.29 19.00 13.5 1.34 18.59 13.5 1.40 17.86 13.4 1.51
90.0 75.0 21.14 14.2 1.08 20.41 13.7 1.19 19.68 13.5 1.30 19.35 13.5 1.35 18.95 13.2 1.41 18.21 12.6 1.52

Heating Capacity 230V60Hz


Outdoor Air Temp. FWB
Indoor Air Temp. 14 23 32 43 50
TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI
FDB MBh kW MBh kW MBh kW MBh kW MBh kW
61 23.33 2.64 23.33 2.33 23.33 1.97 23.33 1.74 23.33 1.62
64 22.22 2.48 22.22 2.19 22.22 1.86 22.22 1.64 22.22 1.53
68 20.74 2.28 20.74 2.02 20.74 1.72 20.74 1.52 20.74 1.42
70 20.00 2.18 20.00 1.93 20.00 1.65 20.00 1.46 20.00 1.37
72 19.26 2.08 19.26 1.85 19.26 1.59 19.26 1.41 19.26 1.32
75 18.15 1.94 18.15 1.73 18.15 1.49 18.15 1.32 18.15 1.24

1. The above data are based on the following conditions.


Cooling Heating Equivalent Piping Length Hz, Volts
Indoor : 80FDB, 67FWB Indoor : 70FDB
25ft (Level Difference : 0) 60Hz, 230V
Outdoor : 95FDB Outdoor : 47FDB, 43FWB
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
3. shows nominal MAX capacities

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 73
Capacity tables EDUS281120_a

FCQ24PAVJU + RZQ24PVJU9

Cooling Capacity 230V60Hz


Outdoor Air Temp. FDB
Indoor Air Temp. 68 77 86 90 95 104
TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI
FDB FWB kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW
68.0 57.0 15.57 14.2 0.81 15.57 14.2 0.88 15.57 14.1 1.00 15.57 14.1 1.06 15.57 14.1 1.14 15.57 14.1 1.31
72.0 61.0 18.94 16.7 0.97 18.94 16.7 1.10 18.94 16.6 1.26 18.94 16.6 1.35 18.94 16.6 1.45 18.94 16.6 1.67
77.0 64.0 21.47 18.3 1.10 21.47 18.3 1.28 21.47 18.2 1.48 21.47 18.2 1.58 21.47 18.2 1.72 21.47 18.2 1.98
80.0 67.0 24.00 19.0 1.27 24.00 19.0 1.48 24.00 18.9 1.72 24.00 18.9 1.84 24.00 18.9 2.00 23.02 18.7 2.16
86.0 72.0 27.72 19.7 1.53 26.74 19.0 1.69 25.76 18.6 1.86 25.33 18.2 1.93 24.79 18.1 2.02 23.81 17.8 2.19
90.0 75.0 28.19 18.9 1.54 27.21 18.2 1.70 26.24 17.8 1.87 25.80 18.0 1.94 25.26 17.9 2.04 24.29 17.3 2.20

Heating Capacity 230V60Hz


Outdoor Air Temp. FWB
Indoor Air Temp. 14 23 32 43 50
TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI
FDB MBh kW MBh kW MBh kW MBh kW MBh kW
61 24.18 2.46 26.67 2.57 30.49 2.69 31.50 2.48 31.50 2.31
64 24.14 2.51 26.63 2.61 30.00 2.67 30.00 2.35 30.00 2.18
68 24.09 2.58 26.57 2.67 28.00 2.46 28.00 2.17 28.00 2.02
70 24.06 2.61 26.55 2.70 27.00 2.36 27.00 2.08 27.00 1.94
72 24.03 2.64 26.00 2.65 26.00 2.26 26.00 2.00 26.00 1.86
75 23.99 2.69 24.50 2.47 24.50 2.11 24.50 1.87 24.50 1.75

1. The above data are based on the following conditions.


Cooling Heating Equivalent Piping Length Hz, Volts
Indoor : 80FDB, 67FWB Indoor : 70FDB
25ft (Level Difference : 0) 60Hz, 230V
Outdoor : 95FDB Outdoor : 47FDB, 43FWB
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
3. shows nominal MAX capacities

74 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a Capacity tables

FCQ30PAVJU + RZQ30PVJU

Cooling Capacity 230V60Hz


Outdoor Air Temp. FDB
Indoor Air Temp. 68 77 86 90 95 104
TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI
FDB FWB kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW
68.0 57.0 19.47 16.6 1.28 19.47 16.6 1.39 19.47 16.6 1.59 19.47 16.6 1.69 19.47 16.6 1.82 19.47 16.6 2.09
72.0 61.0 23.68 19.4 1.55 23.68 19.4 1.75 23.68 19.4 2.02 23.68 19.4 2.15 23.68 19.4 2.33 23.68 19.4 2.69
77.0 64.0 26.84 21.2 1.76 26.84 21.2 2.05 26.84 21.1 2.38 26.84 21.1 2.54 26.84 21.1 2.76 26.84 21.1 3.20
80.0 67.0 30.00 22.2 2.03 30.00 22.2 2.37 30.00 22.3 2.77 30.00 22.3 2.97 30.00 22.3 3.23 28.78 21.5 3.50
86.0 72.0 34.65 22.9 2.46 33.43 22.1 2.72 32.21 21.8 2.99 31.66 21.8 3.11 30.99 21.3 3.26 29.77 20.8 3.54
90.0 75.0 35.24 21.8 2.47 34.02 21.1 2.74 32.80 21.1 3.01 32.25 20.6 3.13 31.58 20.6 3.28 30.36 19.9 3.56

Heating Capacity 230V60Hz


Outdoor Air Temp. FWB
Indoor Air Temp. 14 23 32 43 50
TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI
FDB MBh kW MBh kW MBh kW MBh kW MBh kW
61 24.41 2.34 26.89 2.48 30.72 2.66 34.22 2.79 36.45 2.86
64 24.36 2.41 26.84 2.55 30.66 2.72 34.17 2.84 36.40 2.91
68 24.29 2.50 26.77 2.63 30.59 2.79 34.10 2.91 35.26 2.84
70 24.25 2.55 26.74 2.67 30.56 2.83 34.00 2.93 34.00 2.73
72 24.22 2.59 26.70 2.72 30.53 2.86 32.74 2.81 32.74 2.62
75 24.17 2.66 26.65 2.78 30.47 2.92 30.85 2.63 30.85 2.45

1. The above data are based on the following conditions.


Cooling Heating Equivalent Piping Length Hz, Volts
Indoor : 80FDB, 67FWB Indoor : 70FDB
25ft (Level Difference : 0) 60Hz, 230V
Outdoor : 95FDB Outdoor : 47FDB, 43FWB
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
3. shows nominal MAX capacities

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 75
Capacity tables EDUS281120_a

FCQ36PAVJU + RZQ36PVJU9

Cooling Capacity 230V60Hz


Outdoor Air Temp. FDB
Indoor Air Temp. 68 77 86 90 95 104
TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI
FDB FWB kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW
68.0 57.0 23.40 21.3 1.24 23.40 21.3 1.34 23.40 21.2 1.54 23.40 21.2 1.65 23.40 21.2 1.77 23.40 21.2 2.04
72.0 61.0 28.40 24.7 1.50 28.40 24.7 1.69 28.40 24.6 1.96 28.40 24.6 2.10 28.40 24.6 2.27 28.40 24.6 2.63
77.0 64.0 32.20 26.7 1.71 32.20 26.7 2.00 32.20 26.7 2.32 32.20 26.7 2.48 32.20 26.7 2.70 32.20 26.7 3.13
80.0 67.0 36.00 28.4 1.97 36.00 28.4 2.31 36.00 28.6 2.71 36.00 28.6 2.90 36.00 28.6 3.16 34.50 27.8 3.42
86.0 72.0 41.60 29.5 2.40 40.10 28.5 2.66 38.60 28.0 2.93 38.00 27.7 3.05 37.20 27.3 3.20 35.70 26.8 3.47
90.0 75.0 42.30 28.8 2.41 40.80 27.7 2.68 39.40 27.5 2.94 38.70 26.9 3.06 37.90 26.4 3.21 36.40 26.0 3.49

Heating Capacity 230V60Hz


Outdoor Air Temp. FWB
Indoor Air Temp. 14 23 32 43 50
TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI
FDB MBh kW MBh kW MBh kW MBh kW MBh kW
61 30.48 2.82 33.92 2.99 37.47 3.14 41.72 3.28 44.46 3.36
64 30.38 2.89 33.92 3.06 37.37 3.20 41.72 3.33 44.35 3.41
68 30.28 2.99 33.82 3.15 37.37 3.28 41.52 3.39 41.52 3.16
70 30.28 3.04 33.82 3.20 37.27 3.32 40.00 3.26 40.00 3.03
72 30.28 3.10 33.72 3.24 37.27 3.36 38.48 3.12 38.48 2.91
75 30.28 3.17 33.72 3.31 36.25 3.30 36.25 2.92 36.25 2.72

1. The above data are based on the following conditions.


Cooling Heating Equivalent Piping Length Hz, Volts
Indoor : 80FDB, 67FWB Indoor : 70FDB
25ft (Level Difference : 0) 60Hz, 230V
Outdoor : 95FDB Outdoor : 47FDB, 43FWB
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
3. shows nominal MAX capacities

76 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a Capacity tables

FCQ42PAVJU + RZQ42PVJU9

Cooling Capacity 230V60Hz


Outdoor Air Temp. FDB
Indoor Air Temp. 68 77 86 90 95 104
TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI
FDB FWB kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW
68.0 57.0 27.27 22.4 1.58 27.27 22.4 1.72 27.27 22.4 1.99 27.27 22.4 2.11 27.27 22.4 2.28 27.27 22.4 2.62
72.0 61.0 33.19 26.5 1.92 33.19 26.5 2.18 33.19 26.4 2.53 33.19 26.4 2.70 33.19 26.4 2.93 33.19 26.4 3.39
77.0 64.0 37.54 28.9 2.20 37.54 28.9 2.56 37.54 28.9 3.00 37.54 28.9 3.20 37.54 28.9 3.48 37.54 28.9 4.05
80.0 67.0 42.00 31.1 2.54 42.00 31.1 2.99 42.00 30.9 3.49 42.00 30.9 3.74 42.00 30.9 4.08 40.34 30.2 4.42
86.0 72.0 48.53 32.5 3.09 46.77 31.3 3.43 45.11 30.4 3.78 44.28 30.1 3.93 43.35 29.6 4.13 41.69 28.7 4.48
90.0 75.0 49.36 31.1 3.11 47.60 30.0 3.45 45.94 29.4 3.80 45.11 29.0 3.96 44.18 28.5 4.15 42.52 27.8 4.51

Heating Capacity 230V60Hz


Outdoor Air Temp. FWB
Indoor Air Temp. 14 23 32 43 50
TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI
FDB MBh kW MBh kW MBh kW MBh kW MBh kW
61 34.54 3.28 38.51 3.50 42.47 3.68 47.34 3.86 50.40 3.96
64 34.43 3.38 38.39 3.59 42.36 3.75 47.23 3.93 50.28 4.01
68 34.32 3.50 38.28 3.70 42.24 3.86 47.11 4.01 48.70 3.93
70 34.32 3.57 38.28 3.75 42.24 3.91 47.00 4.05 47.00 3.77
72 34.32 3.63 38.28 3.81 42.24 3.96 45.30 3.88 45.30 3.61
75 34.20 3.73 38.17 3.89 42.13 4.03 42.70 3.63 42.70 3.39

1. The above data are based on the following conditions.


Cooling Heating Equivalent Piping Length Hz, Volts
Indoor : 80FDB, 67FWB Indoor : 70FDB
25ft (Level Difference : 0) 60Hz, 230V
Outdoor : 95FDB Outdoor : 47FDB, 43FWB
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
3. shows nominal MAX capacities

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 77
Capacity tables EDUS281120_a

9.2.2 FHQ

FHQ18PVJU + RZQ18PVJU9

Cooling Capacity 230V60Hz


Outdoor Air Temp. FDB
Indoor Air Temp. 68 77 86 90 95 104
TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI
FDB FWB kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW
68.0 57.0 11.68 10.6 0.54 11.68 10.6 0.59 11.68 10.6 0.66 11.68 10.6 0.70 11.68 10.6 0.75 11.68 10.6 0.85
72.0 61.0 14.21 11.9 0.52 14.21 11.9 0.72 14.21 11.9 0.83 14.21 11.9 0.88 14.21 11.9 0.95 14.21 11.9 1.08
77.0 64.0 16.10 12.7 0.60 16.10 12.7 0.84 16.10 12.7 0.96 16.10 12.7 1.03 16.10 12.7 1.11 16.10 12.7 1.28
80.0 67.0 18.00 13.3 0.70 18.00 13.3 0.96 18.00 13.3 1.11 18.00 13.3 1.19 18.00 13.3 1.29 17.27 13.3 1.39
86.0 72.0 20.79 14.2 0.87 20.06 14.0 1.09 19.32 13.2 1.20 19.00 13.3 1.24 18.59 13.2 1.30 17.86 12.7 1.40
90.0 75.0 21.14 13.5 0.87 20.41 13.2 1.10 19.68 12.7 1.20 19.35 12.8 1.25 18.95 12.5 1.31 18.21 12.2 1.41

Heating Capacity 230V60Hz


Outdoor Air Temp. FWB
Indoor Air Temp. 14 23 32 43 50
TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI
FDB MBh kW MBh kW MBh kW MBh kW MBh kW
61 23.33 2.73 23.33 2.40 23.33 2.04 23.33 1.79 23.33 1.67
64 22.22 2.56 22.22 2.26 22.22 1.92 22.22 1.70 22.22 1.58
68 20.74 2.35 20.74 2.08 20.74 1.78 20.74 1.57 20.74 1.47
70 20.00 2.25 20.00 2.00 20.00 1.71 20.00 1.51 20.00 1.41
72 19.26 2.15 19.26 1.91 19.26 1.63 19.26 1.45 19.26 1.36
75 18.15 2.00 18.15 1.78 18.15 1.53 18.15 1.36 18.15 1.27

1. The above data are based on the following conditions.


Cooling Heating Equivalent Piping Length Hz, Volts
Indoor : 80FDB, 67FWB Indoor : 70FDB
25ft (Level Difference : 0) 60Hz, 230V
Outdoor : 95FDB Outdoor : 47FDB, 43FWB
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
3. shows nominal MAX capacities

78 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a Capacity tables

FHQ24PVJU + RZQ24PVJU9

Cooling Capacity 230V60Hz


Outdoor Air Temp. FDB
Indoor Air Temp. 68 77 86 90 95 104
TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI
FDB FWB kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW
68.0 57.0 15.57 12.6 0.77 15.57 12.6 0.83 15.57 12.6 0.95 15.57 12.6 1.01 15.57 12.6 1.09 15.57 12.6 1.24
72.0 61.0 18.94 14.9 0.93 18.94 14.9 1.04 18.94 14.9 1.20 18.94 14.9 1.28 18.94 14.9 1.38 18.94 14.9 1.59
77.0 64.0 21.47 16.3 1.05 21.47 16.3 1.22 21.47 16.3 1.41 21.47 16.3 1.51 21.47 16.3 1.63 21.47 16.3 1.89
80.0 67.0 24.00 17.1 1.21 24.00 17.1 1.41 24.00 17.1 1.64 24.00 17.1 1.75 24.00 17.1 1.90 23.02 16.4 2.06
86.0 72.0 27.72 17.5 1.46 26.74 16.9 1.61 25.76 16.5 1.77 25.33 16.2 1.84 24.79 16.1 1.93 23.81 15.5 2.09
90.0 75.0 28.19 16.9 1.47 27.21 16.3 1.62 26.24 15.7 1.78 25.80 15.5 1.85 25.26 15.2 1.94 24.29 14.6 2.10

Heating Capacity 230V60Hz


Outdoor Air Temp. FWB
Indoor Air Temp. 14 23 32 43 50
TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI
FDB MBh kW MBh kW MBh kW MBh kW MBh kW
61 24.18 2.60 26.67 2.71 30.49 2.84 31.50 2.62 31.50 2.43
64 24.14 2.65 26.63 2.76 30.00 2.82 30.00 2.48 30.00 2.30
68 24.09 2.72 26.57 2.82 28.00 2.60 28.00 2.29 28.00 2.13
70 24.06 2.76 26.55 2.85 27.00 2.49 27.00 2.20 27.00 2.05
72 24.03 2.79 26.00 2.80 26.00 2.38 26.00 2.11 26.00 1.97
75 23.99 2.84 24.50 2.61 24.50 2.23 24.50 1.97 24.50 1.84

1. The above data are based on the following conditions.


Cooling Heating Equivalent Piping Length Hz, Volts
Indoor : 80FDB, 67FWB Indoor : 70FDB
25ft (Level Difference : 0) 60Hz, 230V
Outdoor : 95FDB Outdoor : 47FDB, 43FWB
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
3. shows nominal MAX capacities

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 79
Capacity tables EDUS281120_a

FHQ30PVJU + RZQ30PVJU

Cooling Capacity 230V60Hz


Outdoor Air Temp. FDB
Indoor Air Temp. 68 77 86 90 95 104
TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI
FDB FWB kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW
68.0 57.0 19.47 15.6 1.12 19.47 15.6 1.21 19.47 15.6 1.40 19.47 15.6 1.49 19.47 15.6 1.61 19.47 15.6 1.84
72.0 61.0 23.68 18.5 1.36 23.68 18.5 1.54 23.68 18.5 1.78 23.68 18.5 1.90 23.68 18.5 2.06 23.68 18.5 2.38
77.0 64.0 26.84 19.9 1.55 26.84 19.9 1.80 26.84 19.9 2.10 26.84 19.9 2.25 26.84 19.9 2.44 26.84 19.9 2.83
80.0 67.0 30.00 21.1 1.79 30.00 21.1 2.10 30.00 21.1 2.45 30.00 21.1 2.62 30.00 21.1 2.86 28.78 20.2 3.10
86.0 72.0 34.65 21.8 2.17 33.43 21.0 2.41 32.21 20.6 2.65 31.66 20.3 2.75 30.99 20.2 2.89 29.77 19.4 3.13
90.0 75.0 35.24 21.1 2.18 34.02 20.4 2.42 32.80 19.7 2.66 32.25 19.4 2.77 31.58 18.9 2.91 30.36 18.3 3.16

Heating Capacity 230V60Hz


Outdoor Air Temp. FWB
Indoor Air Temp. 14 23 32 43 50
TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI
FDB MBh kW MBh kW MBh kW MBh kW MBh kW
61 24.41 2.94 26.89 3.12 30.72 3.35 34.22 3.51 36.45 3.60
64 24.36 3.03 26.84 3.20 30.66 3.42 34.17 3.57 36.40 3.66
68 24.29 3.14 26.77 3.31 30.59 3.51 34.10 3.66 35.26 3.58
70 24.25 3.20 26.74 3.36 30.56 3.56 34.00 3.69 34.00 3.43
72 24.22 3.26 26.70 3.42 30.53 3.60 32.74 3.53 32.74 3.29
75 24.17 3.35 26.65 3.50 30.47 3.67 30.85 3.31 30.85 3.08

1. The above data are based on the following conditions.


Cooling Heating Equivalent Piping Length Hz, Volts
Indoor : 80FDB, 67FWB Indoor : 70FDB
25ft (Level Difference : 0) 60Hz, 230V
Outdoor : 95FDB Outdoor : 47FDB, 43FWB
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
3. shows nominal MAX capacities

80 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a Capacity tables

FHQ36MVJU + RZQ36PVJU9

Cooling Capacity 230V60Hz


Outdoor Air Temp. FDB
Indoor Air Temp. 68 77 86 90 95 104
TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI
FDB FWB kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW
68.0 57.0 23.40 18.5 1.37 23.40 18.5 1.49 23.40 18.5 1.73 23.40 18.5 1.83 23.40 18.5 1.98 23.40 18.5 2.27
72.0 61.0 28.40 21.9 1.67 28.40 21.9 1.89 28.40 21.8 2.20 28.40 21.8 2.34 28.40 21.8 2.54 28.40 21.8 2.94
77.0 64.0 32.20 23.8 1.90 32.20 23.8 2.23 32.20 23.9 2.59 32.20 23.9 2.77 32.20 23.9 3.01 32.20 23.9 3.50
80.0 67.0 36.00 25.2 2.21 36.00 25.2 2.59 36.00 25.1 3.03 36.00 25.1 3.25 36.00 25.1 3.53 34.50 24.0 3.82
86.0 72.0 41.60 26.2 2.68 40.10 25.3 2.97 38.60 24.6 3.27 38.00 24.3 3.40 37.20 23.7 3.57 35.70 23.2 3.87
90.0 75.0 42.30 25.0 2.70 40.80 24.1 2.99 39.40 23.6 3.29 38.70 23.2 3.42 37.90 22.8 3.60 36.40 21.8 3.90

Heating Capacity 230V60Hz


Outdoor Air Temp. FWB
Indoor Air Temp. 14 23 32 43 50
TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI
FDB MBh kW MBh kW MBh kW MBh kW MBh kW
61 28.60 3.18 31.90 3.38 35.20 3.54 39.20 3.70 41.80 3.79
64 28.60 3.26 31.80 3.45 35.10 3.61 39.10 3.76 41.70 3.84
68 28.50 3.38 31.80 3.56 35.10 3.70 38.90 3.82 38.90 3.55
70 28.40 3.43 31.70 3.61 35.00 3.74 37.50 3.66 37.50 3.40
72 28.40 3.49 31.70 3.65 35.00 3.80 36.10 3.51 36.10 3.27
75 28.30 3.57 31.60 3.73 34.00 3.72 34.00 3.29 34.00 3.06

1. The above data are based on the following conditions.


Cooling Heating Equivalent Piping Length Hz, Volts
Indoor : 80FDB, 67FWB Indoor : 70FDB
25ft (Level Difference : 0) 60Hz, 230V
Outdoor : 95FDB Outdoor : 47FDB, 43FWB
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
3. shows nominal MAX capacities

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 81
Capacity tables EDUS281120_a

FHQ42MVJU + RZQ42PVJU9

Cooling Capacity 230V60Hz


Outdoor Air Temp. FDB
Indoor Air Temp. 68 77 86 90 95 104
TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI
FDB FWB kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW
68.0 57.0 26.30 20.8 1.65 26.30 20.8 1.79 26.30 20.8 2.07 26.30 20.8 2.20 26.30 20.8 2.38 26.30 20.8 2.74
72.0 61.0 32.00 24.6 2.00 32.00 24.6 2.27 32.00 24.5 2.65 32.00 24.5 2.83 32.00 24.5 3.06 32.00 24.5 3.55
77.0 64.0 36.20 26.8 2.29 36.20 26.8 2.68 36.20 26.9 3.12 36.20 26.9 3.34 36.20 26.9 3.64 36.20 26.9 4.22
80.0 67.0 40.50 28.4 2.65 40.50 28.4 3.12 40.50 28.2 3.65 40.50 28.2 3.92 40.50 28.2 4.26 38.90 27.1 4.62
86.0 72.0 46.80 29.5 3.23 45.10 28.4 3.59 43.50 27.7 3.95 42.70 27.3 4.10 41.80 26.6 4.31 40.20 26.1 4.68
90.0 75.0 47.60 28.1 3.25 45.90 27.1 3.61 44.30 26.5 3.98 43.50 26.1 4.13 42.60 25.6 4.34 41.00 24.6 4.71

Heating Capacity 230V60Hz


Outdoor Air Temp. FWB
Indoor Air Temp. 14 23 32 43 50
TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI
FDB MBh kW MBh kW MBh kW MBh kW MBh kW
61 29.00 3.23 32.40 3.44 35.70 3.62 39.80 3.80 42.30 3.90
64 29.00 3.32 32.30 3.53 35.60 3.69 39.70 3.87 42.30 3.95
68 28.90 3.44 32.20 3.64 35.50 3.80 39.60 3.95 41.00 3.87
70 28.80 3.51 32.20 3.69 35.50 3.85 39.50 3.99 39.50 3.71
72 28.80 3.57 32.10 3.75 35.50 3.90 38.00 3.82 38.00 3.56
75 28.70 3.67 32.10 3.83 35.40 3.97 35.80 3.57 35.80 3.33

1. The above data are based on the following conditions.


Cooling Heating Equivalent Piping Length Hz, Volts
Indoor : 80FDB, 67FWB Indoor : 70FDB
25ft (Level Difference : 0) 60Hz, 230V
Outdoor : 95FDB Outdoor : 47FDB, 43FWB
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
3. shows nominal MAX capacities

82 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a Capacity tables

9.2.3 FAQ

FAQ18PVJU + RZQ18PVJU9

Cooling Capacity 230V60Hz


Outdoor Air Temp. FDB
Indoor Air Temp. 68 77 86 90 95 104
TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI
FDB FWB kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW
68.0 57.0 11.68 8.9 0.54 11.68 8.9 0.59 11.68 8.9 0.68 11.68 8.9 0.73 11.68 8.9 0.79 11.68 8.9 0.91
72.0 61.0 14.21 11.7 0.66 14.21 11.7 0.75 14.21 11.7 0.87 14.21 11.7 0.93 14.21 11.7 1.01 14.21 11.7 1.18
77.0 64.0 16.10 12.7 0.76 16.10 12.7 0.89 16.10 12.7 1.04 16.10 12.7 1.11 16.10 12.7 1.21 16.10 12.7 1.40
80.0 67.0 18.00 13.7 0.88 18.00 13.7 1.03 18.00 13.7 1.21 18.00 13.7 1.30 18.00 13.7 1.42 17.27 13.7 1.54
86.0 72.0 20.79 14.1 1.07 20.06 14.1 1.19 19.32 14.1 1.31 19.00 14.1 1.37 18.59 14.1 1.43 17.86 14.1 1.56
90.0 75.0 21.14 12.8 1.08 20.41 12.8 1.20 19.68 12.8 1.32 19.35 12.8 1.37 18.95 12.8 1.44 18.21 12.8 1.57

Heating Capacity 230V60Hz


Outdoor Air Temp. FWB
Indoor Air Temp. 14 23 32 43 50
TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI
FDB MBh kW MBh kW MBh kW MBh kW MBh kW
61 23.33 3.48 23.33 3.06 23.33 2.57 23.33 2.25 23.33 2.08
64 22.22 3.27 22.22 2.87 22.22 2.42 22.22 2.12 22.22 1.96
68 20.74 2.99 20.74 2.63 20.74 2.22 20.74 1.95 20.74 1.81
70 20.00 2.85 20.00 2.51 20.00 2.13 20.00 1.87 20.00 1.74
72 19.26 2.72 19.26 2.40 19.26 2.04 19.26 1.79 19.26 1.66
75 18.15 2.52 18.15 2.23 18.15 1.90 18.15 1.67 18.15 1.56

1. The above data are based on the following conditions.


Cooling Heating Equivalent Piping Length Hz, Volts
Indoor : 80FDB, 67FWB Indoor : 70FDB
25ft (Level Difference : 0) 60Hz, 230V
Outdoor : 95FDB Outdoor : 47FDB, 43FWB
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
3. shows nominal MAX capacities

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 83
Capacity tables EDUS281120_a

FAQ24PVJU + RZQ24PVJU9

Cooling Capacity 230V60Hz


Outdoor Air Temp. FDB
Indoor Air Temp. 68 77 86 90 95 104
TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI
FDB FWB kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW
68.0 57.0 15.57 14.3 0.88 15.57 14.3 0.96 15.57 14.3 1.12 15.57 14.3 1.19 15.57 14.3 1.29 15.57 14.3 1.49
72.0 61.0 18.94 15.3 1.08 18.94 15.3 1.23 18.94 15.3 1.44 18.94 15.3 1.54 18.94 15.3 1.68 18.94 15.3 1.95
77.0 64.0 21.47 16.5 1.24 21.47 16.5 1.46 21.47 16.5 1.71 21.47 16.5 1.83 21.47 16.5 2.00 21.47 16.5 2.33
80.0 67.0 24.00 18.0 1.44 24.00 18.0 1.71 24.00 18.0 2.01 24.00 18.0 2.16 24.00 18.0 2.35 23.02 18.0 2.56
86.0 72.0 27.72 18.8 1.77 26.74 18.4 1.97 25.76 18.0 2.18 25.33 17.8 2.27 24.79 17.6 2.38 23.81 17.2 2.59
90.0 75.0 28.19 17.5 1.78 27.21 17.0 1.98 26.24 16.6 2.19 25.80 16.4 2.28 25.26 16.2 2.40 24.29 15.7 2.61

Heating Capacity 230V60Hz


Outdoor Air Temp. FWB
Indoor Air Temp. 14 23 32 43 50
TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI
FDB MBh kW MBh kW MBh kW MBh kW MBh kW
61 25.08 4.19 27.66 4.36 31.50 4.54 31.50 3.96 31.50 3.67
64 25.04 4.27 27.62 4.44 30.00 4.27 30.00 3.74 30.00 3.46
68 24.99 4.38 27.57 4.53 28.00 3.93 28.00 3.44 28.00 3.19
70 24.96 4.44 27.00 4.44 27.00 3.76 27.00 3.30 27.00 3.06
72 24.93 4.49 26.00 4.24 26.00 3.59 26.00 3.15 26.00 2.93
75 24.50 4.46 24.50 3.94 24.50 3.35 24.50 2.95 24.50 2.74

1. The above data are based on the following conditions.


Cooling Heating Equivalent Piping Length Hz, Volts
Indoor : 80FDB, 67FWB Indoor : 70FDB
25ft (Level Difference : 0) 60Hz, 230V
Outdoor : 95FDB Outdoor : 47FDB, 43FWB
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
3. shows nominal MAX capacities

84 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a Capacity tables

9.2.4 FBQ

FBQ18PVJU + RZQ18PVJU9

Cooling Capacity 230V60Hz


Outdoor Air Temp. FDB
Indoor Air Temp. 68 77 86 90 95 104
TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI
FDB FWB kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW
68.0 57.0 11.68 11.1 0.54 11.68 11.1 0.58 11.68 11.1 0.66 11.68 11.1 0.70 11.68 11.1 0.75 11.68 11.1 0.85
72.0 61.0 14.21 12.9 0.52 14.21 12.9 0.72 14.21 12.9 0.82 14.21 12.9 0.87 14.21 12.9 0.94 14.21 12.9 1.07
77.0 64.0 16.10 14.0 0.60 16.10 14.0 0.83 16.10 14.0 0.96 16.10 14.0 1.02 16.10 14.0 1.10 16.10 14.0 1.27
80.0 67.0 18.00 14.8 0.70 18.00 14.8 0.95 18.00 14.8 1.10 18.00 14.8 1.18 18.00 14.8 1.28 17.27 14.3 1.38
86.0 72.0 20.79 14.9 0.86 20.06 14.5 1.09 19.32 14.1 1.19 19.00 14.0 1.23 18.59 13.7 1.29 17.86 13.3 1.39
90.0 75.0 21.14 12.9 0.87 20.41 12.4 1.09 19.68 12.0 1.20 19.35 11.8 1.24 18.95 11.5 1.30 18.21 11.1 1.40

Heating Capacity 230V60Hz


Outdoor Air Temp. FWB
Indoor Air Temp. 14 23 32 43 50
TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI
FDB MBh kW MBh kW MBh kW MBh kW MBh kW
61 23.33 2.78 23.33 2.46 23.33 2.08 23.33 1.83 23.33 1.70
64 22.22 2.62 22.22 2.31 22.22 1.97 22.22 1.73 22.22 1.61
68 20.74 2.40 20.74 2.13 20.74 1.81 20.74 1.60 20.74 1.50
70 20.00 2.30 20.00 2.04 20.00 1.74 20.00 1.54 20.00 1.44
72 19.26 2.19 19.26 1.95 19.26 1.67 19.26 1.48 19.26 1.38
75 18.15 2.04 18.15 1.82 18.15 1.56 18.15 1.39 18.15 1.30

1. The above data are based on the following conditions.


Cooling Heating Equivalent Piping Length Hz, Volts
Indoor : 80FDB, 67FWB Indoor : 70FDB
25ft (Level Difference : 0) 60Hz, 230V
Outdoor : 95FDB Outdoor : 47FDB, 43FWB
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
3. shows nominal MAX capacities

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 85
Capacity tables EDUS281120_a

FBQ24PVJU + RZQ24PVJU9

Cooling Capacity 230V60Hz


Outdoor Air Temp. FDB
Indoor Air Temp. 68 77 86 90 95 104
TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI
FDB FWB kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW
68.0 57.0 15.57 13.8 0.81 15.57 13.8 0.88 15.57 13.8 1.00 15.57 13.8 1.06 15.57 13.8 1.14 15.57 13.8 1.31
72.0 61.0 18.94 16.2 0.97 18.94 16.2 1.09 18.94 16.2 1.26 18.94 16.2 1.34 18.94 16.2 1.45 18.94 16.2 1.67
77.0 64.0 21.47 17.6 1.10 21.47 17.6 1.28 21.47 17.6 1.48 21.47 17.6 1.58 21.47 17.6 1.71 21.47 17.6 1.98
80.0 67.0 24.00 18.7 1.27 24.00 18.7 1.48 24.00 18.7 1.72 24.00 18.7 1.84 24.00 18.7 2.00 23.02 18.1 2.16
86.0 72.0 27.72 19.2 1.53 26.74 18.7 1.69 25.76 18.2 1.86 25.33 18.0 1.93 24.79 17.7 2.02 23.81 17.2 2.19
90.0 75.0 28.19 20.8 1.54 27.21 20.5 1.70 26.24 20.1 1.87 25.80 20.0 1.94 25.26 19.8 2.04 24.29 19.3 2.21

Heating Capacity 230V60Hz


Outdoor Air Temp. FWB
Indoor Air Temp. 14 23 32 43 50
TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI
FDB MBh kW MBh kW MBh kW MBh kW MBh kW
61 24.18 2.75 26.67 2.87 30.49 3.01 31.50 2.78 31.50 2.58
64 24.14 2.81 26.63 2.92 30.00 2.98 30.00 2.62 30.00 2.44
68 24.09 2.88 26.57 2.98 28.00 2.75 28.00 2.42 28.00 2.26
70 24.06 2.92 26.55 3.02 27.00 2.64 27.00 2.33 27.00 2.17
72 24.03 2.95 26.00 2.96 26.00 2.52 26.00 2.23 26.00 2.08
75 23.99 3.01 24.50 2.76 24.50 2.36 24.50 2.09 24.50 1.95

1. The above data are based on the following conditions.


Cooling Heating Equivalent Piping Length Hz, Volts
Indoor : 80FDB, 67FWB Indoor : 70FDB
25ft (Level Difference : 0) 60Hz, 230V
Outdoor : 95FDB Outdoor : 47FDB, 43FWB
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
3. shows nominal MAX capacities

86 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a Capacity tables

FBQ30PVJU + RZQ30PVJU

Cooling Capacity 230V60Hz


Outdoor Air Temp. FDB
Indoor Air Temp. 68 77 86 90 95 104
TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI
FDB FWB kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW
68.0 57.0 19.47 17.1 1.12 19.47 17.1 1.21 19.47 17.1 1.40 19.47 17.1 1.49 19.47 17.1 1.61 19.47 17.1 1.84
72.0 61.0 23.68 20.0 1.36 23.68 20.0 1.54 23.68 20.0 1.78 23.68 20.0 1.90 23.68 20.0 2.06 23.68 20.0 2.38
77.0 64.0 26.84 21.9 1.55 26.84 21.9 1.80 26.84 21.9 2.10 26.84 21.9 2.25 26.84 21.9 2.44 26.84 21.9 2.83
80.0 67.0 30.00 23.4 1.79 30.00 23.4 2.10 30.00 23.4 2.45 30.00 23.4 2.62 30.00 23.4 2.86 28.78 22.6 3.10
86.0 72.0 34.65 24.0 2.17 33.43 23.4 2.41 32.21 22.7 2.65 31.66 22.4 2.75 30.99 22.1 2.89 29.77 21.4 3.13
90.0 75.0 35.24 23.5 2.18 34.02 23.0 2.42 32.80 22.4 2.66 32.25 22.2 2.77 31.58 21.9 2.91 30.36 21.2 3.16

Heating Capacity 230V60Hz


Outdoor Air Temp. FWB
Indoor air
temp. 14 23 32 43 50
TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI
FDB MBh kW MBh kW MBh kW MBh kW MBh kW
61 24.41 2.40 26.89 2.55 30.72 2.74 34.22 2.87 36.45 2.95
64 24.36 2.48 26.84 2.62 30.66 2.80 34.17 2.92 36.40 2.99
68 24.29 2.57 26.77 2.71 30.59 2.87 34.10 2.99 35.26 2.93
70 24.25 2.62 26.74 2.75 30.56 2.91 34.00 3.02 34.00 2.81
72 24.22 2.67 26.70 2.80 30.53 2.95 32.74 2.89 32.74 2.69
75 24.17 2.74 26.65 2.86 30.47 3.01 30.85 2.71 30.85 2.52

1. The above data are based on the following conditions.


Cooling Heating Equivalent Piping Length Hz, Volts
Indoor : 80FDB, 67FWB Indoor : 70FDB
25ft (Level Difference : 0) 60Hz, 230V
Outdoor : 95FDB Outdoor : 47FDB, 43FWB
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
3. shows nominal MAX capacities

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 87
Capacity tables EDUS281120_a

FBQ36PVJU + RZQ36PVJU9

Cooling Capacity 230V60Hz


Outdoor Air Temp. FDB
Indoor Air Temp. 68 77 86 90 95 104
TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI
FDB FWB kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW
68.0 57.0 23.40 19.7 1.25 23.40 19.7 1.36 23.40 19.7 1.57 23.40 19.7 1.67 23.40 19.7 1.80 23.40 19.7 2.07
72.0 61.0 28.40 23.1 1.52 28.40 23.1 1.72 28.40 23.1 2.00 28.40 23.1 2.13 28.40 23.1 2.31 28.40 23.1 2.68
77.0 64.0 32.20 25.4 1.73 32.20 25.4 2.03 32.20 25.4 2.36 32.20 25.4 2.53 32.20 25.4 2.74 32.20 25.4 3.19
80.0 67.0 36.00 27.2 2.01 36.00 27.2 2.36 36.00 27.2 2.76 36.00 27.2 2.96 36.00 27.2 3.21 34.50 26.4 3.48
86.0 72.0 41.60 28.2 2.44 40.10 27.5 2.71 38.60 26.7 2.98 38.00 26.4 3.10 37.20 26.0 3.25 35.70 25.2 3.53
90.0 75.0 42.30 27.2 2.46 40.80 26.4 2.72 39.40 25.7 3.00 38.70 25.3 3.12 37.90 24.9 3.28 36.40 24.1 3.55

Heating Capacity 230V60Hz


Outdoor Air Temp. FWB
Indoor Air Temp. 14 23 32 43 50
TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI
FDB MBh kW MBh kW MBh kW MBh kW MBh kW
61 30.51 2.91 34.03 3.09 37.55 3.23 41.81 3.38 44.59 3.46
64 30.51 2.98 33.92 3.15 37.44 3.30 41.71 3.44 44.48 3.51
68 30.40 3.09 33.92 3.25 37.44 3.38 41.49 3.50 41.49 3.24
70 30.29 3.14 33.81 3.30 37.33 3.42 40.00 3.35 40.00 3.11
72 30.29 3.19 33.81 3.34 37.33 3.47 38.51 3.21 38.51 2.99
75 30.19 3.27 33.71 3.41 36.27 3.40 36.27 3.01 36.27 2.80

1. The above data are based on the following conditions.


Cooling Heating Equivalent Piping Length Hz, Volts
Indoor : 80FDB, 67FWB Indoor : 70FDB
25ft (Level Difference : 0) 60Hz, 230V
Outdoor : 95FDB Outdoor : 47FDB, 43FWB
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
3. shows nominal MAX capacities

88 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a Capacity tables

FBQ42PVJU + RZQ42PVJU9

Cooling Capacity 230V60Hz


Outdoor Air Temp. FDB
Indoor Air Temp. 68 77 86 90 95 104
TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI
FDB FWB kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW kBTUH MBh kW
68.0 57.0 27.27 23.1 1.59 27.27 23.1 1.73 27.27 23.1 2.00 27.27 23.1 2.13 27.27 23.1 2.30 27.27 23.1 2.64
72.0 61.0 33.19 27.1 1.93 33.19 27.1 2.19 33.19 27.1 2.56 33.19 27.1 2.73 33.19 27.1 2.96 33.19 27.1 3.43
77.0 64.0 37.54 29.6 2.21 37.54 29.6 2.59 37.54 29.6 3.02 37.54 29.6 3.23 37.54 29.6 3.51 37.54 29.6 4.08
80.0 67.0 42.00 31.6 2.56 42.00 31.6 3.02 42.00 31.6 3.52 42.00 31.6 3.78 42.00 31.6 4.12 40.34 30.8 4.46
86.0 72.0 48.53 32.6 3.12 46.77 31.8 3.47 45.11 31.1 3.81 44.28 30.7 3.96 43.35 30.3 4.17 41.69 29.4 4.52
90.0 75.0 49.36 31.5 3.14 47.60 30.6 3.49 45.94 29.8 3.84 45.11 29.4 3.99 44.18 29.0 4.19 42.52 28.1 4.55

Heating Capacity 230V60Hz


Outdoor Air Temp. FWB
Indoor Air Temp. 14 23 32 43 50
TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI
FDB MBh kW MBh kW MBh kW MBh kW MBh kW
61 34.51 3.28 38.55 3.49 42.48 3.67 47.36 3.85 50.33 3.96
64 34.51 3.37 38.43 3.58 42.36 3.75 47.24 3.93 50.33 4.01
68 34.39 3.49 38.31 3.69 42.24 3.85 47.12 4.01 48.78 3.93
70 34.27 3.56 38.31 3.75 42.24 3.91 47.00 4.05 47.00 3.77
72 34.27 3.63 38.19 3.81 42.24 3.96 45.22 3.88 45.22 3.62
75 34.15 3.72 38.19 3.89 42.12 4.03 42.60 3.63 42.60 3.38

1. The above data are based on the following conditions.


Cooling Heating Equivalent Piping Length Hz, Volts
Indoor : 80FDB, 67FWB Indoor : 70FDB
25ft (Level Difference : 0) 60Hz, 230V
Outdoor : 95FDB Outdoor : 47FDB, 43FWB
2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
3. shows nominal MAX capacities

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 89
Capacity tables EDUS281120_a

9.3 Capacity correction ratio

RZR18PVJU / RZR24PVJU / RZR30PVJU


RZQ18PVJU9 / RZQ24PVJU9 / RZQ30PVJU

3D064228B

90 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a Capacity tables

RZR36PVJU / RZR42PVJU

3D071685

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 91
Capacity tables EDUS281120_a

RZQ36PVJU9 / RZQ42PVJU9

C: 3D047383B

92 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a Fan Performances

10. Fan Performances


FBQ18PVJU

Fan Characteristics (Graph 1) Fan Characteristics (Graph 2)

Notes:
1. The external static pressure (ESP) can be
changed in 14 levels by the remote controller.
2. Fan Characteristics (Graph 1) show a fan
characteristic at the time of maximum ESP,
rating ESP, or minimum ESP.
3. Fan Characteristics (Graph 2) for field setting of remote
controller show a Fan Characteristic of each ESP
field settings possible airflow.
4. Choose ESP setting by using Fan Characteristics
(Graph 1) and Fan Characteristics (Graph 2)
by the resistance of a connected duct.
5. The remote controller can be used to change HH, H,
and L.
6. ESP: external static pressure.
7. The value in Graph 2 shows ESP in rating airflow.
8. Set the external static pressure of the suction
duct at 0.6 Wg or less.

3D066120C

FBQ24PVJU

Fan Characteristics (Graph 1) Fan Characteristics (Graph 2)

Notes:
1. The external static pressure (ESP) can be
changed in 14 levels by the remote controller.
2. Fan Characteristics (Graph 1) show a fan
characteristic at the time of maximum ESP,
rating ESP, or minimum ESP.
3. Fan Characteristics (Graph 2) for field setting of
remote controller show a Fan Characteristic of each
ESP field settings possible airflow.
4. Choose ESP setting by using Fan Characteristics
(Graph 1) and Fan Characteristics (Graph 2)
by the resistance of a connected duct.
5. The remote controller can be used to change HH, H,
and L.
6. ESP: external static pressure.
7. The value in Graph 2 shows ESP in rating airflow.
8. Set the external static pressure of the suction
duct at 0.6 Wg or less.

3D066121C

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 93
Fan Performances EDUS281120_a

FBQ30PVJU

Fan Characteristics (Graph 1) Fan Characteristics (Graph 2)

Notes:
1. The external static pressure (ESP) can be
changed in 14 levels by the remote controller.
2. Fan Characteristics (Graph 1) show a fan
characteristic at the time of maximum ESP,
rating ESP, or minimum ESP.
3. Fan Characteristics (Graph 2) for field setting of
remote controller show a Fan Characteristic of each
ESP field settings possible airflow.
4. Choose ESP setting by using Fan Characteristics
(Graph 1) and Fan Characteristics (Graph 2)
by the resistance of a connected duct.
5. The remote controller can be used to change HH, H,
and L.
6. ESP: external static pressure.
7. The value in Graph 2 shows ESP in rating airflow.
8. Set the external static pressure of the suction
duct at 0.6 Wg or less.

3D066122C

FBQ36PVJU

Fan Characteristics (Graph 1) Fan Characteristics (Graph 2)

Notes:
1. The external static pressure (ESP) can be
changed in 14 levels by the remote controller.
2. Fan Characteristics (Graph 1) show a fan
characteristic at the time of maximum ESP,
rating ESP, or minimum ESP.
3. Fan Characteristics (Graph 2) for field setting of
remote controller show a Fan Characteristic of each
ESP field settings possible airflow.
4. Choose ESP setting by using Fan Characteristics
(Graph 1) and Fan Characteristics (Graph 2)
by the resistance of a connected duct.
5. The remote controller can be used to change HH, H,
and L.
6. ESP: external static pressure.
7. The value in Graph 2 shows ESP in rating airflow.
8. Set the external static pressure of the suction
duct at 0.6 Wg or less.

3D066123C

94 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a Fan Performances

FBQ42PVJU
Fan Characteristics (Graph 1) Fan Characteristics (Graph 2)

Notes:
1. The external static pressure (ESP) can be
changed in 14 levels by the remote controller.
2. Fan Characteristics (Graph 1) show a fan
characteristic at the time of maximum ESP,
rating ESP, or minimum ESP.
3. Fan Characteristics (Graph 2) for field setting of
remote controller show a Fan Characteristic of each
ESP field settings possible airflow.
4. Choose ESP setting by using Fan Characteristics
(Graph 1) and Fan Characteristics (Graph 2)
by the resistance of a connected duct.
5. The remote controller can be used to change HH, H,
and L.
6. ESP: external static pressure.
7. The value in Graph 2 shows ESP in rating airflow.
8. Set the external static pressure of the suction
duct at 0.6 Wg or less.

3D066449A

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 95
Airflow Auto Adjustment Characteristics EDUS281120_a

11. Airflow Auto Adjustment Characteristics


FBQ18PVJU

Notes:
1. The auto airflow adjustment function can
be used to offset a reduction in airflow.
This function must be performed during
installation and commissioning and will adjust
the airflow to within 10% of the rated value.
2. After completing the installation of the indoor
unit ductwork, use the remote controller
to set the airflow auto-adjustment.
3. For instructions on how to set the Airflow Auto-
Adjustment, refer to the Installation Manual
attached to the indoor unit.
4. External static pressure of 0.2 to 0.8 Wg can be
adjusted by the Airflow Auto-Adjustment function
if airflow is HH.
5. If the Auto-Adjustment function is not utilized, the
airflow rate will be in accordance with the fan
characteristics shown above.
6. This figure shows a fans characteristics at the
time of HH and H and L.
7. The remote controller can be used to change
HH, H, and L.
8. ESP: external static pressure.
9. Set the external static pressure of the suction
duct at 0.6 Wg or less.

3D066130B

FBQ24PVJU

Notes:
1. The auto airflow adjustment function can
be used to offset a reduction in airflow.
This function must be performed during
installation and commissioning and will adjust
the airflow to within 10% of the rated value.
2. After completing the installation of the indoor
unit ductwork, use the remote controller
to set the airflow auto-adjustment.
3. For instructions on how to set the Airflow Auto-
Adjustment, refer to the Installation Manual
attached to the indoor unit.
4. External static pressure of 0.2 to 0.8 Wg can be
adjusted by the Airflow Auto-Adjustment function
if airflow is HH.
5. If the Auto-Adjustment function is not utilized, the
airflow rate will be in accordance with the fan
characteristics shown above.
6. This figure shows a fans characteristics at the
time of HH and H and L.
7. The remote controller can be used to change
HH, H, and L.
8. ESP: external static pressure.
9. Set the external static pressure of the suction
duct at 0.6 Wg or less.

3D066131B

96 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a Airflow Auto Adjustment Characteristics

FBQ30PVJU

Notes:
1. The auto airflow adjustment function can
be used to offset a reduction in airflow.
This function must be performed during
installation and commissioning and will adjust
the airflow to within 10% of the rated value.
2. After completing the installation of the indoor
unit ductwork, use the remote controller
to set the airflow auto-adjustment.
3. For instructions on how to set the Airflow Auto-
Adjustment, refer to the Installation Manual
attached to the indoor unit.
4. External static pressure of 0.2 to 0.8 Wg can be
adjusted by the Airflow Auto-Adjustment function
if airflow is HH.
5. If the Auto-Adjustment function is not utilized, the
airflow rate will be in accordance with the fan
characteristics shown above.
6. This figure shows a fans characteristics at the
time of HH and H and L.
7. The remote controller can be used to change
HH, H, and L.
8. ESP: external static pressure.
9. Set the external static pressure of the suction
duct at 0.6 Wg or less.

3D066132B

FBQ36PVJU

Notes:
1. The auto airflow adjustment function can
be used to offset a reduction in airflow.
This function must be performed during
installation and commissioning and will adjust
the airflow to within 10% of the rated value.
2. After completing the installation of the indoor
unit ductwork, use the remote controller
to set the airflow auto-adjustment.
3. For instructions on how to set the Airflow Auto-
Adjustment, refer to the Installation Manual
attached to the indoor unit.
4. External static pressure of 0.2 to 0.8 Wg can be
adjusted by the Airflow Auto-Adjustment function
if airflow is HH.
5. If the Auto-Adjustment function is not utilized, the
airflow rate will be in accordance with the fan
characteristics shown above.
6. This figure shows a fans characteristics at the
time of HH and H and L.
7. The remote controller can be used to change
HH, H, and L.
8. ESP: external static pressure.
9. Set the external static pressure of the suction
duct at 0.6 Wg or less.

3D066133

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 97
Airflow Auto Adjustment Characteristics EDUS281120_a

FBQ42PVJU

Notes:
1. The auto airflow adjustment function can
be used to offset a reduction in airflow.
This function must be performed during
installation and commissioning and will adjust
the airflow to within 10% of the rated value.
2. After completing the installation of the indoor
unit ductwork, use the remote controller
to set the airflow auto-adjustment.
3. For instructions on how to set the Airflow Auto-
Adjustment, refer to the Installation Manual
attached to the indoor unit.
4. External static pressure of 0.2 to 0.8 Wg can be
adjusted by the Airflow Auto-Adjustment function
if airflow is HH.
5. If the Auto-Adjustment function is not utilized, the
airflow rate will be in accordance with the fan
characteristics shown above.
6. This figure shows a fans characteristics at the
time of HH and H and L.
7. The remote controller can be used to change
HH, H, and L.
8. ESP: external static pressure.
9. Set the external static pressure of the suction
duct at 0.6 Wg or less.

3D066450A

98 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)
EDUS281120_a Sound Levels (Reference)

12. Sound Levels (Reference)


12.1 Indoor unit
12.1.1 Overall
Location of microphone Location of microphone
FCQ18PAVJU / FCQ24PAVJU FBQ18PVJU / FBQ24PVJU
FCQ30PAVJU / FCQ36PAVJU FBQ30PVJU / FBQ36PVJU
FCQ42PAVJU FBQ42PVJU
6.6ft (2m) 3.3ft (1m)
1.0ft (0.3m)

4.9ft (1.5m) 4.9ft (1.5m)

dB(A) Notes:
208/230V, 60Hz 1. The operation conditions are assumed to be standard (JIS
Model
HH H L conditions). Power source 208/230V, 60Hz.
FCQ18PAVJU 32 30 27 2. The operation values were obtained in an anechoic chamber
FCQ24PAVJU 36 32 28 (conversion values).
FCQ30PAVJU 38 35 31 3. Sound levels will vary depending on a range of factors such as
FCQ36PAVJU 44 38 32 the construction (acoustic absorption coefficient) of the
FCQ42PAVJU 45 40 34 particular room in which the equipment is installed.
FBQ18PVJU 41 39 37
FBQ24PVJU 42 40 38
FBQ30PVJU 43 41 39
FBQ36PVJU 43 41 39
FBQ42PVJU 44 42 40

12.1.2 Octave Band Level


208/230V, 60Hz

FCQ18PAVJU FCQ24PAVJU

HH HH

L L

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 99
Sound Levels (Reference) EDUS281120_a

FCQ30PAVJU FCQ36PAVJU

HH

HH

L H

FCQ42PAVJU

HH

100 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)


EDUS281120_a Sound Levels (Reference)

FBQ18PVJU FBQ24PVJU

FBQ30PVJU FBQ36PVJU

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 101


Sound Levels (Reference) EDUS281120_a

FBQ42PVJU

102 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)


EDUS281120_a Sound Levels (Reference)

12.2 Outdoor unit


12.2.1 Overall
Location of microphone Location of microphone
RZQ18PVJU9 / RZQ24PVJU9 / RZQ30PVJU RZQ36PVJU9 / RZQ42PVJU9
RZR18PVJU / RZR24PVJU / RZR30PVJU RZR36PVJU / RZR42PVJU

3.3ft (1m)

4.9ft (1.5m) 4.9ft (1.5m)

3.3ft (1m)

dB(A) Notes:
Model Model 1. The operation conditions are assumed to be standard (JIS
(Heat pump) 208/230V, 60Hz (Cooling only) 208/230V, 60Hz
conditions). Power source 208/230V, 60Hz.
RZQ18PVJU9 49 RZR18PVJU 49 2. The operation values were obtained in an anechoic chamber
RZQ24PVJU9 49 RZR24PVJU 49 (conversion values).
RZQ30PVJU 49 RZR30PVJU 49 3. Sound levels will vary depending on a range of factors such as
the construction (acoustic absorption coefficient) of the
RZQ36PVJU9 58 RZR36PVJU 58
particular room in which the equipment is installed.
RZQ42PVJU9 58 RZR42PVJU 58

12.2.2 Octave Band Level


208/230V, 60Hz

RZQ18PVJU9 / RZQ24PVJU9 / RZQ30PVJU RZQ36PVJU9


RZR18PVJU / RZR24PVJU / RZR30PVJU RZR36PVJU

4D064231 4D072768

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 103


Sound Levels (Reference) EDUS281120_a

RZQ42PVJU9
RZR42PVJU

4D072769

104 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)


EDUS281120_a Operation limits

13. Operation limits


RZR18PVJU / RZR24PVJU / RZR30PVJU
RZQ18PVJU9 / RZQ24PVJU9 / RZQ30PVJU

Range for continuous operation

NOTES:

NOTES:
1. These figures assume the following operation conditions,
Indoor and outdoor units:
1. Equivalent
These figures assume
pipe length the
: 25following
ft. operation conditions,
Indoor and outdoor units:
Level difference : 0 ft.
Equivalent pipe length : 25 ft.
Level difference
2. Operation can be: extended
0 ft. to 0F in cooling with use of the optional wind baffle.

2. Operation can be extended to 0F in cooling with use of the optional wind baffle.

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 105


Operation limits EDUS281120_a

RZR36PVJU / RZR42PVJU
RZQ36PVJU9 / RZQ42PVJU9

Range for continuous operation

106 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)


EDUS281120_a Accessories

14. Accessories
14.1 Indoor unit
14.1.1 FCQ

Optional accessories (For unit)


Model
Item
FCQ18PAVJU FCQ24PAVJU FCQ30PAVJU FCQ36PAVJU FCQ42PAVJU
Decoration panel BYCP125K-W1
Sealing member of air discharge outlet KDBH55K160F
Panel spacer KDBP55H160FA
Filter related Replacement long life filter KAFP551K160
Without T
KDDP55B160
shape pipe
Fresh air intake kit Chamber type
With T shape
pipe KDDP55B160K
C: 3D074051

Optional accessories (For controls)


Model
Item
FCQ18PAVJU FCQ24PAVJU FCQ30PAVJU FCQ36PAVJU FCQ42PAVJU
Wired BRC1E71
Remote controller
Wireless
Simplified remote controller BRC2A71
Remote sensor KRCS01-4B
Installation box for adaptor PCB KRP1H98
Central remote controller DCS302C71
Unified ON/OFF controller DCS301C71
Schedule timer DST301BA61
intelligent Touch Controller DCS601C71
Wiring adapter PCB *KRP1C75
Group control adaptor PCB *KRP4A74
Installation box for adaptor PCB KRP1H98 (Note2, 3)
C: 3D074051
Note:
1. Installation box (KRP1H98) is necessary for each adaptor marked *.
2. Up to two adaptors can be fixed for each installation box.
3. Only one installation box can be installed to each indoor unit.

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 107


Accessories EDUS281120_a

14.1.2 FHQ

Optional accessories (For unit)


Model
No. Item
FHQ18PVJU FHQ24PVJU FHQ30PVJU FHQ36MVJU FHQ42MVJU
1 Replacement long life filter Resin net KAF501DA160
C: 3D049335A

Optional accessories (For controls)


Model
No. Item
FHQ18PVJU FHQ24PVJU FHQ30PVJU FHQ36MVJU FHQ42MVJU
Wired BRC1E71
1 Remote controller
Wireless BRC7E83
2 Simplified remote controller BRC2A71
3 Remote sensor KRCS01-1B
4 Installation box for adaptor PCB KRP1C93
5 Central remote controller DCS302C71
5-1 Electrical box KJB311AA
6 Unified ON/OFF controller DCS301C71
6-1 Electrical box KJB212AA
7 Schedule timer DST301BA61
8 External control adaptor for outdoor unit *DTA104A62
9 DIII-NET expander adaptor *DTA109A51
C: 3D049198C
Note:
1. Installation box (No.4) is necessary for each adaptor marked *.
2. Electrical box (No.5-1/6-1) is required for (No.5/6).

14.1.3 FAQ

Optional accessories (For controls)


Model
No. Item
FAQ18PVJU FAQ24PVJU
Wired BRC1E71
1 Remote controller
Wireless BRC7E818
2 Simplified remote controller BRC2A71
3 Remote sensor KRCS01-1B
4 Central remote controller DCS302C71
4-1 Electrical box KJB311AA
5 Unified ON/OFF controller DCS301C71
5-1 Electrical box KJB212AA
6 Schedule timer DST301BA61
7 External control adaptor for outdoor unit
8 DIII-NET expander adaptor
C: 3D049198C
Note:
1. Electrical box (No.4-1/5-1) is required for (No.4/5).

108 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)


EDUS281120_a Accessories

14.1.4 FBQ

Optional accessories (For controls)


Model
No. Item
FBQ18PVJU FBQ24PVJU FBQ30PVJU FBQ36PVJU FBQ42PVJU
Wireless BRC4C82 (Note 3)
1 Remote controller
Wired BRC1E71
2 Simplified remote controller BRC2A71
3 Remote sensor (For wireless remote controller) KRCS01-4B
4 Unified ON/OFF controller DCS301C71
4-1 Electrical box KJB212AA
5 Central remote controller DCS3021C71
5-1 Electrical box KJB311AA
6 Schedule timer DST301BA61
7 intelligent Touch Controller DCS601C71
8 DIII-NET expander adaptor DTA109A51
9 Wiring adaptor PCB *KRP1C74
10 External control adaptor PCB for outdoor unit *DTA104A61
11 Group control adaptor PCB *KRP4A71
12 Fixing plate KRP4A96 (Note 4,5)
C: 3D074109
Note:
1. Fixing plate (No.12) is necessary for each adaptor marked *.
2. Electrical box (No.4-1/5-1) is required for controller (No.4/5).
3. Only 2 speeds (HH, L) are available.
4. Up to 2 adaptor PCBs can be installed in the fixing plate.
5. Only 1 fixing plate can be installed for each indoor unit.

14.2 Outdoor unit

Optional accessories (For unit)


Model
Item RZR18 RZR24 RZR30 RZR36 RZR42 RZQ18 RZQ24 RZQ30 RZQ36 RZQ42
PVJU PVJU PVJU PVJU PVJU PVJU9 PVJU9 PVJU PVJU9 PVJU9
Central drain plug KKPJ5F180
Fixture for preventing overturning KPT-60B160
Wire fixture for preventing overturning K-KYZP15C
3D047388C

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 109


Center of gravity EDUS281120_a

15. Center of gravity


15.1 Indoor unit

FCQ18PAVJU / FCQ24PAVJU / FCQ30PAVJU


FCQ36PAVJU / FCQ42PAVJU
Unit (in.)

C: 4D070529A

110 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)


EDUS281120_a Center of gravity

FBQ18PVJU / FBQ24PVJU / FBQ30PVJU / FBQ36PVJU / FBQ42PVJU


Unit (in.)

C: 4D065975A

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 111


Center of gravity EDUS281120_a

15.2 Outdoor unit

RZR18PVJU / RZR24PVJU / RZR30PVJU


RZQ18PVJU9 / RZQ24PVJU9 / RZQ30PVJU
Unit (in.)

4D064214A

112 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)


EDUS281120_a Center of gravity

RZR36PVJU / RZR42PVJU
RZQ36PVJU9 / RZQ42PVJU9
Unit (in.)

4D065352A

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 113


Installation of indoor unit EDUS281120_a

16. Installation of indoor unit


16.1 FCQ18PAVJU / FCQ24PAVJU / FCQ30PAVJU / FCQ36PAVJU / FCQ42PAVJU

SPLIT SYSTEM Air Conditioners Installation manual

CONTENTS
1. SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS........................................................................................ 1
2. BEFORE INSTALLATION.............................................................................................. 3
3. SELECTING INSTALLATION SITE ............................................................................... 6
4. PREPARATIONS BEFORE INSTALLATION ................................................................ 7
5. INDOOR UNIT INSTALLATION..................................................................................... 9
6. REFRIGERANT PIPING WORK .................................................................................. 10
7. DRAIN PIPING WORK ................................................................................................ 13
8. ELECTRIC WIRING WORK......................................................................................... 16
9. WIRING EXAMPLE AND HOW TO SET THE REMOTE CONTROLLER ................... 17
10. INSTALLATION OF THE DECORATION PANEL...........................................................23
11. FIELD SETTING .......................................................................................................... 24
12. TEST RUN ................................................................................................................... 25

1. SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS
Read these SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS for Installation carefully before installing air conditioning equip-
ment. After completing the installation, make sure that the unit operates properly during the startup operation.
Instruct the customer on how to operate and maintain the unit. Inform customers that they should store this
Installation Manual with the Operation Manual for future reference.
Always use a licensed installer or contractor to install this product. Improper installation can result in water or
refrigerant leakage, electrical shock, fire, or explosion.
Meanings of DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION, and NOTE Symbols:

DANGER ........... Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death
or serious injury.
WARNING ......... Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death
or serious injury.
CAUTION .......... Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in minor
or moderate injury. It may also be used to alert against unsafe practices.
NOTE................. Indicates situations that may result in equipment or property-damage accidents only.

DANGER
Refrigerant gas is heavier than air and replaces oxygen. A massive leak can lead to oxygen depletion,
especially in basements, and an asphyxiation hazard could occur leading to serious injury or death.
Do not ground units to water pipes, gas pipes, telephone wires, or lightning rods as incomplete grounding
can cause a severe shock hazard resulting in severe injury or death. Additionally, grounding to gas pipes
could cause a gas leak and potential explosion causing severe injury or death.
If refrigerant gas leaks during installation, ventilate the area immediately. Refrigerant gas may produce toxic
gas if it comes in contact with fire. Exposure to this gas could cause severe injury or death.
After completing the installation work, check that the refrigerant gas does not leak throughout the system.
Do not install unit in an area where flammable materials are present due to risk of explosions that can cause
serious injury or death.

English 1
3P161684-6K

114 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)


EDUS281120_a Installation of indoor unit

Safely dispose all packing and transportation materials in accordance with federal/state/local laws or ordi-
nances. Packing materials such as nails and other metal or wood parts, including plastic packing mate-
rials used for transportation may cause injuries or death by suffocation.

WARNING
Only qualified personnel must carry out the installation work. Installation must be done in accordance with
this installation manual. Improper installation may result in water leakage, electric shock, or fire.
When installing the unit in a small room, take measures to keep the refrigerant concentration from exceed-
ing allowable safety limits. Excessive refrigerant leaks, in the event of an accident in a closed ambient
space, can lead to oxygen deficiency.
Use only specified accessories and parts for installation work. Failure to use specified parts may result in
water leakage, electric shocks, fire, or the unit falling.
Install the air conditioner on a foundation strong enough that it can withstand the weight of the unit. A foun-
dation of insufficient strength may result in the unit falling and causing injuries.
Take into account strong winds, typhoons, or earthquakes when installing. Improper installation may result
in the unit falling and causing accidents.
Make sure that a separate power supply circuit is provided for this unit and that all electrical work is carried
out by qualified personnel according to local, state, and national regulations. An insufficient power supply
capacity or improper electrical construction may lead to electric shocks or fire.
Make sure that all wiring is secured, that specified wires are used, and that no external forces act on the ter-
minal connections or wires. Improper connections or installation may result in fire.
When wiring, position the wires so that the control box cover can be securely fastened. Improper positioning
of the control box cover may result in electric shocks, fire, or the terminals overheating.
Before touching electrical parts, turn off the unit.
Be sure to install a ground fault circuit interrupter if one is not already available. This helps prevent electrical
shocks or fire.
Securely fasten the outdoor unit terminal cover (panel). If the terminal cover/panel is not installed properly,
dust or water may enter the outdoor unit causing fire or electric shock.
When installing or relocating the system, keep the refrigerant circuit free from substances other than the
specified refrigerant (R410A) such as air. Any presence of air or other foreign substance in the refrigerant
circuit can cause an abnormal pressure rise or rupture, resulting in injury.
Do not change the setting of the protection devices. If the pressure switch, thermal switch, or other pro-
tection device is shorted and operated forcibly, or parts other than those specified by Daikin are used, fire
or explosion may occur.

CAUTION
Do not touch the switch with wet fingers. Touching a switch with wet fingers can cause electric shock.
Do not allow children to play on or around the unit to prevent injury.
Do not touch the refrigerant pipes during and immediately after operation as the refrigerant pipes may be
hot or cold, depending on the condition of the refrigerant flowing through the refrigerant piping, compressor,
and other refrigerant cycle parts. Your hands may suffer burns or frostbite if you touch the refrigerant pipes.
To avoid injury, give the pipes time to return to normal temperature or, if you must touch them, be sure to
wear proper gloves.
Heat exchanger fins are sharp enough to cut.
To avoid injury wear glove or cover the fins when working around them.
Install drain piping to proper drainage. Improper drain piping may result in water leakage and property dam-
age.
Insulate piping to prevent condensation.
Be careful when transporting the product.
Do not turn off the power immediately after stopping operation. Always wait for at least 5 minutes before
turning off the power. Otherwise, water leakage may occur.
Do not use a charging cylinder. Using a charging cylinder may cause the refrigerant to deteriorate.

2 English
3P161684-6K

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 115


Installation of indoor unit EDUS281120_a

Refrigerant R410A in the system must be kept clean, dry, and tight.
(a) Clean and Dry -- Foreign materials (including mineral oils such as SUNISO oil or moisture) should be
prevented from getting into the system.
(b) Tight -- R410A does not contain any chlorine, does not destroy the ozone layer, and does not reduce
the earths protection again harmful ultraviolet radiation. R410A can contribute to the greenhouse effect
if it is released. Therefore take proper measures to check for the tightness of the refrigerant piping
installation. Read the chapter Refrigerant Piping Work and follow the procedures.
Since R410A is a blend, the required additional refrigerant must be charged in its liquid state. If the refrig-
erant is charged in a state of gas, its composition can change and the system will not work properly.
The indoor unit is for R410A. See the catalog for indoor models that can be connected. Normal operation
is not possible when connected to other units.
Indoor units are for indoor installation only. Outdoor units can be installed either outdoors or indoors.
Do not install the air conditioner in the following locations:
(a) Where a mineral oil mist or oil spray or vapor is produced, for example, in a kitchen.
Plastic parts may deteriorate and fall off or result in water leakage.
(b) Where corrosive gas, such as sulfurous acid gas, is produced.
Corroding copper pipes or soldered parts may result in refrigerant leakage.
(c) Near machinery emitting electromagnetic waves.
Electromagnetic waves may disturb the operation of the control system and cause the unit to malfunction.
(d) Where flammable gas may leak, where there is carbon fiber, or ignitable dust suspension in the air, or
where volatile flammables such as thinner or gasoline are handled. Operating the unit in such condi-
tions can cause a fire.
Take adequate measures to prevent the outdoor unit from being used as a shelter by small animals. Small
animals making contact with electrical parts can cause malfunctions, smoke, or fire. Instruct the customer
to keep the area around the unit clean.

NOTE
Install the power supply and control wires for the indoor and outdoor units at least 3.5 feet away from tele-
visions or radios to prevent image interference or noise. Depending on the radio waves, a distance of
3.5 feet may not be sufficient to eliminate the noise.
Dismantling the unit, treatment of the refrigerant, oil and additional parts must be done in accordance with
the relevant local, state, and national regulations.
Do not use the following tools that are used with conventional refrigerants: gauge manifold, charge hose, gas leak
detector, reverse flow check valve, refrigerant charge base, vacuum gauge, or refrigerant recovery equipment.
If the conventional refrigerant and refrigerator oil are mixed in R410A, the refrigerant may deteriorate.
This air conditioner is an appliance that should not be accessible to the general public.
The wall thickness of field-installed pipes should be selected in accordance with the relevant local, state,
and national regulations.

2. BEFORE INSTALLATION
Do not exert pressure on the resin parts when opening the unit or when moving it after opening.
Be sure to check the type of R410A refrigerant to be used before doing any work. (Using an incorrect
refrigerant will prevent normal operation of the unit.)
When opening the unit or moving it after opening, be sure to lift it by holding on to the lifting lugs without
exerting any pressure on other parts, especially, drain piping, and other resin parts.
Decide upon a line of transport.
Leave the unit inside its packaging while moving, until reaching the installation site. Use a sling of soft mate-
rial, where unpacking is unavoidable or protective plates together with a rope when lifting, to avoid damage
or scratches to the unit.
Refer to the installation manual of the outdoor unit for items not described in this manual.
Do not dispose of any parts necessary for installation until the installation is complete.

English 3
3P161684-6K

116 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)


EDUS281120_a Installation of indoor unit

1. PRECAUTIONS
Be sure to read this manual before installing the indoor unit.
When selecting installation site, refer to the paper pattern.
This unit is suitable for installation in a household, commercial and light industrial environment.
Do not install or operate the unit in rooms mentioned below.
Laden with mineral oil, or filled with oil vapor or spray like in kitchens. (Plastic parts may deteriorate.)
Where corrosive gas like sulfurous gas exists. (Copper tubing and brazed spots may corrode.)
Where volatile flammable gas like thinner or gasoline is used.
Where machines can generate electromagnetic waves. (Control system may malfunction.)
Where the air contains high levels of salt such as that near the ocean and where voltage fluctuates
greatly such as that in factories. Also in vehicles or vessels.

2. ACCESSORIES

Check the following accessories are included with your unit.


(3) Washer for (5) Paper pattern
Name (1) Drain hose (2) Metal clamp (4) Clamp
hanger bracket for installation
Quantity 1 pc. 1 pc. 8 pcs. 6 pcs. 1 pc.
Also used as
packing material
Shape

(7) Washer Insulation for


Name (6) Screw (M4) Sealing pad
fixing plate fitting
Quantity 4 pcs. 4 pcs. 1 each 1 each 1 pc. 1 pc.
(10) Large
For paper (8) for gas
pattern for (13) Small
pipe
installation (14)
(11) Medium-1
Shape
(9) for liquid
pipe
(12) Medium-2

Conduit mounting
Name Installation guide Insulation tube
plate
Quantity 1 pc. 1 pc. 1 each (Other)
(17) Installation manual
(15) (16) Operation manual
Shape
(18)

4 English
3P161684-6K

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 117


Installation of indoor unit EDUS281120_a

3. OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
The optional decoration panel and remote controller are required for this indoor unit. (Refer to Table 1, 2)
(However, the remote controller is not required for the slave unit of a simultaneous operation system.)
Table 1
Unit model Optional decoration panel
BYCP125K-W1
FCQ18 24 30 36 42PAVJU
Color : Fresh white

Table 2
Remote controller
Wired type BRC1E71/BRC1D71
NOTE
If you wish to use a remote controller that is not listed in Table 2 on page 5, select a suitable remote con-
troller after consulting catalogs and technical materials.

FOR THE FOLLOWING ITEMS, TAKE SPECIAL CARE DURING CONSTRUCTION AND
CHECK AFTER INSTALLATION IS FINISHED.

1. Items to be checked after completion of work


Items to be checked If not properly done, what is likely to occur Check
Are the indoor unit and outdoor unit fixed firmly? The unit may drop, vibrate or make noise.
The unit may malfunction or the compo-
Is the outdoor unit fully installed?
nents burn out.
Is the gas leak test finished? It may result in insufficient cooling.
Is the unit fully insulated? Condensate water may drip.
Does drainage flow smoothly? Condensate water may drip.
Does the power supply voltage correspond The unit may malfunction or the compo-
to that shown on the name plate? nents burn out.
The unit may malfunction or the compo-
Are wiring and piping correct?
nents burn out.
Is the unit safely grounded? It may result in electric shock.
The unit may malfunction or the compo-
Is wiring size according to specifications?
nents burn out.
Is something blocking the air outlet or inlet
It may result in insufficient cooling.
of either the indoor or outdoor units?
Are refrigerant piping length and additional The refrigerant charge in the system is not
refrigerant charge noted down? clear.
2. Items to be checked at time of delivery
* Also review the 1. SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS
Items to be checked Check
Are the control box cover, air filter, suction grille attached?
Did you explain about operations while showing the operation manual to your customer?
Did you hand the operation manual over to your customer?

English 5
3P161684-6K

118 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)


EDUS281120_a Installation of indoor unit

Points for explanation about operations

The items with WARNING and CAUTION marks in the operation manual are the items per-
taining to possibilities for bodily injury and material damage in addition to the general usage of
the product. Accordingly, it is necessary that you make a full explanation about the described con-
tents and also ask your customers to read the operation manual.

4. NOTE TO THE INSTALLER


Be sure to instruct customers how to properly operate the unit (especially cleaning filters, operating different func-
tions, and adjusting the temperature) by having them carry out operations themselves while looking at the manual.

3. SELECTING INSTALLATION SITE


Hold the unit by the 4 lifting lugs when opening the box and moving it, and do not exert pressure on to any
other part piping (refrigerant, drain, etc.) or plastic parts.
If the temperature or humidity inside the ceiling might rise above 86F or RH 80%, respectively, use the high-
humidity kit (sold separately) or add extra insulation to the main unit body.
Use glass wool or polyethylene foam as insulation and make sure it is at least 3/8in. thick and fits inside the
ceiling opening.
The direction this product blows can be selected. However, a separately sold shut-off material kit is
needed in order to make the unit blow in two, three, or four (corner shut-off) directions.
(1) Select an installation location with the customers approval which matches the following conditions.
A location from which cool (warm) air will reach the whole room.
A location with no objects blocking the air passage.
A location where drainage can be done with no problem.
A location strong enough to support the weight of the indoor unit.
Locations where the wall is not significantly tilted.
A location which leaves enough room for installation and service work.
A location where there is no risk of flammable gas leaking.
A location where the length of the indoor-outdoor piping is no longer than the tolerated length (see the
installation manual that came with the outdoor unit for details).
[Space required for installation] (Unit: in.)

*60
*60
H

Air
discharge Air Air
At least 70in. inlet discharge
from the floor. 60 60

Floor surface *60


*60

Fig. 1 Fig. 2

Model H (in.)
FCQ18 24 30PAVJU 10
FCQ36 42PAVJU 11-3/4

6 English
3P161684-6K

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 119


Installation of indoor unit EDUS281120_a

CAUTION
The indoor and outdoor units and the power supply wiring and remote controller wire must be installed
at least 40in. away from any televisions or radios. This is to prevent interference with picture and sound
reception. (Interference may occur even at 40in. away depending on the reception quality.)

(2) Ceiling height


This product can be installed in ceilings up to 11-1/2ft. high (13-3/4ft. high for the 36 and 42).
If the ceiling height is 8-3/4ft. (10-1/2ft. for the 36 and 42) or more, field settings will have to be made with
the remote controller. See 11. FIELD SETTING for details.
(3) Air direction
The air direction shown in Fig. 3 is an example.
Select the appropriate number of directions according to the shape of the room and the location of the unit.
(Field settings have to be made using the remote controller and the outlet vents have to be shut off if two,
three, or four (corner shut-off) directions are selected. See the shut-off materials (sold separately) instal-
lation manual for details.)
(4) Use suspension bolts for installation. Check if the location for the installation is strong enough to support
the weight of the unit, reinforce it if necessary, and install using suspension bolts. (The spacing of the
installation is shown on the paper pattern for installation (5).)
[Air direction]
Pipes

Pipes

Pipes

Pipes
All-round air Four air direction Three air direction Two air direction
Fig. 3

4. PREPARATIONS BEFORE INSTALLATION


(1) Relation of ceiling opening to unit and suspension bolt position.
37-3/8 (Decoration panel)

Refrigerant (Unit: in.)


33-7/8 35-7/8 (Ceiling opening)

30-3/4 (Suspension bolt pitch)

piping
33-1/16 (Indoor unit)

Hanger
Suspension bracket
bolt (4) False
ceiling
4-15/16 5-1/8

28(Suspension bolt pitch)


33-1/16 (Indoor unit) View as seen from A
33-7/8 35-7/8 (Ceiling opening) Fig. 5
37-3/8 (Decoration panel)

Fig. 4

English 7
3P161684-6K

120 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)


EDUS281120_a Installation of indoor unit

Installation is possible when ceiling opening dimensions is as follows


When installing the unit within the frame for fixing false ceiling.

33-7/8 (Unit: in.)


(Opening dimension inside

(Dimension inside frame)


Frame the flame for ceiling)

33-1/16
35-7/8
False
ceiling

13/16 33-7/8 *35-7/8 13/16


33-1/16 (Ceiling opening dimension) (Ceiling-panel
35-7/8
(Dimension inside frame) overlapping dimension)
Fig. 7
Fig. 6
NOTE
Installation is possible with a ceiling dimension of 35-7/8in. (marked with *). However, to achieve a ceiling-
panel overlapping dimension of 13/16in., the spacing between the ceiling and the unit should be 1-3/8in. or
less. If the spacing between ceiling and the unit is over 1-3/8in., attach ceiling material to part or
recover the ceiling.

(Unit: in.)

Ceiling material
1-3/8 1-3/8
Fig. 8

(2) Make the ceiling opening needed for installation where applicable. (For existing ceilings)
Refer to the paper pattern for installation (5) for ceiling opening dimensions.
Create the ceiling opening required for installation. From the side of the opening to the casing outlet,
implement the refrigerant and drain piping and wiring for remote controller (unnecessary for wireless
type) and indoor-outdoor unit casing outlet. Refer to 6. REFRIGERANT PIPING WORK, 7. DRAIN
PIPING WORK and 8. ELECTRIC WIRING WORK.
After making an opening in the ceiling, it may be necessary to reinforce ceiling beams to keep the ceiling
level and to prevent it from vibrating. Consult the builder for details.

(3) Install the suspension bolts.


<installation example> (Unit: in.)
(Use either a M8~M10 size bolt or the equivalent)
Use a hole-in anchor for existing ceilings, and a Ceiling slab
sunken insert, sunken anchor or other field sup- Anchor
plied parts for new ceilings to reinforce the ceiling Long nut or turn-buckle
to bear the weight of the unit. Adjust clearance
2-4

Suspension bolt
(2-4in.) from the ceiling before proceeding
further. False ceiling
Fig. 9
NOTE
All the above parts are field supplied.

8 English
3P161684-6K

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 121


Installation of indoor unit EDUS281120_a

5. INDOOR UNIT INSTALLATION


Installing optional accessories (except for the decoration panel) before installing the indoor unit is
easier. However, for existing ceilings, install fresh air inlet component kit and branch duct before
installing the unit.
As for the parts to be used for installation work, be sure to use the provided accessories and specified parts
designated by our company.

(1) For new ceilings


(1-1)Install the indoor unit temporarily.
Attach the hanger bracket to the suspension bolt. Be sure to fix it securely by using a nut and
washer (3) from the upper and lower sides of the hanger bracket.
The washer fixing plate (7) will prevent the washer from falling.
Field supply
Washer (3) (accessory)
Insert
Hanger bracket
Tighten Washer fixing plate (7)
(double nuts) (accessory)
[Securing the hanger bracket]
[Securing the washer]
Fig. 10 Fig. 11

(1-2)Refer to the paper pattern for installation (5) for ceiling opening dimension.
Consult the builder or carpenter for details.
The center of the ceiling opening is indicated on the paper pattern for installation.
The center of the unit is indicated on the triangular mark to the unit bottom and on the paper pattern for
installation.
Fix the paper pattern to the unit with screws (6) (4).
Ceiling height is shown on the side of the paper pattern for installation (5). Adjust the height of the unit
according to this indication.
Please perform one of the following, as the shape of the paper pattern for installation differs accord-
ing to the model.

Center of main unit Center of


ceiling opening
Center mark of
main unit Paper pattern for
installation (5)

Screw (6)
Screw (6) (accessory)
(accessory)

Fig. 12

[Installation of paper pattern for installation]

English 9
3P161684-6K

122 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)


EDUS281120_a Installation of indoor unit

<Ceiling work>
(1-3)Adjust the unit to the right position for installation.
(Refer to 4. PREPARATIONS BEFORE INSTALLATION-(1).)
Using the Installation guide (15) allows you to check the positions from the underside of the unit to the
lower ceiling surface.

Apply the short


side of the
cut-out section.

Lower ceiling Underside of


surface the unit

Installation guide (15)


(accessory)

(1-4)Check the unit is horizontally level.


The indoor unit is equipped with a built-in drain pump and float
switch. Verify that it is level by using a level or a water-filled
vinyl tube.
CAUTION
If the unit is tilted against condensate flow, the float switch may
malfunction and cause water to drip.

(1-5)Remove the washer fixing plate (7) used for preventing the Level Vinyl tube
washer from falling and tighten the upper nut.
(1-6)Remove the paper pattern for installation (5). [Maintaining horizontality]
Fig. 13
(2) For existing ceilings
(2-1)Install the indoor unit temporarily.
Perform step (1-1) in (1) For new ceilings.
(2-2)Adjust the height and position of the unit.
(Refer to 4. PREPARATIONS BEFORE INSTALLATION-(1) and (1-3) in (1) For new ceilings.)
(2-3)Perform steps (1-4), (1-5) in (1) For new ceilings.

6. REFRIGERANT PIPING WORK


For refrigerant piping of outdoor units, see the installation manual attached to the outdoor unit.
Execute heat insulation work completely on both sides of the gas piping and the liquid piping. Otherwise, a
water leakage can result sometimes.
(When using a heat pump, the temperature of the gas piping can reach up to approximately 250F, so use
insulation which is sufficiently resistant.)
Also, in cases where the temperature and humidity of the refrigerant piping sections might exceed 86F or
RH80%, reinforce the refrigerant insulation. (13/16in. or thicker) Condensate may form on the surface of the
insulating material.
Be sure to check the type of R410A refrigerant to be used before doing any work. (Using an incorrect refrig-
erant will prevent normal operation of the unit.)

10 English
3P161684-6K

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 123


Installation of indoor unit EDUS281120_a

CAUTION
Use a pipe cutter and flare suitable for the type of refrigerant.
Apply ester oil or ether oil around the flare section before connecting.
To prevent dust, moisture or other foreign matter from infiltrating the tube, either pinch the end or cover
it with tape.
Do not allow anything other than the designated refrigerant to get mixed into the refrigerant circuit, such
as air, etc. If any refrigerant gas leaks while working on the unit, ventilate the room thoroughly right away.
Do not mix air or other gas with the specified refrigerant in the refrig-
eration cycle. Torque wrench
Ventilate the room if refrigerant gas leaks during the work.
The outdoor unit is charged with refrigerant.
Be sure to use both a spanner and torque wrench together, as shown in the Spanner
drawing, when connecting or disconnecting pipes to/from the unit.
(Refer to Fig. 14) Pipe union
Refer to Table 3 for the dimensions of flare nut spaces.
Flare nut

Fig. 14
When connecting the flare nut, apply ester oil or ether oil to the flare
section (inside), and spin 3-4 times before screwing in. #OATHEREWITHESTERORETHEROIL
(Refer to Fig. 15)
Keep all the screw mounting resin parts (e.g., piping presser
plates) away from oil.
If oil adheres, the strength of the screw mounting resin parts may &IG
drop.
CAUTION
Over-tightening the flare nut may break it and/or cause the
refrigerant to leak.

NOTE
Use the flare nut included with the unit main body.
Table 3

Pipe size Tightening torque Flare dimensions A (in.) Flare shape


1/4 10.4 12.7lbfft. 0.342 0.358
0
45 2

R0.016-0.031
3/8 24.1 29.4lbfft. 0.504 0.520
0
0
90 2
0

1/2 36.5 44.5lbfft. 0.638 0.654


5/8 45.6 55.6lbfft. 0.760 0.776
Refer to Table 3 to determine the proper tightening torque.

English 11
C: 3P161684-6K

124 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)


EDUS281120_a Installation of indoor unit

Not recommendable but in case of emergency


You must use a torque wrench but if you are obliged to install the unit without a torque wrench, you may
follow the installation method mentioned below.
When you keep on tightening the flare nut with a spanner, there is a point where the tightening torque
suddenly increases. From that position, further tighten the flare nut the angle shown below:
Pipe size Further tightening angle Recommended arm length of tool
1/4 60 to 90 degrees Approx. 6in.
3/8 60 to 90 degrees Approx. 8in.
1/2 30 to 60 degrees Approx. 10in.
5/8 30 to 60 degrees Approx. 12in.

After the work is finished, make sure to check that there is no gas leak.

Make absolutely sure to execute heat insulation works on the pipe-connecting section after checking gas
leakage by thoroughly studying the following figure and using the attached heat insulating materials for
fitting (8) and (9). (Fasten both ends with the clamps (4).) (Refer to Fig. 16)
Wrap the sealing pad (11) only around the insulation for the joints on the gas piping side. (Refer to Fig. 16)

Gas Piping Insulation Procedure


Insulation for fitting (8) Wrap over from the
(accessory) base of the unit to
Piping insulation the top of the flare
Flare nut connection material (main unit) nut connection.
Turn seams up Attach to base
Main unit
Piping insulation Clamp (4) (accessory) Sealing pad
material medium-1 (11)
(Field supply) Tighten the part other
than the piping insulation (accessory)
material.

Liquid Piping Insulation Procedure


Insulation for fitting (9) Wrap the
(accessory) insulator around
Piping insulation the part from the
Flare nut connection material (main unit) root.
Gas piping
Attach to base
Turn seams up Liquid piping
Main unit
Screw mounting part
Piping insulation Clamp (4) (accessory) Sealing pad
material medium-2 (12) of piping presser plate
(Field supply) Tighten the part other (accessory) (2 locations)
than the piping insulation
material. Fig. 16

CAUTION
For field insulation, be sure to insulate field piping all the way into the pipe connections inside the machine.
Exposed piping may cause condensation or burns on contact.

12 English
3P161684-6K

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 125


Installation of indoor unit EDUS281120_a

CAUTION
CAUTION TO BE TAKEN WHEN BRAZING REFRIGERANT PIPING
Do not use flux when brazing refrigerant piping. Therefore, use the phosphor copper brazing filler metal
(BCuP-2/B-Cu93P-710/795) which does not require flux.
(Flux has extremely harmful influence on refrigerant piping systems. For instance, if the chlorine based flux is
used, it will cause pipe corrosion or, in particular, if the flux contains fluorine, it will damage the refrigerant oil.)
Before brazing field refrigerant piping, nitrogen gas shall be blown through the piping to expel air from the
piping.
If you brazing is done without nitrogen gas blowing, a large amount of oxide film develops inside the piping,
and could cause system malfunction.
When brazing the refrigerant piping, only begin brazing after having carried out nitrogen substitution or
while inserting nitrogen into the refrigerant piping. Once this is done, connect the indoor unit with a flared
or a flanged connection.
Nitrogen should be set to 2.9psi with a pressure-reducing valve if brazing while inserting nitrogen into the
piping. (Refer to Fig. 17)
Pressure-reducing valve
Refrigerant piping Taping
Part to be
brazed Hands valve

Nitrogen
Nitrogen

Fig. 17

7. DRAIN PIPING WORK


(1) Rig drain piping
As for drain work, perform piping in such a manner that water can be drained properly.
Employ a pipe with either the same diameter or with the diameter larger (excluding the raising section) than
that of the connecting pipe (PVC pipe, nominal diameter 1in., outside diameter 1-1/4in.).
Keep the drain pipe short and sloping downwards at a gradient of at least 1/100 to prevent air pockets from
forming.
If the drain pipe cannot be sufficiently set on a slope, execute the drain raising piping.
To keep the drain pipe from sagging, space hanger bracket every 3 to 5ft..

Hanger bracket 3-5ft. 1/100 gradient or more

GOOD WRONG
Fig. 18-1 Fig. 18-2

CAUTION
Water pooling in the drainage piping can cause the drain to clog.

Use the attached drain hose (1) and metal clamp (2).
Insert the drain hose into the drain socket up to the base, and tighten the metal clamp securely within the
portion of a white tape of the hose-inserted tip. Tighten the metal clamp until the screw head is less than
5/32in. from the hose.
Wrap the attached sealing pad (10) over the metal clamp and drain hose to insulate.

English 13
3P161684-6K

126 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)


EDUS281120_a Installation of indoor unit

Make sure that heat insulation work is executed on the following 2 spots to prevent any possible water leak-
age due to dew condensation.
Indoor drain pipe
Drain socket

Metal Metal
clamp (2) clamp (2) Large sealing pad (10)
(accessory) (accessory)

Drain hose (1)


Tape (White)
Fig. 19 Fig. 20 5/32in.
<PRECAUTIONS FOR DRAIN RAISING PIPING>
Install the drain raising pipes at a height of less than 26-1/2in..
The drain pump of this unit has a high delivery flow rate. Therefore, the higher the drain raising height is, the
lower the sound of draining will be. For this reason, a minimum drain raising height of 12in. is recommended.
Install the drain raising pipes at a right angle to the indoor unit and no more than 11-3/4in. from the unit.
Ceiling slab
Drain hose (1)
11-3/4in. 3-5ft. Hanger bracket
(accessory)
Adjustable
Level or
( 26-1/2in.)

33-1/2in.
tilted
slightly up

7in.
Drain raising pipe
To prevent air bubbles in the Raising section
drain hose part, keep it level or Metal clamp
(accessory) (2) Drain hose (accessory) (1)
slightly tilted up. Any bubbles in
the hose might cause the unit Fig. 21
to make noise due to backflow
when the drain pump stops.

NOTE
To ensure no excessive pressure is applied to the included drain hose (1), do not bend or twist when install-
ing. (This may cause leakage.)
If converging multiple drain pipes, install according to the procedure shown below.
0 26-1/2in.

Central drain pipe


The drain pipe should have a downward
slope of at least 1/100 to prevent
air pockets from forming.
Water accumulating in the drain
piping can cause the drain to clog.
Fig. 22
Select converging drain pipes whose gauge is suitable for the operating capacity of the unit.

(2) After piping work is finished, check if drainage flows smoothly.

14 English
3P161684-6K

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 127


Installation of indoor unit EDUS281120_a

WHEN ELECTRIC WIRING WORK IS FINISHED


Add approximately 1/4gal. of water slowly from the air outlet and check drainage flow.
Check drainage flow during COOL running, explained under 12. TEST RUN.
Refer to the figure on the following after checking the draining of water, and mount the thermal insulation
material for drainage (14) and thermal insulate the drain socket.

Thermal insulation Sealing pad (Large) (10)


material for drainage (14) Be sure to lay the sealing
(accessory) material on (14).

Thermal insulation Make sure that there


material for drainage (14) is no clearance.
(accessory)

WHEN ELECTRIC WIRING WORK IS NOT FINISHED


CAUTION
Electrical wiring work should be done by a certified electrician.
If someone who does not have the proper qualifications performs the work, perform the following after the
test run is complete.
Remove the control box cover. Connect the single phase power supply (SINGLE PHASE 60Hz 208/230V)
to connections L1 and L2 on the terminal block for wiring the units. Connect the ground wire firmly. When
carrying out wiring work around the control box, make sure none of the connectors come undone. Be sure
to attach the control box cover before turning on the power.
Put approximately 1/4gal. of water into the drain pan through the blow-off mouth on the left-hand side of the
drain socket. Make sure not to pour water over the drain pump or any electric parts including those of the
drain pump.
When the power is turned on, the drain pump will operate and you can check the draining of water through
the transparent part of the drain socket. (The drain pump will stop automatically in 10 minutes.)
After checking the draining of water, mount the thermal insulation material for drainage (14) and thermal
insulate the drain socket.
After confirming drainage (Fig. 23, Fig. 24), turn off the power and remove the power supply.
Attach the control box cover as before.

Drain sockets
(Check the
drainage now.) Drain pump
location
At least

Service drain outlet (with rubber plug)


4in.

(Use this outlet to drain water from


Plastic watering can the drain pan.)
(Tube should be
about 4in. long.)
<Adding water through air discharge outlet>
[Method of adding water] Fig. 23

English 15
3P161684-6K

128 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)


EDUS281120_a Installation of indoor unit

Power supply
wiring terminal
block

Power supply
single phase 208/230V
Ground
wire L2 L1
Ground
terminal
Control box cover

Fig. 24
CAUTION
Drain piping connections
Do not connect the drain piping directly to sewage pipes that smell of ammonia. The ammonia in the sew-
age might enter the indoor unit through the drain pipes and corrode the heat exchanger.

8. ELECTRIC WIRING WORK

8-1 General instructions


All field supplied parts and materials and electric works must conform to local codes.
Use copper wire only.
For electric wiring work, refer to also WIRING DIAGRAM attached to the unit body.
For remote controller wiring details, refer to the installation manual attached to the remote controller.
All wiring must be performed by an authorized electrician.
A circuit breaker capable of shutting down power supply to the entire system must be installed.
Refer to the installation manual attached to the outdoor unit for the size of power supply electric wire con-
nected to the outdoor unit, the capacity of the circuit breaker and switch, and wiring instructions.
Be sure to ground the air conditioner.
Do not connect the ground wire to gas pipes, plumbing pipes, lightning rods, or telephone ground wires.
Gas pipes: might cause explosions or fire if gas leaks.
Plumbing: no grounding effect if hard vinyl piping is used.
Telephone ground wires or lightning rods: might cause abnormally high electric potential in the ground
during lighting storms.

16 English
3P161684-6K

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 129


Installation of indoor unit EDUS281120_a

  %LECTRICALCHARACTERISTICS
5NITS 0OWERSUPPLY &ANMOTOR
-ODEL (Z 6OLTS 6OLTAGERANGE -#! -/0 K7 &,!
&#10!6*5    
&#10!6*5    
-AX
&#10!6*5      
-IN
&#10!6*5    
&#10!6*5    
-#!-INIMUM#IRCUIT!MPACITY! -/0-AXIMUM/VERCURRENT0ROTECTIVE$EVICE!
K7&AN-OTOR2ATED/UTPUTK7 &,!&ULL,OAD!MPACITY!

  3PECIFICATIONSFORFIELDSUPPLIEDFUSESANDWIRE
2EMOTECONTROLLERWIRING
0OWERSUPPLYWIRING
4RANSMISSIONWIRING
&USE"REAKER 3IZE 7IRE 3IZE
7IRESIZEMUSTCOMPLYWITH 3TRANDED NON SHIELDED !7' 
! COPPERCONDUCTOR
LOCALCODES
!LLOWABLELENGTHOFTRANSMISSIONWIRINGSANDREMOTECONTROLLERWIRINGAREASFOLLOWS
 /UTDOORUNIT )NDOORUNIT
-AXFT4OTALWIRINGLENGTHFT
 )NDOORUNIT 2EMOTECONTROLLER
-AXFT
./4%
 6INYLCORDWITHSHEATHORCABLE)NSULATEDTHICKNESSINORMORE
./4%%ITHERAFUSEORABREAKERISACCEPTABLE

 7)2).'%8!-0,%!.$(/74/3%44(%2%-/4%#/.42/,,%2

  (OWTOCONNECTWIRES
#ONNECTIONOFWIRINGBETWEENUNITS GROUNDWIREANDTHEREMOTECONTROLLERWIRE2EFERTO&IG
s 7IRINGTHEUNITSANDGROUNDWIRE
2EMOVETHECONTROLBOXCOVERANDCONNECTWIRESOFMATCHINGNUMBERTOTHETERMINALBLOCKFORWIRINGTHE
UNITS0 INSIDE!NDCONNECTTHEGROUNDWIRETOTHEGROUNDTERMINAL)NDOINGTHIS PULLTHEWIRESINSIDE
THROUGHTHEHOLEANDFIXTHEWIRESSECURELYWITHTHEINCLUDEDCLAMP POINTS 
s 2EMOTECONTROLLERWIRESNOTNECESSARYFORSLAVEUNITOFSIMULTANEOUSOPERATIONSYSTEM
2EMOVETHECONTROLBOXCOVERANDPULLTHEWIRESINSIDETHROUGHTHEHOLEANDCONNECTTOTHETERMINALBLOCK
FORREMOTECONTROLLER0 NOPOLARITY 3ECURELYFIXTHEREMOTECONTROLLERWIREWITHTHEINCLUDEDCLAMP
POINTS 
s !FTERCONNECTION ATTACHSEALINGPAD 
s "ESURETOATTACHITTOPREVENTTHEINFILTRATIONOFWATERFROMTHEOUTSIDE

English 17
C: 3P161684-6K

130 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)


EDUS281120_a Installation of indoor unit

[ PRECAUTIONS ]
1. Use round crimp-style terminals for connecting wires to the power supply terminal block.
If unavailable, observe the following points when wiring.
Do not connect wires of different gauge to the same power supply terminal.
(Looseness in the connection may cause overheating.)
Use the specified electric wire. Connect the wire securely to the terminal. Lock the wire down without
applying excessive force to the terminal. (Tightening torque: 1lbfft. 10 %)
Attach insulation sleeve

Electric wire
Round crimp-style terminal
Fig. 25
2. Tightening torque for the terminal screws.
Use the correct screwdriver for tightening the terminal screws. If the blade of screwdriver is too small, the
head of the screw might be damaged, and the screw will not be properly tightened.
If the terminal screws are tightened too hard, screws might be damaged.
Refer to the table below for the tightening torque of the terminal screws.
Terminal Size Tightening torque
Terminal block for remote controller (6P) M3.5 0.58 0.72lbfft
Power supply terminal block (3P) M4 0.87 1.06lbfft
When none is available, follow the instructions below.
3. Do not connect wires of different gauge to the same grounding terminal.

Connect wires of the Do not connect wires Do not connect wires


same gauge to both of the same gauge to of different gauges.
side. one side.

Fig. 26

Looseness in the connection may deteriorate protection.


4. Outside the unit, keep transmission wiring at least 2in. away from power supply wiring. The equipment
may malfunction if subjected to electrical (external) noise.
5. For remote controller wiring, refer to the INSTALLATION MANUAL OF REMOTE CONTROLLER.
attached to the remote controller.
6. Never connect power supply wiring to the terminal block for remote controller. A mistake of the
sort could damage the entire system.
7. Use only specified wire and tightly connect wires to terminals. Be careful wires do not place external stress
on terminals. Keep wiring in neat order and so as not to obstruct other equipment such as popping open
the control box cover. Make sure the cover closes tight. Incomplete connections could result in overheat-
ing, and in worse case, electric shock or fire.
8. Pass the power supply wire through the attached insulation tube (16) between the outlet of conduit and the
power supply terminal, and bind them together with the attached clamp (4). (Refer to Fig. 27-2)
9. Use a pair of conduit mounting plate (17) and (18) to connect a conduit to the unit as shown Fig. 27-1.

18 English
3P161684-6K

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 131


Installation of indoor unit EDUS281120_a

10. Use a 90 elbow type of conduit with dimensions Fig. 27-1 to prevent it from hitting the swing motor hous-
ing of decoration panel.
Conduit

<1-3/8
Conduit mounting
plate (17) 3/8

Conduit mounting
plate (18) Fig. 27-1

Remote Transmission
controller wiring wiring
Conduit mounting Remote controller wiring
plate (17) (18) (low voltage)
Power supply and P1 P2 F1 F2 T1 T2

ground wire Approximately Sheaths


1/4in.
Peel back Forced off
the sheath 3/8 5/8in.
on the power 2-3/4 3-1/2in.
line and twist. Length of Clamp (4)
sheath to Cut off any excess
peel back material after tightening.

Power supply Transmission


terminal block wiring
(3P)
Insulation
tube (16)
Remote
controller
wiring

Electric insulation
Wiring
through-holes
Clamping position
Power supply
and ground Secure the ground wire
power supply and with Terminal block
wire sheath for remote
both edges aligned.
controller
(P1 P2)
(Length of sheath to peel back)

Clamp (4)
3/8~5/8in.

Insulation L2 L1
Cut off any Control box cover
3~4in.

tube (16) excess material


after tightening
the power Wiring diagram
supply wiring
and ground (Backside of control box cover)
Ground terminal wire together.

<<Power supply and ground wire (high voltage)>>


Fig. 27-2
Observe the notes mentioned below when wiring to the terminal block for wiring the units.

English 19
3P161684-6K

132 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)


EDUS281120_a Installation of indoor unit

CAUTION
When clamping wiring, use the included clamping material to prevent outside pressure being exerted on the
wiring connections and clamp firmly. When doing the wiring, make sure the wiring is neat and does not
cause the control box cover to stick up, then close the cover firmly.
When attaching the control box cover, make sure you do not pinch any wires.
After all the wiring connections are done, fill in any gaps in the through holes with putty or insulation (pro-
cured locally) to prevent small animals and insects from entering the unit from outside. (If they get in, they
could cause short circuits in the control box.)
Outside the unit, separate the low voltage wiring (remote controller wire) and high voltage wiring (power
supply, ground, and other power wiring) at least 2in. so that they do not pass through the same place
together. Proximity may cause electrical interference, malfunctions, and breakage.

Processing method of wiring through-holes

Remote controller wiring Wiring through-holes

Sealing pad (Small) (13)


Putty or thermal insulation material
(procured locally)

9-2 Wiring example


WARNING
Install a ground fault circuit interrupter.
The installation of a ground fault circuit interrupter is imperative for the prevention of electric shocks and fire
accidents.
Fit the power supply wiring of each unit with a disconnect switch and a maximum overcurrent protective
device as shown in the drawing.
COMPLETE SYSTEM EXAMPLE

Power supply Power supply wire


Outdoor unit
Main Transmission wire
switch Disconnect switch
Maximum overcurrent
protective device

Indoor unit
Remote controller

Fig. 28

20 English
3P161684-6K

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 133


Installation of indoor unit EDUS281120_a

1. When using 1 remote controller (Normal operation)

Power supply
208/230V Outdoor unit
1 ~ 60Hz Control box
IN/D OUT/D
F1 F2 F1 F2
L1 L2

L1 L2 P1 P2 F1 F2 T1 T2

Indoor unit
P1 P2

Remote
Fig. 29 controller

2. When using 2 remote controllers

Power supply
208/230V Outdoor unit
1~ 60Hz Control box
IN/D OUT/D
F1 F2 F1 F2
L1 L2

L1 L2 P1 P2 F1 F2 T1 T2

Indoor unit
P1 P2 P1 P2

For use with


2 remote
controllers
Fig. 30

English 21
3P161684-6K

134 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)


EDUS281120_a Installation of indoor unit

[ PRECAUTIONS ]
1. Do not ground the equipment on gas pipes, water pipes or lightning rods, or crossground with telephones.
Improper grounding could result in electric shock.

9-3 Control by 2 remote controllers (controlling 1 indoor unit by 2 remote controllers)


When using 2 remote controllers, one must be set to MAIN and the other to SUB.
MAIN/SUB CHANGEOVER
The settings of the BRC1E71 remote controller should be switched while referring to the manual supplied
with the remote controller.
In case of the BRC1D71 remote controller.
(1) Insert a screwdriver into the recess between the upper and lower part of remote controller and, working
from the 2 positions, pry off the upper part. (The remote controller PC board is attached to the upper part
of remote controller.) (Refer to Fig. 31)
(2) Turn the main/sub changeover switch on one of the two remote controller PC boards to S. (Leave the
switch of the other remote controller set to M.) (Refer to Fig. 32)

Upper part of
remote controller

Lower part of
Insert the screwdriver here and gently work remote controller
off the upper part of remote controller. Fig. 31

S
(Factory setting)
M
Remote
controller
Only one remote controller needs
S
PC board
to be changed if factory settings
M
have remained untouched.
Fig. 32

Wiring Method (See ELECTRIC WIRING WORK)


(3) Remove the control box cover
(4) Add remote control 2 (slave) to the terminal block for remote controller (P1, P2) in the control box.
(There is no polarity.) (Refer to Fig. 30 and 8-3.)

22 English
3P161684-6K

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 135


Installation of indoor unit EDUS281120_a

9-4 Computerized control (forced off and on/off operation)


(1) Wire specifications and how to perform wiring
Connect the input from outside to terminals T1 and T2 of the terminal block for remote controller.

F2 T1 T2
FORCED
OFF

Input A

Wire specification CONDUCTOR STRANDED NON SHIELDEDCOPPER 06#ORVINYLJAKCET


Gauge AWG18 - 
Length Max. 328ft.
External terminal Contact that can ensure the minimum applicable load of 15 V DC, 1 mA.
(2) Actuation
The following table explains FORCED OFF and ON/OFF OPERATIONS in response to Input A.
FORCED OFF ON/OFF OPERATION
Input ON stops operation (impossible by remote controllers.) Input OFF ON turns ON unit.
Input OFF enables control by remote controller. Input ON OFF turns OFF unit.
(3) How to select FORCED OFF and ON/OFF OPERATION
Turn the power on and then use the remote controller to select operation.

9-5 Centralized control


For centralized control, it is necessary to designate the group No. For details, refer to the manual of each
optional controllers for centralized control.

10. INSTALLATION OF THE DECORATION PANEL


<If performing a test run without attaching the decoration panel, read 11. FIELD SETTING and 12. TEST
RUN first.>
Refer to the installation manual attached to the decoration panel.
After installing the decoration panel, ensure that there is no space between the unit body and decoration panel.
Note:
Since the electric insulation sheet stacked to the control box cover gets sandwiched between the unit body and
decoration panel, when closing the cover, slip the insulation sheet between them first and then attach the cover
to the control box.

English 23
3P161684-6K

136 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)


EDUS281120_a Installation of indoor unit

11. FIELD SETTING


CAUTION
When performing field setting or test run without attaching the decoration panel, do not touch the
drain pump. This may cause electric shock.

Check that the outdoor unit has been wired properly.


Make sure the control box covers are closed on the indoor and outdoor units.
Field setting must be made from the remote controller and in accordance with installation conditions.
Setting can be made by changing the Mode No., FIRST CODE NO. and SECOND CODE NO..
For setting procedures and instructions, see Field settings in the installation manual provided with the
remote controller.

Field settings FIELD SET MODE


Mode

001
10 Mode No.
4
8

Return Setting

FIRST CODE NO. SECOND CODE NO.

11-1 Setting ceiling height


Select the SECOND CODE NO. that corresponds to the ceiling height in Table 4.
(SECOND CODE NO. is factory set to 01.)
Table 4
FCQ - PAVJU
Mode No. FIRST SECOND
18 24 30 type 36 42 type Note) 1 CODE NO. CODE NO.

Standard All
8-3/4 10-1/2 01
Ceiling round outlet
13 (23) 0
height (ft.) High ceiling 1 8-3/4 - 10 10-1/2 - 12 02
High ceiling 2 10 - 11-1/2 12 - 13-3/4 03
Note:
1. Mode No. setting is done in a batch for the group. To make or confirm settings for an individual unit, set
the internal mode number in parentheses.
2. The figure of the ceiling height is for the all round outlet. For the settings for four-direction (part of corner
closed off), three-direction and two-direction outlets, see the installation manual supplied with the sealing
member of air discharge kit sold separately.

11-2 Setting of air direction


See the installation manual supplied with the sealing member of air discharge outlet kit sold separately
technical guide, for ceiling height settings for two and three-direction air discharge.
(The SECOND CODE NO. is factory set to 01 (all round outlet) before shipping.)

11-3 Settings for optional accessories


When installing optional accessories, refer to the installation manual provided with them and make neces-
sary settings.

24 English
3P161684-6K

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 137


Installation of indoor unit EDUS281120_a

11-4 Setting of air filter sign


Remote controllers are equipped with liquid crystal display air filter signs to display the time to clean air filters.
Change the SECOND CODE NO. according to Table 5 depending on the amount of dirt or dust in the room.
(SECOND CODE NO. is factory set to 01 for filter contamination-light.)
Table 5
Spacing time of display air filter FIRST CODE SECOND
Setting Mode No.
sign (long life type) NO. CODE NO.
Air filter contamination-light Approx. 2500 hrs 01
0
Air filter contamination-heavy Approx. 1250 hrs 10 (20)
02
No Display 3
Note:
1. Mode No. setting is done in a batch for the group. To make or confirm settings for an individual unit, set
the internal mode number in parentheses.
2. Make settings for No Display in cases where no cleaning display is required, e.g., at the time of regular
maintenance servicing.
The air conditioner is provided with a long life filter as a standard accessory. Explain to the customer the
necessity of cleaning the filter periodically along with the set time for filter cleaning for the prevention of
clogging.

12. TEST RUN


Refer to the installation manual of the outdoor unit.
The operation lamp of the remote controller will flash when a malfunction occurs. Check the malfunction
code on the liquid crystal display to identify the point of trouble. An explanation of malfunction codes and
the corresponding trouble is provided in the installation manual attached to the outdoor unit or the service
manual.
If any of the items in Table 6 is displayed, there may be a problem with the wiring or power supply, so check
the wiring again.
Table 6
Remote controller display Contents
is lit up There is a short circuit at the FORCED OFF terminals (T1, T2).
The power supply on the outdoor unit is off.
U4 is lit up
The outdoor unit has not been wired for power supply.
UH is lit up
Incorrect wiring for the transmission and / or the FORCED OFF.
The power supply on the indoor unit is off.
The indoor unit has not been wired for power supply.
No display
Incorrect wiring for the remote controller, the transmission, and /
or the FORCED OFF.
If the decoration panel is installed on the indoor unit during the test run, check the operation of the swing
flap on the panel.
In order to protect the indoor unit, instruct the customer not to operate the air conditioner until the interior
work is completed if the interior work has not been finished at the end of the test run.
(If the air conditioner is operated, substances discharged from the paint, adhesive, etc. can contaminate the
indoor unit, and they may cause splashing or leakage of water.)
NOTE
After the test run is finished, check the items listed in 2. Items to be checked at time of delivery.

English 25
3P161684-6K

138 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)


EDUS281120_a Installation of indoor unit

16.2 FHQ18PVJU / FHQ24PVJU / FHQ30PVJU

SPLIT SYSTEM Air Conditioners Installation manual

CONTENTS Refrigerant gas is heavier than air and displaces oxygen.


A massive leak could lead to oxygen depletion, espe-
1.
SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS 2
cially in basements, and an asphyxiation hazard could
2.
BEFORE INSTALLATION 3 occur leading to serious injury or death.
3.
SELECTING INSTALLATION SITE 4 If the refrigerant gas leaks during installation, ventilate
4.
PREPARATIONS BEFORE INSTALLATION 5 the area immediately.
5.
INDOOR UNIT INSTALLATION 6 Refrigerant gas may produce toxic gas if it comes in contact
with re such as from a fan, heater, stove or cooking device.
6.
REFRIGERANT PIPING WORK 7
Exposure to this gas could result in severe injury or death.
7.
DRAIN PIPING WORK 9 After completing the installation work, check that the
8.
ELECTROLLER 10 refrigerant gas does not leak.
9.
WIRING EXAMPLE AND HOW TO SET THE REMOTE Refrigerant gas may produce toxic gas if it comes in contact
CONTROLLER 10 with re such as from a fan, heater, stove or cooking device.
10. ATTACHING THE SUCTION GRILLE, THE DECORATION Exposure to this gas could result in severe injury or death.
Safely dispose of the packing materials.
PANELS AND THE PROTECTION NET 12
Packing materials, such as nails and other metal or wooden
11. FIELD SETTING 12 parts, may cause stabs or other injuries. Tear apart and
12. TEST OPERATION 13 throw away plastic packaging bags so that children will not
play with them. Children playing with plastic bags face the
danger of death by suffocation.
1. SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS
Please read these SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS carefully WARNING
before installing air conditioning equipment and be sure to
Ask your dealer or qualied personnel to carry out
install it correctly. After completing the installation, make sure
installation work. Do not try to install the air conditioner
that the unit operates properly during the start-up operation.
by yourself.
Please instruct the customer on how to operate the unit and
Improper installation may result in water leakage, electric
keep it maintained.
shocks or re.
Also, inform customers that they should store this installation
Perform installation work in accordance with this instal-
manual along with the operation manual for future reference.
lation manual.
This air conditioner comes under the term appliances not ac-
Improper installation may result in water leakage, electric
cessible to the general public.
shocks or re.
Meaning of danger, warning, caution and note symbols. Be sure to use only the specied accessories and parts
for installation work.
DANGER Indicates an imminently hazardous sit-
uation which, if not avoided, will result Failure to use the specied parts may result in water leakage,
in death or serious injury. electric shocks, re or the unit falling.
Install the air conditioner on a foundation strong enough
WARNING lndicates a potentially hazardous situ- to withstand the weight of the unit.
ation which, if not avoided, could A foundation of insufcient strength may result in the equip-
result in death or serious injury. ment falling and causing injuries.
CAUTION lndicates a potentially hazardous situ- Carry out the specied installation work after consider-
ation which, if not avoided, may result ing strong winds, typhoons or earthquakes.
in minor or moderate injury. lt may Improper installation work may result in the equipment falling
also be sued to alert against unsafe and causing accidents.
practices. Make sure that a separate power supply circuit is pro-
NOTE lndicates situation that may result in vided for this unit and that all electrical work is carried
equipment or property-damage-only out by qualied personnel according to local laws and
accidents. regulations and this installation manual.
An insufcient power supply capacity or improper electrical
DANGER construction may lead to electric shocks or re.
Make sure that all wiring is secured, the specied wires
Do not ground units to water pipes, telephone wires or are used, and no external forces act on the terminal con-
lightning rods because incomplete grounding could nections or wires.
cause a severe shock hazard resulting in severe injury or Improper connections or installation may result in re.
death, and to gas pipes because a gas leak could result in When wiring the power supply and connecting the remote
an explosion which could lead to severe injury or death. controller wire and transmission wire, position the wires
Do not install unit in an area where ammable materials so that the control box lid can be securely fastened.
are present due to risk of explosion resulting in serious Improper positioning of the control box lid may result in elec-
injury or death. tric shocks, re or the terminals overheating.

2 English
C: 3PN06240-12Q

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 139


Installation of indoor unit EDUS281120_a

Before touching electrical parts, turn off the unit. In a domestic environment this product may cause radio
Do not touch the switch with wet ngers. interference in which case the user may be required to
Touching a switch with wet ngers can cause electric shock. take adequate measures.
Be sure to install an earth leakage breaker. Dismantling of the unit, treatment of the refrigerant, oil
Failure to install an earth leakage breaker may result in and eventual other parts, should be done in accordance
electric shocks, or re. with the relevant local and national regulations.
Do not install the air conditioner in the following locations :
(a) where a mineral oil mist or an oil spray or vapor is pro-
duced, for example in a kitchen. 2. BEFORE INSTALLATION
Plastic parts may deteriorate and fall off or result in When moving the unit while removing it from the pack-
water leakage. ing case, be sure to lift it by the four hanger brackets.
(b) where corrosive gas, such as sulfurous acid gas, is pro- Avoid putting any pressure on other parts especially the
duced. refrigerant piping.
Corroding copper pipes or soldered parts may result in Be sure to check the type of refrigerant to be used before
refrigerant leakage. installing the unit. (Using an incorrect refrigerant will prevent
(c) near machinery emitting electromagnetic waves. normal operation of the unit.)
Electromagnetic waves may disturb the operation of the The accessories needed for installation must be retained in
control system and result in a malfunction of the equip- your custody until the installation work is completed. Do not
ment. discard them!
Refrigerant pipes may be very hot or very cold during or Decide upon a line of transport.
immediately after operation. Leave the unit inside its packaging while moving, until reach-
Touching them could result in burns or frostbite. To avoid ing the installation site. Where unpacking is unavoidable, use
injury give the pipes time to return to normal temperature or, a sling of soft material or protective plates together with a
if you must touch them, be sure to wear proper gloves. rope when lifting, to avoid damage or scratches to the unit.
When selecting installation site, refer to the paper pattern.
CAUTION For the installation of an outdoor unit, refer to the installa-
tion manual attached to the outdoor unit.
Install drain pipe in order to ensure proper drainage and
Do not install or operate the unit in rooms mentioned below.
do the thermal insulation of the pipe in order to prevent
Laden with mineral oil, or lled with oil vapor or spray
condensate.
like in kitchens. (Plastic parts may deteriorate which
Improper drain pipe may result in water leakage and property
could eventually cause the unit to fall out of place, or
damage.
could lead to leaks.)
Be very careful about product transportation.
Where corrosive gas like sulfurous gas exists.
Some products use PP bands for packaging. Do not use any
(Copper tubing and brazed spots may corrode which
PP bands for a means of transportation. It is dangerous.
could eventually lead to refrigerant leaks.)
Safely dispose of the packing materials.
Where machines can generate electromagnetic
Packing materials, such as nails and other metal or wooden
waves. (Control system may malfunction.)
parts, may cause stabs or other injuries.
Where the air contains high levels of salt such as that
Tear apart and throw away plastic packaging bags so that
near the ocean and where voltage uctuates greatly
children will not play with them. If children play with a plastic
such as that in factories. Also in vehicles or vessels.
bag which was not torn apart, they face the risk of suffocation.
This unit, both indoor and outdoor, is suitable for installation
Do not turn off the power immediately after stopping
in a commercial and light industrial environment.
operation.
If installed as a household appliance it could cause electro-
Always wait at least 5 minutes before turning off the power.
magnetic interference.
Otherwise, water leakage and trouble may occur.
Make sure to provide for adequate measures in order WARNING
to prevent that the outdoor unit be used as a shelter by
Entrust installation to the place of purchase or a qualied
small animals.
person. Improper installation could lead to leak and, in worse
Small animals making contact with electrical parts can cause
cases, electric shock of re.
malfunctions, smoke or re. Please instruct the customer to
Use of unspecied parts could lead to the unit falling, leaks
keep the area around the unit clean.
and, in worse cases, electric shock or re.
NOTE
NOTE
Install the indoor and outdoor units, power supply wire
Be sure to read this manual before installing the indoor unit.
and transmission wire at least 3.5 ft. away from televisions
Be sure to mount an air lter (part to be procured in the eld) in
or radios in order to prevent image interference or noise.
the suction air passage in order to prevent water leaking, etc.
(Depending on the radio waves, a distance of 3.5 ft. may not
be sufcient enough to eliminate the noise.)
Remote controller (wireless kit) transmitting distance
can result shorter than expected in rooms with elec-
tronic uorescent lamps. (inverter or rapid start types)
Install the indoor unit as far away from uorescent lamps as
possible.

English 3
3PN06240-12Q

140 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)


EDUS281120_a Installation of indoor unit

2-1 ACCESSORIES Is the unit safely grounded? It may result in electric shock.
Check the following accessories are included with your unit. Is wiring size according to The unit may malfunction or
(2) Metal (3) Washer for specications? the components burn out.
Name (1) Drain pipe (4) Clamp
clamp hanger bracket Is something blocking the air
Quantity 1 pc. 1 pc. 8 pcs. 9 pcs. It may result in insufcient
outlet or inlet of either the
cooling.
indoor or outdoor units?
Are refrigerant piping length
Shape The refrigerant charge in the
and additional refrigerant
system is not clear.
charge noted down?

(5) Paper pattern Insulation pipe


b. Items to be checked at time of delivery
Name Sealing pad
for installation cover Also review the SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS
Quantity 1 pc. 1 each 1 each
Items to be checked Check
(6) For gas pipe
(8) Large
Did you explain about operations while showing the opera-
tion manual to your customer?
Shape Did you hand the instruction manual over to your customer?
(7) For liquid pipe (9) Small

2-3 NOTE TO THE INSTALLER


(11) Insulating Be sure to instruct customers how to properly operate the unit
Name (10) Resin bush
tube (especially cleaning lters, operating different functions, and
Quantity 1 pc. 3 pcs. adjusting the temperature) by having them carry out operations
(Other)
For wire Operation manual themselves while looking at the manual.
Installation manual
Shape
3. SELECTING INSTALLATION SITE
Please attach additional insulation pipe cover to the unit body
when it is believed that the relative humidity in the ceiling
2-2 OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
exceeds 80%. Use glass wool, polyethylene foam, or similar
The remote controller are required for this indoor unit in Table 1.
with a thickness of 3/8 in.. or more as insulation pipe cover.
These are 2 types of remote controllers : wired and wireless.
Select a remote controller according to customer request (1) Select an installation site where the following conditions
and install in an appropriate place. are fullled and that meets your customers approval.
Where optimum air distribution can be ensured.
Table 1
Where nothing blocks air passage.
Remote controller
Where condensate can be properly drained.
Wired type BRC1C71 Where the ceiling is strong enough to bear the indoor unit
Wireless type BRC7E83 weight.
Where the false ceiling is not noticeably on an incline.
NOTE Where sufcient clearance for maintenance and service
If you wish to use a remote controller that is not listed in Table can be ensured.
1 on page 4, select a suitable remote controller after consult- DANGER
ing catalogs and technical materials.
Do not install unit in an area where ammable materials are
FOR THE FOLLOWING ITEMS, TAKE SPECIAL present due to the risk explosion resulting in serious injury or
CARE DURING CONSTRUCTION AND CHECK death.
AFTER INSTALLATION IS FINISHED.
WARNING
a. Items to be checked after completion of work
If the supporting structural members are not strong enough
If not properly done, what is to take the units weight, the unit could fall out of place and
Items to be checked Check
likely to occur cause serious injury.
Are the indoor and outdoor The units may drop, vibrate or
unit xed rmly? make noise. NOTE
It may result in insufcient When a margin is in the space of the section, service and
Is the gas leak test nished?
cooling.
maintenance work will become still easier if it vacates 7 7/8 in.
Is the unit fully insulated? Condensate water may drip. or more.
Does drainage ow smoothly? Condensate water may drip.
Does the power supply volt-
The unit may malfunction or
age correspond to that shown
the components burn out.
on the name plate?
The unit may malfunction or
Are wiring and piping correct?
the components burn out.

4 English
3PN06240-12Q

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 141


Installation of indoor unit EDUS281120_a

(2) Make holes for suspension bolts, refrigerant and drain



1 3/16 or more 1 3/16 or more pipe, and wire.
Refer to the paper pattern for installation.
Select the location for each of holes and open the holes in
the ceiling.
(3) Remove the parts from the indoor unit.
(3-1) Detach the suction grille.
Slide the locking knobs (2) on the suction grille inward
Air outlet (direction of arrows) and lift upwards. (Refer to Fig. 1)

12 or more
Required service Air inlet
With the suction grille open, remove the suction grille for-
space ward, holding on to the rear tabs (2) on the suction grille.
Obstruction (Refer to Fig. 2)
Floor
(Length : in.)
Knob Suction grille
Where pipe between indoor and outdoor units is possible
within the allowable limit.
(Refer to the installation manual for the outdoor unit.)
Install the indoor and outdoor units, power wire and
connecting wires at least 3.5 ft. away from televisions or
radios in order to prevent image interference or noise. Fig. 1
(Depending on the radio waves, a distance of 3.5 ft. may Tab
not be sufcient enough to eliminate the noise.)
Suction grille
(2) Use suspension bolts for installation. Check whether
the ceiling is strong enough to support the weight of
the unit or not. If there is a risk, reinforce the ceiling
before installing the unit.
(Installation pitch is marked on the paper pattern for instal-
lation. Refer to it to check for points requiring reinforcing.)
(3) This product may be installed on ceilings up to 10.6 ft. Fig. 2
from the oor. (3-2) Remove the decoration panels (left and right) and the pro-
(4) A direction of installation. tection net.
Refrigerant piping : the rear side, right side or upper part. After removing the securing screws for the decoration
Wiring : only the rear side. panels (one each), pull them forward (in the direction of
Drain piping : the rear right side or the right side. the arrow) and remove them. (Refer to Fig. 3)
(As the rear left, installation is impossible.) Remove the securing screws for the protection net.
(Refer to Fig. 3)
Protection net
4. PREPARATIONS BEFORE INSTALLATION securing screws (M4)
(1) Relation of holes for indoor unit, suspension bolt posi- Decoration panel
tion, piping and wiring. securing screws (M4)
Decoration panel
securing screw Decoration
(M4) panel
Wiring hole Rear side pipe hole
26 1/8
3 3/4
6 1/4
5 5/8

Front view
6

Decoration panel Fig. 3


22 Drain pipe hole
25 3/4 Conduit
hole
27 11/16
Raise one side of the protection net upwards (in the direc-
62 5/8 (Indoor unit)
tion of the arrow (i)) and remove back (the arrow (ii)).
61 (Suspension bolt pitch)
(Refer to Fig. 4, 5)
6 1/4
7 1/4

27 3/16
24 5/8 Take out the accessories.
8 1/4
26 3/4 (Indoor unit)

(ii)
Accessories
(Suspension
10 1/4
bolt pitch)

False ceiling view Protection net


Top gas pipe hole (i)
Decoration
panel
Suspension bolt ( 4)
Top liquid pipe hole
Air outlet (length : in.)
Fig. 4
Decoration panel

English 5
3PN06240-12Q

142 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)


EDUS281120_a Installation of indoor unit

If it raises too much, (ii) NOTE


a hook stops catching
and falling out. Use a hole-in anchor for existing ceilings, and a sunken insert,
Protection net
sunken anchor or other eld supplied parts for new ceilings to
(i) reinforce the ceiling to bear the weight of the unit. Adjust clear-
Hook
ance from the ceiling before proceeding further.
Ceiling slab

Anchor
Fig. 5

12 3/16
(3-3) Remove the rear metal plate for transmission wire, remote
controller wire and refrigerant pipe. False ceiling Suspension bolt
It is necessary to drill the knock out hole in the removable All the above parts are field supplied. (Length : in.)
part. Knock down several times with a punch and ham- Fig. 9
mer and remove the removable part with pliers.
When setting the refrigerant pipe to the rear side, remove
the securing screws and the metal plate. (Refer to Fig. 6). 5. INDOOR UNIT INSTALLATION
After removing, attach the resin bush It may be easier to attach accessory parts before installing
(Refer to Fig. 25)
the indoor unit. Therefore, please also read the instruction
manuals which are provided with the accessory parts.
As for the parts to be used for installation work, be sure to use
the provided accessories and specied parts designated by our
Removable part If setting the drain pipe to the company.
(metal plate) right side, block up the hole for
drain pipe with pate etc. (1) Secure the hanger brackets to the suspension bolts.
Metal plate (Refer to Fig. 10)
securing
screw (M4) NOTE
If setting the refrigerant pipe to To ensure they are safely secured, use the included washers,
the rear side, remove this metal plate. Fig. 6
and secure them with double nuts to make sure.
(3-4) Remove the hanger brackets.
Loosen the 2 bolts (M8) used to attach the hanger brack- (2) Lift the indoor units main body, insert the bolts (M8)
ets which are on each side (4 places left and right) to for the hanger brackets into the attachment part on the
within 3/8 in.. (Refer to Fig. 7, 8) hanger brackets, while sliding the main body from the
After removing the securing screws (M5) for the hanger front. (Refer to Fig. 11)
brackets which are on the rear side, pull the hanger (3) Fasten the bolts for the hanger brackets (M8) securely
brackets back (in the direction of the arrow), and remove in 4 places, left and right. (Refer to Fig. 11)
them. (Refer to Fig. 8)
(4) Replace the screws for the hanger brackets which had
been removed (M5) securely in 2 places left and right.
This is necessary to prevent any forward and back slide
in the main body of the indoor unit. (Refer to Fig. 11)
Length of loosening Nut (Field supplied)
should be less than 3/8 Indoor unit
Washer (3) (attached)
3/8 or less

Fig. 7 Hanger bracket (Length : in.) Double nuts


(Field supplied)
Hanger bracket Fig. 10
Hanger bracket
fixing screw (M5)
Hanger bracket

Hanger bracket
setting bolt (M8)
Hanger bracket Fig. 8 Attachment
part
Hanger bracket
(4) Attach the suspension bolts. (Use suspension bolts setting bolt (M8)
which are W3/8 or M8-M10 in size.)
Hanger bracket
Adjust the distance of the suspension bolts from the ceiling in fixing screw (M5)
advance. (Refer to Fig. 9) Fig. 11

6 English
3PN06240-12Q

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 143


Installation of indoor unit EDUS281120_a

(5) When hanging the indoor unit main body, be sure to Before refrigerant pipe work, check which type of refrig-
use a level or a plastic tube with water in it to make sure erant is used.
the drain piping is set either level or slightly tilted, in Proper operation is not possible if the types of refriger-
order to ensure proper drainage. (Refer to Fig. 12) ant are not the same.
A
6-2 CONNECTING THE REFRIGERANT PIPE
1 or less
The outdoor unit is charged with refrigerant.
Use copper alloy seamless pipes.
Be sure to use both a spanner and torque wrench together,
B as shown in the drawing, when connecting or disconnecting
1 or less pipes to/from the unit. (Refer to Fig. 13)
Refer to Table 2 to determine the proper tightening torque.
Refer to Table 2 for the dimensions of are shape.
When connecting the are nut, coat the are section with
A.B ester oil or ether oil, rotate three or four times rst, then
1 or less
screw in. (Refer to Fig. 14)
Torque wrench
Pipe union
Fig. 12
A.When the drain piping is tilted to the right, or to the right
and back. Flare nut
Place it level, or tilt it slightly to the right or the back. (1 or less.)
B.When the drain piping is tilted to the left, or to the left and Spanner
back. Fig. 13
Place it level, or tilt it slightly to the left or the back. (1 or less.)
CAUTION
CAUTION
Be careful for oil not to adhere to any portions other than a
Setting the unit at an angle opposite to the drain piping might
are part. If oil adhere to resin parts etc., there is a possibil-
cause a water leakage.
ity of damaging by deterioration.

6. REFRIGERANT PIPING WORK Ester oil or ether oil.

DANGER
Refrigerant gas may produce toxic gas if it comes in contact
with re such as from a fan heater, stove or cooking device. Fig. 14
Exposure to this gas could cause severe injury or death.
NOTE
CAUTION Use the are nut included with the unit main body.
Use a pipe cutter and are suitable for the type of refrig-
erant. Table 2
To prevent dust, moisture or other foreign matter from inl- Pipe size Tightening torque Flare dimensions A
Flare shape (in.)
(in.) (ft. lbf) (in.)
trating the tube, either pinch the end or cover it with tape.
Do not allow anything other than the designated refrig-
2

3/8
45

24.1-29.4 0.504-0.520
erant to get mixed into the refrigerant circuit, such as air,
90 2

etc. If any refrigerant gas leaks while working on the R0.016-0.031


unit, ventilate the room thoroughly right away.
A

5/8 45.6-55.6 0.760-0.776

6-1 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS


For refrigerant pipe of outdoor units, see the installation CAUTION
manual attached to the outdoor unit. Overtightening may damage the are and cause a refrigerant
Execute thermal insulation work completely on both leakage
sides of the gas pipe and the liquid pipe.
Otherwise, a water leakage can result.
"ESURETOUSEINSULATIONTHATISDESIGNEDFORUSE Not recommended but in case of emergency
WITH(6!#SYSTEMS You must use a torque wrench, but if you are obliged to install
Also, in cases where the temperature and humidity of the unit without a torque wrench, you may follow the installa-
the refrigerant pipe sections might exceed 86F or RH tion method mentioned below.
80%, reinforce the thermal insulation. (3/4 in. or thicker) When you keep on tightening the are nut with a spanner,
there is a point where the tightening torque suddenly
Condensate may form on the surface of the insulation increases. From that position, further tighten the are nut
pipe cover. the angle shown below :

English 7
3PN06240-12Q

144 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)


EDUS281120_a Installation of indoor unit

Table 3
Procedure for thermal insulation of gas-side pipe
Pipe size Recommended arm length of tool
Further tightening angle Insulation pipe cover
(in.) (in.) Wind around the
for gas pipe (6)
3/8 60 to 90 degrees Approx. 7 7/8 pipe, beginning at
Flare nut connection Insulation pipe the base.
5/8 30 to 60 degrees Approx. 11 13/16 Orient so that the end of cover (main unit) Small sealing
After the work is nished, make sure to check that there the wrapped insulation Attach to base pad (9)
pipe cover is facing up
is no gas leak.
Main unit
Insulation pipe cover
6-3 BRAZING REFRIGERANT PIPING (Locally procured) Clamp (4)

DANGER
Insulation pipe cover for gas pipe (6)
CAUTION TO BE TAKEN WHEN BRAZING REFRIGERANT
Gas pipe
PIPING
Do not use ux when brazing refrigerant pipe. Therefore, use Liquid pipe
the phosphor copper brazing ller metal (BCuP) which does not Insulation pipe cover for liquid pipe (7)
require ux. Clamp (4) ( 4)
(Flux has an extremely negative effect on refrigerant piping sys- Attach to the bottom
tems. For instance, if chlorine based ux is used, it will cause (For both gas pipe and liquid pipe)
pipe corrosion. If the ux contains uorine, it will damage the Procedure for thermal insulation of liquid-side pipe
refrigerant oil.)
Insulation pipe cover for
Before brazing local refrigerant pipe, nitrogen gas shall be liquid pipe (7)
blown through the pipe to expel air from the pipe. Flare nut connection
Orient so that the end of Insulation pipe cover (main unit)
If you brazing is done without nitrogen gas blowing, a large
the wrapped insulation
amount of oxide lm develops inside the pipe, and could material is facing up Attach to base
cause system malfunction.
Main unit
When brazing the refrigerant pipe, only begin brazing after Insulation pipe cover
having carried out nitrogen substitution or while inserting (Locally procured) Clamp (4)
nitrogen into the refrigerant pipe. Once this is done, connect Fig. 16
the indoor unit with a ared or a anged connection.
(1) For piping facing back.
Nitrogen should be set to 2.9 psi with a pressure-reducing
Remove the rear metal plate for pipe. (Refer to Fig. 17)
valve if brazing while inserting nitrogen into the pipe.
The gure of the direction of back shows when both the pip-
(Refer to Fig. 15)
ing and drain pipe are set backward.
Pressure-reducing When setting the piping to face up or right, attach the rear
Refrigerant pipe valve metal plate for refrigerant pipe and plug a hole for drain pipe.
Part to be Taping
brazed hands valve (See 4 PREPARATIONS BEFORE INSTALLATION (3-3) on
page 6)
Nitrogen
Nitrogen
(2) For piping facing up.
Fig. 15 When setting the piping to face up, the L-shaped branch
pipe kit sold separately is required.
DANGER Removing the top penetration lid and use the L-shaped branch
Use of oxygen may cause an explosion resulting in serious pipe kit sold separately to set the pipe. (Refer to Fig. 18, 19)
injury or death. Only use nitrogen gas. (3) For piping facing right.
Cut out a slit hole on the decoration panel (right) and set the
CAUTION pipe. (Refer to Fig. 17)
Be sure to insulate any eld piping all the way to the piping
connection inside the unit. Any exposed piping may cause
condensate or a burn if touched.
Right-facing Rear-facing
refrigerant refrigerant pipe
6-4 PIPING INSULATION piping Rear right-facing
Make absolutely sure to execute thermal insulation works on drain pipe
the pipe-connecting section after checking gas leakage by
thoroughly studying the following gure and using the insula-
Right-facing drain pipe
tion pipe cover (6) and (7). (Fasten both ends with the clamps
Decoration panel (right) removable part
(4).) (Refer to Fig. 16)
Wrap the small sealing pad (9) only around the insulation for If only setting the drain pipe to
face right, cut this section only. Fig. 17
the joints on the gas piping side. (Refer to Fig. 16)

8 English
3PN06240-12Q

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 145


Installation of indoor unit EDUS281120_a

Top plate Good


Tilt down

Wrong
Do not lift Make sure there
Top penetration lid is no slack
Make sure it is
not in the water
This hole not using it.
Cut out
Fig. 18 (A figure from an inside bottom) Fig. 21

CAUTION
Water accumulating in the drain piping can cause the drain to
clog.
Upward-facing
refrigerant pipe Be sure to use the drain pipe (1) and metal clamp (2).
L-shaped branch pipe Also, insert the drain pipe completely into the drain socket, and
kit (Optional accessories)
securely attach the metal clamp bracket inside the gray tape
area on the inserted tip of the drain pipe. (Refer to Fig. 22)
Screw the screws on the metal clamp bracket until there is 5/
Fig. 19
32 in. left. (Pay attention to the direction of the attachment to
Thermistor lead line prevent the metal clamp bracket from coming into contact
Top penetration with the suction grille.) (Refer to Fig. 23)
lid clamp section
Swing motor Metal clamp (2)
lead line

Taping area (Gray) Drain pipe (1)


Fig. 22

5/32 or less
Large sealing pad (8)
Fig. 20 (A figure from an inside bottom)
When piping is complete, cut the removed penetration lid into
Metal clamp (2)
the shape of the pipe using scissors and attach. < Facing rear right or right >
As when before removing the top penetration lid, secure the Fig. 23 (Length : in.)
lead lines for the swing motor and thermistor by passing them Insulate the metal clamp bracket and drain pipe from the bot-
through the clamp section on the top penetration lid. tom using the large sealing pad (8). (Refer to Fig. 23)
(Refer to Fig. 18, 20) Be sure to insulate all drain piping running indoors.
When doing this, block any gaps between the pipe penetra-
tion lid and the pipes using putty to prevent dust from enter- (2) Check to make sure the water ows smoothly after pip-
ing the indoor unit. ing is complete.
Slowly pour 600 ml of drain-checking water into the drain pan
through the air outlet.
7. DRAIN PIPING WORK
Plastic container for pouring Air outlet
(1) Carry out the drain piping.
Make sure piping provides proper drainage.
You can select whether to bring the drain piping out from the
rear right or right. For rear right-facing and right-facing situa-
tions, refer to 6. REFRIGERANT PIPING WORK on page 7.
Make sure the pipe diameter is the same or bigger than the
branch piping. (vinyl-chloride piping, nominal diameter 1 in., Make sure not to splash the water.
external diameter 1 1/4 in.) Fig. 24
Make sure the piping is short, has at least a 1/100 slope, and
can prevent air pockets from forming. (Refer to Fig. 21) CAUTION
Do not allow any slack to gather in the drain pipe inside the Drain piping connections :
indoor unit. Do not connect the drain piping directly to sewage pipes that
(Slack in the drain pipe can cause the suction grille to break.) smell of ammonia. The ammonia in the sewage might enter
the indoor unit through the drain pipes and corrode the heat
exchanger.

English 9
3PN06240-12Q

146 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)


EDUS281120_a Installation of indoor unit

Keep in mind that it will become the cause of getting drain 9. WIRING EXAMPLE AND HOW TO SET
pipe blocked if water collects on drain pipe.
THE REMOTE CONTROLLER

8. ELECTRIC WIRING WORK 9-1 HOW TO CONNECT WIRES


CAUTION
8-1 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
All eld supplied parts and materials and electric works must Even if the control box lid is removed, pull the remote control-
conform to local codes. ler wire, transmission wire and the power supply wire inside
Use copper wire only. the unit using conduits for each, so that the wires do not come
For electric wiring work, refer to also Wiring diagram label into contact with the opening section of the metal casing.
attached to the control box lid. Pass conduits through the wall and secure along with the
For remote controller wiring details, refer to the installation refrigerant pipe in order to prevent external pressure being
manual attached to the remote controller. applied to transmission wire and power supply wire.
All wires must be performed by an authorized electrician. To avoid short circuits in the electric parts box, be sure to apply
An earth leakage circuit breaker capable of shutting down the sealing material or putty (not included) to the wiring hole to
power supply to the entire system must be installed. prevent the inltration of water, insects or other small creatures.
Refer to the installation manual attached to the outdoor unit Arrange the wires and x a lid rmly so that the lid does not
for the size of power supply wiring connected to the outdoor oat during wiring work.
unit, the capacity of the circuit breaker and switch, and wiring Do not clamp remote controller wire and transmission wire
instructions. together with power supply wire. Doing so may cause mal-
Be sure to ground the air conditioner. function.
Remote controller wire, transmission wire and power supply
DANGER wire should be located at least 5 in. from other electric wires.
Do not ground units to water pipes, telephone wires or Not following this guideline may result in malfunction due to
lightning rods because incomplete grounding could cause a electrical noise.
severe shock hazard resulting in severe injury or death, and
to gas pipes because a gas leak could result in an explosion <Method of wiring power supply, units and connect-
which could lead to severe injury or death. ing remote controller wiring> (Refer to Fig. 26)
Attaching the resin bush
Attach the resin bush (10) for remote controller wiring.
8-2 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS Installation of conduit
Units Power supply Fan motor Insert the conduit for power supply wire in the conduit hole,
Voltage and x it with the lock nut.
Model Hz Volts MCA MFA W FLA
range
FHQ18PVJU 1.3 15 130 1.0
Max. 253V Lock nut
FHQ24PVJU 60 208-230V 1.3 15 130 1.0
Min. 187V
FHQ30PVJU 1.3 15 130 1.0
MCA : Min. Circuit Amps (A); MFA : Max. Fuse Amps (A)
W: Fan Motor Rated Output (W); FLA : Full Load Amps (A) Conduit hole

8-3 SPECIFICATIONS FOR FIELD SUPPLIED FUSES


AND WIRES
Conduit
Remote controller wiring Resin bush (10) Fig. 25
Power supply wiring
Transmission wiring
Model Power supply wire
fUSEBREAKER Holding the control box lid, loosen the 2 securing screws,
3IZE 7IRE 3IZE
remove the control box lid, match up the phases on the power
&(106*5 supply terminal block inside (2P), and make the connections.
7IRESIZEMUST
&(106*5 ! COMPLYWITH
 CONDUCTOR
!7'  After this is done, use the attached clamp (4) to bind wire
NON SHIELDED between units to the anchor point. (Refer to Fig. 27)
LOCALCODES
&(106*5
Remote controller wire and transmission wire
!LLOWABLELENGTHOFTRANSMISSIONWIREBETWEENINDOOROUTDOOR Holding the control box lid, loosen the 2 securing screws,
UNITSANDBETWEENTHEINDOORUNITANDTHEREMOTECONTROLLERWIRE remove the control box lid.
AREASFOLLOWS Thread the remote controller wire and transmission wire
 /UTDOORUNIT )NDOORUNIT-AXFT through the insulating tube (11) and secure with the clamp
 )NDOORUNIT 2EMOTECONTROLLER-AXFT (4), and cut off the insulating tube (11) to suitable length. Pull
the wires inside through resin bush and connect the wires to
./4%%ITHERAFUSEORABREAKERISACCEPTABLE the transmission terminal block (6P) inside the control box.
After connecting, use the clamp (4) to bind the remote con-
troller wire together with the transmission wire to the anchor.
(Refer to Fig. 26, 27, 28)

10 English
C: 3PN06240-12Q

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 147


Installation of indoor unit EDUS281120_a

Use the specied electric wire. Connect the wire securely to


Refer to Fig. 27
the terminal. Lock the wire down without applying excessive
Power supply
terminal block (2P) Remote controller wire force to the terminal. (Tightening torque: 0.97 ft lbf 10%)
Transmission and transmission wire
Control box terminal block (6P)
Ground terminal Power supply wire Attach insulation sleeve
Gas pipe

Round crimp-style terminal Electric wire


Liquid pipe
Clamp (4) Drain pipe Connect wires of the
Insulating tube (11) Conduit same gauge to both side.
Corking or Putty
Resin bush (10)

Control box lid Control box


lid securing screw (2pcs.) 2. Tightening torque for the terminal screws.
Use the correct screwdriver for tightening the terminal
screws. If the blade of screwdriver is too small, the head
of the screw might be damaged, and the screw will not be
properly tightened.
L1 L2
POWER SUPPLY If the terminal screws are tightened too hard, screws
power supply might be damaged.
How to connect power supply Refer to the table below for the tightening torque of the
terminal block (2P) Fig. 26
terminal screws.
Fastener Clamp (4) Table 4
Ground wire Tightening torque
Terminal Size
After securing the (ft-lbf)
Power supply wire
cramp material Transmission terminal block (6P) M3.5 0.58 0.72
to the bracket,
cut off any extra Power supply terminal block (2P) M4 0.87 1.06
Clamp (4) material. Ground terminal M4 0.87 1.06
Remote controller wire and
Fastener transmission wire 3. Do not connect wires of different gauge to the same ground
Fig. 27 terminal. Looseness in the connection may deteriorate pro-
tection.
Transmission 4. Outside of the unit, keep transmission wire at least 5 in.
terminal block (6P) P1 P2 F1 F2 T1 T2
REMOTE
CNTRL
TRANSMISSION
WIRING
FORCED
OFF
away from power supply wire. The equipment may malfunc-
Clamp (4) tion if subjected to electrical (external) noise.
5. For remote controller wire, refer to the INSTALLATION
Insulating MANUAL OF REMOTE CONTROLLER attached to the
tube (11) remote controller.
1 in.
Transmission wire Remote controller wire
Fig. 28 9-2 WIRING EXAMPLE
Fit the power supply wire of each unit with a switch and fuse
In the insulating tube (11), it can let the remote controller wire
as shown in the drawing.
and transmission wire pass to 2.
COMPLETE SYSTEM EXAMPLE
WARNING
Power supply Power supply wire
Never connect power supply wiring to the terminal block for Main
Outdoor unit Transmission wire
remote controller wiring as this could damage the entire system. switch Switch
Use only specied wire and connect wires to the terminal
tightly. Be careful wires do not place external stress on ter- Fuse
minals. Keep wires in neat order so as to not obstruct other
equipment. Make sure that the electric box lid ts tightly.
Incomplete connections could result in overheating and, in
worse case, result in electric shock or re.

NOTE Indoor unit


1. Use round crimp-style terminals for connecting wires to the Remote controller
power supply terminal block.
If unavailable, observe the following points when wiring.
Do not connect wires of different gauge to the same
power supply terminal.
(Looseness in the connection may cause overheating.)

English 11
C: 3PN06240-12Q

148 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)


EDUS281120_a Installation of indoor unit

1. When using 1 remote controller for 1 indoor unit.


(Normal operation) Decoration
panel
Power supply
208-230V
Outdoor unit
60Hz Control box
IN/D OUT/D
F1 F2 F1 F2
L1 L2
(ii)
Hook Protection net

(i)
(ii)
L1 L2 P1 P2 F1 F2 T1 T2

Indoor unit

P 1 P2

Remote controller Hook


2. When using 2 remote controllers for 1 indoor unit.
(ii)
Power supply
208-230V
Outdoor unit (i)
60Hz Control box
IN/D OUT/D
F1 F2 F1 F2
L1 L2

L1 L2 P1 P2 F1 F2 T1 T2

Indoor unit (iii)


P1 P 2 P1 P2 Protection net
securing screws (M4) Fig. 29
For use with 2 remote controllers

NOTE 11. FIELD SETTING


1. All transmission wires except for remote controller wire are
Make sure the control box lids are closed on the indoor and
polarized and must match the terminal symbol.
outdoor units, and turn on the power.
2. A single switch can be used to supply power to units on the Field setting must be made from the remote controller in
same system. However, branch switches and branch circuit accordance with the installation manual.
breakers must be selected carefully. Setting can be made by changing the Mode No., FIRST
3. Do not ground the equipment on gas pipes, water pipes or CODE NO., and SECOND CODE NO..
lightning rods, or crossground with telephones. Improper For setting and operation, refer to the FIELD SETTING in
grounding could result in electric shock. the installation manual of the remote controller.

11-1 Setting air lter sign


10. ATTACHING THE SUCTION GRILLE, Remote controllers are equipped with liquid crystal display
air ler signs to display the time to clean air lters.
THE DECORATION PANELS AND THE Change the SECOND CODE NO. according to Table 5
PROTECTION NET depending on the amount of dirt or dust in the room.
Once wiring is complete, rmly attach the control box lid, the (SECOND CODE NO. is factory set to 01 for air lter con-
suction grille, the decoration panels and the protection net in the tamination-light.)
order opposite to detachment. Table 5
Attaching the protection net Spacing time of FIRST SECOND
Attach the protection net from the way of the hook (i), x 2 Mode
Setting display air lter sign CODE CODE
No.
securing screws of the middle of the other side rst (ii), then (long life type) NO. NO.
x the remaining securing screws (iii). Air lter contamina-
Approx. 2500 hrs 01
tion-light
10 (20) 0
Air lter contamina-
Approx. 1250 hrs 02
tion-heavy
<When using wireless remote controllers>
When using wireless remote controllers, wireless remote
controller address setting is necessary. Refer to the instal-
lation manual attached to the wireless remote controller for
setting instructions.

12 English
C: 3PN06240-12Q

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 149


Installation of indoor unit EDUS281120_a

11-2 2 remote controllers control Wire specication STRANDED NON SHIELDEDCOPPER  CONDUCTOR
(Controlling 1 indoor unit by 2 remote controllers) Gauge AWG 18-
When using 2 remote controllers, one must be set to MAIN
Length Max. 328 ft.
and the other to SUB.
MAIN/SUB CHANGEOVER Contact that can ensure the minimum appli-
External terminal
cable load of 15 V DC, 10 mA.
(1) Insert a screw driver into the recess between the up- (2) Actuation
per and lower part of remote controller and, working from The following table explains FORCED OFF and ON/OFF
the 2 positions, pry off the upper part. OPERATIONS in response to Input A.
The remote controller PC board is attached to the upper FORCED OFF ON/OFF OPERATION
part of remote controller. (Refer to Fig. 30)
Input ON stops operation (impossible by Input OFF ON turns
(2) Turn the MAIN/SUB changeover switch on one of the 2 remote controllers.) ON unit.
remote controllers PC boards to S. (Leave the switch of Input OFF enables control by remote con- Input ON OFF turns
the other remote controllers set to M.) (Refer to Fig. 31) troller. OFF unit.
Upper part of (3) How to select FORCED OFF and ON/OFF OPERATION
remote controller Turn the power on and then use the remote controller to
select operation.

11-4 CENTRALIZED CONTROL


For centralized control, it is necessary to designate the group
Lower part of No. For details, refer to the manual of each optional control-
Insert the screw driver remote controller lers for centralized control.
here and gently work
off the upper part of
remote controller. Fig. 30 12. TEST OPERATION
Refer to the section of FOR THE FOLLOWING ITEMS,
(Factory setting) S TAKE SPECIAL CARE DURING CONSTRUCTION AND
M CHECK AFTER INSTALLATION IS FINISHED. on page 4.
Make sure if the service lids are closed on the indoor and out-
Remote controller door units.
Only 1 remote PC board
controller needs
After nishing the construction of refrigerant pipe, drain pipe
S
to be changed if M
and electric wire, conduct the check operation referring to the
factory settings installation manual of the outdoor unit.
have remained
untouched. The operation lamp of the remote controller will ash when a
Fig. 31 malfunction occurs. Check the malfunction code on the liquid
crystal display to identify the point of trouble. An explanation
Wiring Method of malfunction codes and the corresponding trouble is pro-
(See 8. ELECTRIC WIRING WORK and 9. WIRING EXAM- vided in the installation manual of the outdoor unit.
PLE AND HOW TO SET THE REMOTE CONTROLLER on It any of the items in Table 6 are displayed, there may be a
page from 10 to 12.) problem with the wiring or power, so check the wiring again.
(3) Remove the control box lid. Table 6
(4) Add 2nd remote controller to the transmission terminal Remote control display Content
block (P1, P2) in the control box. (There is no polarity.)
(under There is a short circuit at the
(Refer to Fig. 28 on page 11 and Table 4 on page 11) centralized control) is lit up FORCED OFF terminals (T1, T2)

11-3 COMPUTERISED CONTROL The power on the outdoor unit is off.


The outdoor unit has not been wired
(FORCED OFF AND ON/OFF OPERATION) U4 is lit up for power supply.
See FIELD SETTING on page 12 for local settings. UF is lit up Incorrect wiring for the transmission
wiring and / or FORCED OFF wiring.
(1) Wire specications and how to perform wiring The transmission wiring is cut.
Connect the input from outside to terminals T1 and T2 of The power on the indoor unit is off.
the transmission terminal block. The indoor unit has not been wired
for power supply.
No display Incorrect wiring for the remote con-
F2 T1 T2 troller wiring, the transmission wiring
FORCED and / or the FORCED OFF wiring.
OFF The remote controller wiring is cut.

Input A If U3 is lit up, the malfunction code shows the check opera-
tion has not been performed yet.

12-1 HOW TO DIAGNOSE FOR MALFUNCTION


With the power on, it is possible to monitor the type of mal-
function by looking at the malfunction code displayed in
the remote controller.

English 13
3PN06240-12Q

150 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)


EDUS281120_a Installation of indoor unit

If nothing is displayed in the remote controller, check the follow-


Order Operation
ing items before attempting a diagnosis based on the malfunc-
tion code, as they might be a cause. (1) Open gas side stop valve.
Disconnected or incorrect wiring (between power supply and (2) Open liquid side stop valve.
the outdoor unit, between the outdoor and indoor units, and
between the indoor unit and the remote controller) (3) Electrify crank case heater for 6 hours.
Burnt out indoor or outdoor unit fuse Set to cooling with the remote controller and push ON/OFF
(4)
will be displayed for a few seconds on the remote button to start operation.
controller immediately after the power is turned on.
This display indicates that the remote controller is being (5) Push TEST button twice and operate in TEST OPERA-
checked to see whether it is ok or not, and does not indicate TION MODE for 3 minutes.
a malfunction.
(6) Push SWING button and conrm its operation.
Diagnose with the display on the liquid crystal display
remote controller. (7) Push TEST button and operate normally.
1. With the wired remote controller. (NOTE 1) (8) Conrm its function according to the operation manual.
When the operation stops due to trouble, operation lamp
ashed, and and the malfunction code are indicated
in the liquid crystal display. In such a case, diagnose the fault 12-2 MALFUNCTION CODE
contents by referring to the table on the malfunction code list For places where the malfunction code is left blank, the
it case of group control, the unit No. is displayed so that the indication is not displayed. Though the system continues
indoor unit No. with the trouble can be recognized. (NOTE 2). operating, be sure to inspect the system and make repairs as
2. With the wireless remote controller. necessary.
(Refer also to the operation manual attached to the wireless Depending on the type of indoor or outdoor unit, the malfunc-
remote controller) tion code may or may not be displayed.
When the operation stops due to trouble. the display on the Code Malfunction/Remarks
indoor unit ashes. In such a case, diagnose the fault con- A1 Indoor unit's PC board faulty
tents with the table on the malfunction code list looking for A3 Condensate level abnormal
the malfunction code which can be found by following proce-
A6 Indoor fan motor overloaded, overcurrent or locked.
dures. (NOTE 2)
A7 Air ow direction adjust motor is fault.
(1) Press the INSPECTION /TEST OPERATION button,
is displayed and 0 ashes. A9 Drive for electronic expansion valve is fault.
(2) Press the PROGRAMMING TIME button and nd the Type set improper
unit No. which stopped due to trouble. AJ Capacity data is wrongly preset. Or there is nothing pro-
Number of beeps grammed in the data hold IC.
3 short beeps Perform all the following C4 Sensor R2T for heat exchanger temperature is fault.
operations C5 Sensor R3T for heat exchanger temperature is fault.
1 short beep Perform (3) and (6) C9 Sensor R1T for suction air temperature is fault.
1 long beep No trouble Sensor for remote controller is fault.
(3) Press the OPERATION MODE SELECTOR button and CJ The remote controller thermistor does not function, but
upper gure of the malfunction code ashes. the system thermo run is possible.
(4) Continue pressing the PROGRAMMING TIME button E3 High pressure abnormal (outdoor unit)
unit it makes 2 short beeps and nd the upper code.
E4 Low pressure abnormal (outdoor unit)
(5) Press the OPERATION MODE SELECTOR button and
E5 Compressor motor lock malfunction
lower gure of the malfunction code ashes.
(6) Continue pressing the PROGRAMMING TIME button Outdoor fan motor lock malfunction
E7
unit it makes a long beep and nd the lower code. Outdoor fan instantaneous overcurrent malfunction
A long beep indicate the malfunction code. E9 Electronic expansion valve faulty (outdoor unit)
F3 Discharge pipe temperature abnormal (outdoor unit)
NOTE
F6 The refrigerant is overcharged.
1. In case wired remote controller. Press the INSPECTION / H9 Outdoor air thermistor faulty (outdoor unit)
TEST OPERATION button on remote controller,
J3 Discharge pipe thermistor faulty (outdoor unit)
starts ashing.
J5 Suction pipe thermistor faulty (outdoor unit)
2. Keep down the ON/OFF button for 5 seconds or longer in
J6 Heat exchanger thermistor faulty (outdoor unit)
the inspection mode and the above trouble history disap-
J9 Sensor for heat exchanger is fault.
pears, after the trouble code goes on and off twice, followed
by the code (normal). JA Sensor for high pressure is fault.
The display changes from the inspection mode to the nor- JC Sensor for low pressure is fault.
mal mode. Overheated heat-radiating n (outdoor)
L4
Inverter cooling defect.

14 English
C: 3PN06240-12Q

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 151


Installation of indoor unit EDUS281120_a

Instantaneous overcurrent (outdoor)


L5 Possible GROUND fault or short circuit in the compressor
motor.
Electric thermal (outdoor)
L8 Possible electrical overload in the compressor or cut
line in the compressor motor.
Stall prevention (outdoor)
L9
Compressor possibly locked.
Transmission malfunction between the outdoor control
LC
units' inverters (outdoor)
P1 Open-phase (outdoor)
P3 PC board temperature sensor malfunction (outdoor)
Heat-radiating n temperature sensor malfunction
P4
(outdoor)
Type set improper (outdoor unit)
PJ Capacity data is wrongly preset. Or there is nothing
programmed in the data hold IC.
U0 Suction pipe temperature abnormal
Power source voltage malfunction
U2
Includes the defect in K1M.
U3 The check operation has not performed.
Transmission error (indoor unit - outdoor unit)
Miswiring between indoor and outdoor units or malfunc-
tion of the PC board mounted on the indoor and the
outdoor units.
U4 If UF is shown, the wire between the indoor and outdoor
UF units is not properly wired. Therefore, immediately
disconnect the power supply and correct the wire. (The
compressor and the fan mounted on the outdoor unit
may start operation independent of the remote controller
operation.) The power is not supplied to outdoor unit.
U9 Same transmission for in / outdoor unit is fault.
Miss setting for multi system
UA Setting is wrong for selector switch of multi-system. (see
switch SS2 on the main unit's PC board)

English 15
3PN06240-12Q

152 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)


EDUS281120_a Installation of indoor unit

16.3 FHQ36MVJU / FHQ42MVJU

SPLIT SYSTEM Air Conditioners Installation manual

CONTENTS Refrigerant gas is heavier than air and displaces oxygen.


A massive leak could lead to oxygen depletion, espe-
1.
SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS ..........................................2
cially in basements, and an asphyxiation hazard could
2.
BEFORE INSTALLATION.................................................3 occur leading to serious injury or death.
3.
SELECTING INSTALLATION SITE ..................................4 If the refrigerant gas leaks during installation, ventilate
4.
PREPARATIONS BEFORE INSTALLATION........................ 5 the area immediately.
5.
INDOOR UNIT INSTALLATION........................................6 Refrigerant gas may produce toxic gas if it comes in contact
with fire such as from a fan, heater, stove or cooking device.
6.
REFRIGERANT PIPING WORK ......................................7
Exposure to this gas could result in severe injury or death.
7.
DRAIN PIPING WORK.....................................................9 After completing the installation work, check that the
8.
ELECTRIC WIRING WORK...........................................10 refrigerant gas does not leak.
9.
WIRING EXAMPLE AND HOW TO SET THE REMOTE Refrigerant gas may produce toxic gas if it comes in contact
CONTROLLER...............................................................10 with fire such as from a fan, heater, stove or cooking device.
10. ATTACHING THE SUCTION GRILLE, THE DECORATION Exposure to this gas could result in severe injury or death.
Safely dispose of the packing materials.
PANELS AND THE PROTECTION NET ........................12
Packing materials, such as nails and other metal or wooden
11. FIELD SETTING ............................................................12 parts, may cause stabs or other injuries. Tear apart and
12. TEST OPERATION ........................................................13 throw away plastic packaging bags so that children will not
play with them. Children playing with plastic bags face the
1. SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS danger of death by suffocation.

Please read these SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS carefully


WARNING
before installing air conditioning equipment and be sure to
install it correctly. After completing the installation, make sure Ask your dealer or qualified personnel to carry out
that the unit operates properly during the start-up operation. installation work. Do not try to install the air conditioner
Please instruct the customer on how to operate the unit and by yourself.
keep it maintained. Improper installation may result in water leakage, electric
Also, inform customers that they should store this installation shocks or fire.
manual along with the operation manual for future reference. Perform installation work in accordance with this instal-
This air conditioner comes under the term appliances not lation manual.
accessible to the general public. Improper installation may result in water leakage, electric
shocks or fire.
Meaning of danger, warning, caution and note symbols.
Be sure to use only the specified accessories and parts
DANGER ...............Indicates an imminently hazardous for installation work.
Failure to use the specified parts may result in water leakage,
situation which, if not avoided, will
electric shocks, fire or the unit falling.
result in death or serious injury.
Install the air conditioner on a foundation strong enough
WARNING .............Indicates a potentially hazardous situ- to withstand the weight of the unit.
ation which, if not avoided, could result A foundation of insufficient strength may result in the equip-
in death or serious injury. ment falling and causing injuries.
Carry out the specified installation work after consider-
CAUTION ...............Indicates a potentially hazardous situa- ing strong winds, typhoons or earthquakes.
tion which, if not avoided, may result in Improper installation work may result in the equipment falling
minor or moderate injury. It may also be and causing accidents.
sued to alert against unsafe practices. Make sure that a separate power supply circuit is pro-
vided for this unit and that all electrical work is carried
NOTE .....................Indicates situation that may result in out by qualified personnel according to local laws and
equipment or property-damage-only regulations and this installation manual.
accidents. An insufficient power supply capacity or improper electrical
construction may lead to electric shocks or fire.
DANGER Make sure that all wiring is secured, the specified wires
Do not ground units to water pipes, telephone wires or are used, and no external forces act on the terminal con-
lightning rods because incomplete grounding could nections or wires.
cause a severe shock hazard resulting in severe injury or Improper connections or installation may result in fire.
death, and to gas pipes because a gas leak could result in When wiring the power supply and connecting the remote
an explosion which could lead to severe injury or death. controller wire and transmission wire, position the wires
Do not install unit in an area where flammable materials so that the control box lid can be securely fastened.
are present due to risk of explosion resulting in serious Improper positioning of the control box lid may result in elec-
injury or death. tric shocks, fire or the terminals overheating.

3PN06240-2H

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 153


Installation of indoor unit EDUS281120_a

Before touching electrical parts, turn off the unit. In a domestic environment this product may cause radio
Do not touch the switch with wet fingers. interference in which case the user may be required to
Touching a switch with wet fingers can cause electric shock. take adequate measures.
Be sure to install an earth leakage breaker. Dismantling of the unit, treatment of the refrigerant, oil
Failure to install an earth leakage breaker may result in elec- and eventual other parts, should be done in accordance
tric shocks, or fire. with the relevant local and national regulations.
Do not install the air conditioner in the following locations :
(a) where a mineral oil mist or an oil spray or vapor is pro-
duced, for example in a kitchen. 2. BEFORE INSTALLATION
Plastic parts may deteriorate and fall off or result in When moving the unit while removing it from the pack-
water leakage. ing case, be sure to lift it by the four hanger brackets.
(b) where corrosive gas, such as sulfurous acid gas, is pro- Avoid putting any pressure on other parts especially the
duced. refrigerant piping.
Corroding copper pipes or soldered parts may result in Be sure to check the type of refrigerant to be used before
refrigerant leakage. installing the unit. (Using an incorrect refrigerant will prevent
(c) near machinery emitting electromagnetic waves. normal operation of the unit.)
Electromagnetic waves may disturb the operation of the The accessories needed for installation must be retained in
control system and result in a malfunction of the equip- your custody until the installation work is completed. Do not
ment. discard them!
Refrigerant pipes may be very hot or very cold during or Decide upon a line of transport.
immediately after operation. Leave the unit inside its packaging while moving, until reach-
Touching them could result in burns or frostbite. To avoid ing the installation site. Where unpacking is unavoidable, use
injury give the pipes time to return to normal temperature or, a sling of soft material or protective plates together with a
if you must touch them, be sure to wear proper gloves. rope when lifting, to avoid damage or scratches to the unit.
When selecting installation site, refer to the paper pattern.
CAUTION For the installation of an outdoor unit, refer to the installation
manual attached to the outdoor unit.
Install drain pipe in order to ensure proper drainage and
Do not install or operate the unit in rooms mentioned below.
do the thermal insulation of the pipe in order to prevent
Laden with mineral oil, or filled with oil vapor or spray
condensate.
like in kitchens. (Plastic parts may deteriorate which
Improper drain pipe may result in water leakage and property
could eventually cause the unit to fall out of place, or
damage.
could lead to leaks.)
Be very careful about product transportation.
Where corrosive gas like sulfurous gas exists.
Some products use PP bands for packaging. Do not use any
(Copper tubing and brazed spots may corrode which
PP bands for a means of transportation. It is dangerous.
could eventually lead to refrigerant leaks.)
Safely dispose of the packing materials.
Where machines can generate electromagnetic
Packing materials, such as nails and other metal or wooden
waves. (Control system may malfunction.)
parts, may cause stabs or other injuries.
Where the air contains high levels of salt such as that
Tear apart and throw away plastic packaging bags so that
near the ocean and where voltage fluctuates greatly
children will not play with them. If children play with a plastic
such as that in factories. Also in vehicles or vessels.
bag which was not torn apart, they face the risk of suffocation.
This unit, both indoor and outdoor, is suitable for installation
Do not turn off the power immediately after stopping
in a commercial and light industrial environment.
operation.
If installed as a household appliance it could cause electro-
Always wait at least 5 minutes before turning off the power.
magnetic interference.
Otherwise, water leakage and trouble may occur.
Make sure to provide for adequate measures in order to WARNING
prevent that the outdoor unit be used as a shelter by Entrust installation to the place of purchase or a qualified
small animals. person. Improper installation could lead to leak and, in worse
Small animals making contact with electrical parts can cause cases, electric shock of fire.
malfunctions, smoke or fire. Please instruct the customer to Use of unspecified parts could lead to the unit falling, leaks
keep the area around the unit clean. and, in worse cases, electric shock or fire.

NOTE NOTE
Install the indoor and outdoor units, power supply wire Be sure to read this manual before installing the indoor unit.
and transmission wire at least 3.5 ft. away from televisions Be sure to mount an air filter (part to be procured in the field) in
or radios in order to prevent image interference or noise. the suction air passage in order to prevent water leaking, etc.
(Depending on the radio waves, a distance of 3.5 ft. may not
be sufficient enough to eliminate the noise.)
Remote controller (wireless kit) transmitting distance
can result shorter than expected in rooms with elec-
tronic fluorescent lamps. (inverter or rapid start types)
Install the indoor unit as far away from fluorescent lamps as
possible.

3
3PN06240-2H

154 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)


EDUS281120_a Installation of indoor unit

2-1 ACCESSORIES Is the unit safely grounded? It may result in electric shock.
Check the following accessories are included with your unit. Is wiring size according to The unit may malfunction or
(2) Metal (3) Washer for specifications? the components burn out.
Name (1) Drain pipe (4) Clamp
clamp hanger bracket Is something blocking the air
It may result in insufficient
Quantity 1 pc. 1 pc. 8 pcs. 9 pcs. outlet or inlet of either the
cooling.
indoor or outdoor units?
Are refrigerant piping length
Shape The refrigerant charge in the
and additional refrigerant
system is not clear.
charge noted down?

b. Items to be checked at time of delivery


(5) Paper pattern Insulation pipe
Name Sealing pad Also review the SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS
for installation cover
Quantity 1 pc. 1 each 1 each Items to be checked Check
(6) For gas pipe (8) Large Did you explain about operations while showing the opera-
tion manual to your customer?

Shape Did you hand the instruction manual over to your customer?
(7) For liquid pipe (9) Small

2-3 NOTE TO THE INSTALLER


Be sure to instruct customers how to properly operate the unit
(11) Insulating
Name (10) Resin bush
tube
(especially cleaning filters, operating different functions, and
adjusting the temperature) by having them carry out operations
Quantity 1 pc. 3 pcs. (Other) themselves while looking at the manual.
For wire Operation manual
Installation manual
Shape 3. SELECTING INSTALLATION SITE
Please attach additional insulation pipe cover to the unit body
when it is believed that the relative humidity in the ceiling
2-2 OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES exceeds 80%. Use glass wool, polyethylene foam, or similar
The remote controller are required for this indoor unit in Table 1. with a thickness of 3/8 in.. or more as insulation pipe cover.
These are 2 types of remote controllers : wired and wireless. (1) Select an installation site where the following conditions
Select a remote controller according to customer request are fulfilled and that meets your customers approval.
and install in an appropriate place. Where optimum air distribution can be ensured.
Table 1 Where nothing blocks air passage.
Remote controller Where condensate can be properly drained.
Wired type BRC1C71 Where the ceiling is strong enough to bear the indoor unit
Wireless type BRC7E83 weight.
Where the false ceiling is not noticeably on an incline.
NOTE Where sufficient clearance for maintenance and service
If you wish to use a remote controller that is not listed in Table can be ensured.
1 on page 4, select a suitable remote controller after consult- DANGER
ing catalogs and technical materials.
Do not install unit in an area where flammable materials are
present due to the risk explosion resulting in serious injury or
FOR THE FOLLOWING ITEMS, TAKE SPECIAL
death.
CARE DURING CONSTRUCTION AND CHECK
AFTER INSTALLATION IS FINISHED. WARNING
a. Items to be checked after completion of work If the supporting structural members are not strong enough
If not properly done, what is to take the unit's weight, the unit could fall out of place and
Items to be checked Check cause serious injury.
likely to occur
Are the indoor and outdoor The units may drop, vibrate or
unit fixed firmly? make noise. NOTE

It may result in insufficient When a margin is in the space of the section, service and
Is the gas leak test finished?
cooling. maintenance work will become still easier if it vacates 7 7/8 in.
Is the unit fully insulated? Condensate water may drip.
or more.

Does drainage flow smoothly? Condensate water may drip.


Does the power supply volt-
The unit may malfunction or
age correspond to that
the components burn out.
shown on the name plate?
The unit may malfunction or
Are wiring and piping correct?
the components burn out.

4
3PN06240-2H

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 155


Installation of indoor unit EDUS281120_a

(2) Make holes for suspension bolts, refrigerant and drain


pipe, and wire.
1 3/16 or more 1 3/16 or more
Refer to the paper pattern for installation.
Select the location for each of holes and open the holes in
the ceiling.
(3) Remove the parts from the indoor unit.
(3-1) Detach the suction grille.
Slide the locking knobs (2) on the suction grille inward
Air outlet (direction of arrows) and lift upwards. (Refer to Fig. 1)

12 or more
With the suction grille open, remove the suction grille for-
Required service Air inlet
space ward, holding on to the rear tabs (2) on the suction grille.
(Refer to Fig. 2)
Obstruction
Floor
(Length : in.) Knob Suction grille
Where pipe between indoor and outdoor units is possible
within the allowable limit.
(Refer to the installation manual for the outdoor unit.)
Install the indoor and outdoor units, power wire and con-
necting wires at least 3.5 ft. away from televisions or
radios in order to prevent image interference or noise. Fig. 1
(Depending on the radio waves, a distance of 3.5 ft. may Tab
not be sufficient enough to eliminate the noise.)
Suction grille
(2) Use suspension bolts for installation. Check whether
the ceiling is strong enough to support the weight of
the unit or not. If there is a risk, reinforce the ceiling
before installing the unit.
(Installation pitch is marked on the paper pattern for instal-
lation. Refer to it to check for points requiring reinforcing.)
(3) This product may be installed on ceilings up to 10.6 ft. Fig. 2
from the floor. (3-2) Remove the decoration panels (left and right) and the pro-
(4) A direction of installation. tection net.
Refrigerant piping : the rear side, right side or upper part. After removing the securing screws for the decoration
Wiring : only the rear side. panels (one each), pull them forward (in the direction of
Drain piping : the rear right side or the right side. the arrow) and remove them. (Refer to Fig. 3)
(As the rear left, installation is impossible.) Remove the securing screws for the protection net.
(Refer to Fig. 3)
4. PREPARATIONS BEFORE INSTALLATION Protection net
securing screws (M4)
(1) Relation of holes for indoor unit, suspension bolt posi- Decoration panel
tion, piping and wiring. securing screws (M4)
Decoration panel
securing screw
Wiring hole Rear side pipe hole (M4)
Decoration
26 1/8 panel
3 3/4
6 1/4
5 5/8

Front view
6

22 Drain pipe hole Decoration panel Fig. 3


25 3/4 Conduit
hole
27 11/16
62 5/8 (Indoor unit) Raise one side of the protection net upwards (in the direc-
61 (Suspension bolt pitch) tion of the arrow (i)) and remove back (the arrow (ii)).
6 1/4
7 1/4

27 3/16 (Refer to Fig. 4, 5)


24 5/8 Take out the accessories.
8 1/4
26 3/4 (Indoor unit)

(ii)
Accessories
(Suspension
10 1/4
bolt pitch)

False ceiling view Protection net


Top gas pipe hole (i)
Decoration
panel
Suspension bolt ( 4)
Top liquid pipe hole
Air outlet (length : in.)
Fig. 4
Decoration panel

5
3PN06240-2H

156 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)


EDUS281120_a Installation of indoor unit

If it raises too much, (ii) NOTE


a hook stops catching
and falling out. Use a hole-in anchor for existing ceilings, and a sunken insert,
Protection net sunken anchor or other field supplied parts for new ceilings to
(i) reinforce the ceiling to bear the weight of the unit. Adjust clear-
Hook
ance from the ceiling before proceeding further.
Ceiling slab

Anchor
Fig. 5

12 3/16
(3-3) Remove the rear metal plate for transmission wire, remote
controller wire and refrigerant pipe. False ceiling Suspension bolt
It is necessary to drill the knock out hole in the removable All the above parts are field supplied. (Length : in.)
part. Knock down several times with a punch and ham- Fig. 9
mer and remove the removable part with pliers.
When setting the refrigerant pipe to the rear side, remove
the securing screws and the metal plate. (Refer to Fig. 6).
5. INDOOR UNIT INSTALLATION
After removing, attach the resin bush
(Refer to Fig. 25) It may be easier to attach accessory parts before installing
the indoor unit. Therefore, please also read the instruction
manuals which are provided with the accessory parts.
As for the parts to be used for installation work, be sure to use
Removable part the provided accessories and specified parts designated by our
If setting the drain pipe to the
(metal plate) right side, block up the hole for company.
drain pipe with pate etc. (1) Secure the hanger brackets to the suspension bolts.
Metal plate (Refer to Fig. 10)
securing
screw (M4) NOTE
If setting the refrigerant pipe to
the rear side, remove this metal plate. Fig. 6 To ensure they are safely secured, use the included washers,
(3-4) Remove the hanger brackets.
and secure them with double nuts to make sure.
Loosen the 2 bolts (M8) used to attach the hanger brack-
(2) Lift the indoor units main body, insert the bolts (M8) for
ets which are on each side (4 places left and right) to
the hanger brackets into the attachment part on the
within 3/8 in.. (Refer to Fig. 7, 8)
hanger brackets, while sliding the main body from the
After removing the securing screws (M5) for the hanger
front. (Refer to Fig. 11)
brackets which are on the rear side, pull the hanger
brackets back (in the direction of the arrow), and remove (3) Fasten the bolts for the hanger brackets (M8) securely
them. (Refer to Fig. 8) in 4 places, left and right. (Refer to Fig. 11)
(4) Replace the screws for the hanger brackets which had
been removed (M5) securely in 2 places left and right.
This is necessary to prevent any forward and back slide
in the main body of the indoor unit. (Refer to Fig. 11)
Length of loosening
should be less than 3/8 Indoor unit Nut (Field supplied)
3/8 or less Washer (3) (attached)

Fig. 7 Hanger bracket (Length : in.)


Double nuts
(Field supplied)
Hanger bracket Fig. 10
Hanger bracket
fixing screw (M5)
Hanger bracket

Hanger bracket
setting bolt (M8)
Hanger bracket Fig. 8 Attachment
part
(4) Attach the suspension bolts. (Use suspension bolts Hanger bracket
setting bolt (M8)
which are W3/8 or M8-M10 in size.)
Adjust the distance of the suspension bolts from the ceiling in Hanger bracket
fixing screw (M5)
advance. (Refer to Fig. 9) Fig. 11

6
3PN06240-2H

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 157


Installation of indoor unit EDUS281120_a

(5) When hanging the indoor unit main body, be sure to Before refrigerant pipe work, check which type of refrig-
use a level or a plastic tube with water in it to make sure erant is used.
the drain piping is set either level or slightly tilted, in Proper operation is not possible if the types of refriger-
order to ensure proper drainage. (Refer to Fig. 12) ant are not the same.
A 6-2 CONNECTING THE REFRIGERANT PIPE
1 or less The outdoor unit is charged with refrigerant.
Use copper alloy seamless pipes.
Be sure to use both a spanner and torque wrench together,
B as shown in the drawing, when connecting or disconnecting
1 or less pipes to/from the unit. (Refer to Fig. 13)
Refer to Table 2 to determine the proper tightening torque.
Refer to Table 2 for the dimensions of flare shape.
When connecting the flare nut, coat the flare section (inside)
A.B with ester oil or ether oil, rotate three or four times first, then
1 or less screw in. (Refer to Fig. 14)
Torque wrench
Pipe union
Fig. 12
A.When the drain piping is tilted to the right, or to the right
and back. Flare nut
Place it level, or tilt it slightly to the right or the back. (1 or less.)
B.When the drain piping is tilted to the left, or to the left and Spanner
back. Fig. 13
Place it level, or tilt it slightly to the left or the back. (1 or less.)
CAUTION
CAUTION
Be careful for oil not to adhere to any portions other than a
Setting the unit at an angle opposite to the drain piping might flare part. If oil adhere to resin parts etc., there is a possibility
cause a water leakage. of damaging by deterioration.

6. REFRIGERANT PIPING WORK Ester oil or ether oil.

DANGER
Refrigerant gas may produce toxic gas if it comes in contact
with fire such as from a fan heater, stove or cooking device. Fig. 14
Exposure to this gas could cause severe injury or death.
NOTE
CAUTION Use the flare nut included with the unit main body.
Use a pipe cutter and flare suitable for the type of refrig- Table 2
erant. Pipe size Tightening torque Flare dimensions A
To prevent dust, moisture or other foreign matter from infil- Flare shape (in.)
(in.) (ft. lbf) (in.)
trating the tube, either pinch the end or cover it with tape.
Do not allow anything other than the designated refrig- 3/8
2
24.129.4 0.5040.520
45

erant to get mixed into the refrigerant circuit, such as air,


90 2

R0.016-0.031
etc. If any refrigerant gas leaks while working on the
A

unit, ventilate the room thoroughly right away. 5/8 45.655.6 0.7600.776

6-1 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS


CAUTION
For refrigerant pipe of outdoor units, see the installation
manual attached to the outdoor unit. Overtightening may damage the flare and cause a refrigerant
Execute thermal insulation work completely on both leakage.
sides of the gas pipe and the liquid pipe.
Otherwise, a water leakage can result sometimes. Not recommended but in case of emergency
(The temperature
Be sure of the gasthat
to use insulation pipeis
can reach upfor
designed to use You must use a torque wrench, but if you are obliged to install
approximately 250F, so use insulation pipe cover the unit without a torque wrench, you may follow the installa-
with HVAC systems.
which is sufficiently resistant.) tion method mentioned below.
Also, in cases where the temperature and humidity of When you keep on tightening the flare nut with a spanner,
the refrigerant pipe sections might exceed 86F or RH there is a point where the tightening torque suddenly
80%, reinforce the thermal insulation. (3/4 in. or thicker) increases. From that position, further tighten the flare nut
Condensate may form on the surface of the insulation the angle shown below :
pipe cover.

7
C: 3PN06240-2H

158 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)


EDUS281120_a Installation of indoor unit

Table 3
Pipe size Recommended arm length of tool Procedure for thermal insulation of gas-side pipe
Further tightening angle
(in.) (in.) Insulation pipe cover
for gas pipe (6) Wind around the
3/8 60 to 90 degrees Approx. 7 7/8 pipe, beginning at
Flare nut connection Insulation pipe the base.
5/8 30 to 60 degrees Approx. 11 13/16
Orient so that the end of cover (main unit) Small sealing
After the work is finished, make sure to check that there the wrapped insulation pad (9)
Attach to base
is no gas leak. pipe cover is facing up
Main unit
Insulation pipe cover
6-3 BRAZING REFRIGERANT PIPING (Locally procured) Clamp (4)

CAUTION
Insulation pipe cover for gas pipe (6)
CAUTION TO BE TAKEN WHEN BRAZING REFRIGERANT
Gas pipe
PIPING
Do not use flux when brazing refrigerant pipe. Therefore, use Liquid pipe
the phosphor copper brazing filler metal (BCuP) which does not Insulation pipe cover for liquid pipe (7)
require flux. Clamp (4) ( 4)
(Flux has an extremely negative effect on refrigerant piping sys- Attach to the bottom
tems. For instance, if chlorine based flux is used, it will cause (For both gas pipe and liquid pipe)
pipe corrosion. If the flux contains fluorine, it will damage the Procedure for thermal insulation of liquid-side pipe
refrigerant oil.)
Insulation pipe cover for
Before brazing local refrigerant pipe, nitrogen gas shall be liquid pipe (7)
blown through the pipe to expel air from the pipe. Flare nut connection
Orient so that the end of Insulation pipe cover (main unit)
If you brazing is done without nitrogen gas blowing, a large
the wrapped insulation
amount of oxide film develops inside the pipe, and could material is facing up Attach to base
cause system malfunction.
Main unit
When brazing the refrigerant pipe, only begin brazing after Insulation pipe cover
having carried out nitrogen substitution or while inserting (Locally procured) Clamp (4)
nitrogen into the refrigerant pipe. Once this is done, connect Fig. 16
the indoor unit with a flared or a flanged connection.
(1) For piping facing back.
Nitrogen should be set to 2.9 psi with a pressure-reducing
Remove the rear metal plate for pipe. (Refer to Fig. 17)
valve if brazing while inserting nitrogen into the pipe.
The figure of the direction of back shows when both the pip-
(Refer to Fig. 15)
ing and drain pipe are set backward.
Pressure-reducing When setting the piping to face up or right, attach the rear
Refrigerant pipe Taping
valve metal plate for refrigerant pipe and plug a hole for drain pipe.
Part to be
brazed hands valve (See 4 PREPARATIONS BEFORE INSTALLATION (3-3) on
page 6)
Nitrogen
(2) For piping facing up.
Nitrogen
Fig. 15 When setting the piping to face up, the L-shaped branch pipe
kit sold separately is required.
DANGER Removing the top penetration lid and use the L-shaped branch
Use of oxygen may cause an explosion resulting in serious pipe kit sold separately to set the pipe. (Refer to Fig. 18, 19)
injury or death. Only use nitrogen gas. (3) For piping facing right.
Cut out a slit hole on the decoration panel (right) and set the
CAUTION pipe. (Refer to Fig. 17)
Be sure to insulate any field piping all the way to the piping
connection inside the unit. Any exposed piping may cause
condensate or a burn if touched.
Right-facing Rear-facing
refrigerant refrigerant pipe
6-4 PIPING INSULATION piping Rear right-facing
Make absolutely sure to execute thermal insulation works on drain pipe
the pipe-connecting section after checking gas leakage by
thoroughly studying the following figure and using the insula-
Right-facing drain pipe
tion pipe cover (6) and (7). (Fasten both ends with the clamps Decoration panel (right) removable part
(4).) (Refer to Fig. 16)
Wrap the small sealing pad (9) only around the insulation for If only setting the drain pipe to
face right, cut this section only. Fig. 17
the joints on the gas piping side. (Refer to Fig. 16)

8
3PN06240-2H

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 159


Installation of indoor unit EDUS281120_a

Top plate Good


Tilt down

Wrong
Do not lift Make sure there
Top penetration lid is no slack
Make sure it is
not in the water
This hole not using it.
Cut out
Fig. 18 (A figure from an inside bottom) Fig. 21

CAUTION
Water accumulating in the drain piping can cause the drain to
clog.
Upward-facing
refrigerant pipe Be sure to use the drain pipe (1) and metal clamp (2).
L-shaped branch pipe Also, insert the drain pipe completely into the drain socket, and
kit (Optional accessories) securely attach the metal clamp bracket inside the gray tape
area on the inserted tip of the drain pipe. (Refer to Fig. 22)
Screw the screws on the metal clamp bracket until there is 5/
Fig. 19 32 in. left. (Pay attention to the direction of the attachment to
Thermistor lead line prevent the metal clamp bracket from coming into contact
Top penetration with the suction grille.) (Refer to Fig. 23)
lid clamp section
Swing motor Metal clamp (2)
lead line

Taping area (Gray) Drain pipe (1)


Fig. 22

5/32 or less
Large sealing pad (8)
Fig. 20 (A figure from an inside bottom)
When piping is complete, cut the removed penetration lid into
Metal clamp (2)
the shape of the pipe using scissors and attach. < Facing rear right or right >
As when before removing the top penetration lid, secure the Fig. 23 (Length : in.)
lead lines for the swing motor and thermistor by passing them
Insulate the metal clamp bracket and drain pipe from the bot-
through the clamp section on the top penetration lid.
tom using the large sealing pad (8). (Refer to Fig. 23)
(Refer to Fig. 18, 20)
Be sure to insulate all drain piping running indoors.
When doing this, block any gaps between the pipe penetra-
tion lid and the pipes using putty to prevent dust from enter- (2) Check to make sure the water flows smoothly after pip-
ing the indoor unit. ing is complete.
Slowly pour 600 ml of drain-checking water into the drain pan
through the air outlet.
7. DRAIN PIPING WORK
Plastic container for pouring Air outlet
(1) Carry out the drain piping.
Make sure piping provides proper drainage.
You can select whether to bring the drain piping out from the
rear right or right. For rear right-facing and right-facing situa-
tions, refer to 6. REFRIGERANT PIPING WORK on page 7.
Make sure the pipe diameter is the same or bigger than the
branch piping. (vinyl-chloride piping, nominal diameter 1 in., Make sure not to splash the water.
external diameter 1 1/4 in.)
Fig. 24
Make sure the piping is short, has at least a 1/100 slope, and
can prevent air pockets from forming. (Refer to Fig. 21) CAUTION
Do not allow any slack to gather in the drain pipe inside the
Drain piping connections :
indoor unit.
Do not connect the drain piping directly to sewage pipes that
(Slack in the drain pipe can cause the suction grille to break.)
smell of ammonia. The ammonia in the sewage might enter
the indoor unit through the drain pipes and corrode the heat
exchanger.

9
3PN06240-2H

160 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)


EDUS281120_a Installation of indoor unit

Keep in mind that it will become the cause of getting drain  7)2).'%8!-0,%!.$(/74/3%4
pipe blocked if water collects on drain pipe.
4(%2%-/4%#/.42/,,%2
  (/74/#/..%#47)2%3
8. ELECTRIC WIRING WORK
CAUTION
8-1 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
Even if the control box lid is removed, pull the remote control-
All field supplied parts and materials and electric works must
ler wire, transmission wire and the power supply wire inside
conform to local codes.
the unit using conduits for each, so that the wires do not come
Use copper wire only.
into contact with the opening section of the metal casing.
For electric wiring work, refer to also Wiring diagram label Pass conduits through the wall and secure along with the
attached to the control box lid. refrigerant pipe in order to prevent external pressure being
For remote controller wiring details, refer to the installation applied to transmission wire and power supply wire.
manual attached to the remote controller. To avoid short circuits in the electric parts box, be sure to apply
All wires must be performed by an authorized electrician. the sealing material or putty (not included) to the wiring hole to
An GROUND leakage circuit breaker capable of shutting down prevent the infiltration of water, insects or other small creatures.
power supply to the entire system must be installed. Arrange the wires and fix a lid firmly so that the lid does not
Refer to the installation manual attached to the outdoor unit float during wiring work.
for the size of power supply wiring connected to the outdoor Do not clamp remote controller wire and transmission wire
unit, the capacity of the circuit breaker and switch, and wiring together with power supply wire. Doing so may cause mal-
instructions. function.
Be sure to ground the air conditioner. Remote controller wire, transmission wire and power supply
DANGER wire should be located at least 5 in. from other electric wires.
Not following this guideline may result in malfunction due to
Do not ground units to water pipes, telephone wires or light- ELECTRICALNOISE
ning rods because incomplete grounding could cause a
severe shock hazard resulting in severe injury or death, and
-ETHODOFWIRINGPOWERSUPPLY UNITSANDCONNECT
to gas pipes because a gas leak could result in an explosion
INGREMOTECONTROLLERWIRING2EFERTO&IG
WHICHCOULDLEADTOSEVEREINJURYORDEATH s !TTACHINGTHERESINBUSH
!TTACHTHERESINBUSH FORREMOTECONTROLLERWIRING
  %,%#42)#!,#(!2!#4%2)34)#3 s )NSTALLATIONOFCONDUIT
5NITS 0OWERSUPPLY &ANMOTOR
)NSERTTHECONDUITFORPOWERSUPPLYWIREINTHECONDUITHOLE
ANDFIXITWITHTHELOCKNUT
6OLTAGE
-ODEL (Z 6OLTS -#! -&! 7 &,!
RANGE
&(1-6*5     Lock nut
&(1-6*5 -AX6    
  6
&(1-6*5 -IN6    
&(1-6*5    
Conduit hole
-#!-IN#IRCUIT!MPS!  -&!-AX&USE!MPS!
7&AN-OTOR2ATED/UTPUT7  &,!&ULL,OAD!MPS!

  30%#)&)#!4)/.3&/2&)%,$3500,)%$&53%3 Conduit
!.$7)2%3 Resin bush (10) Fig. 25

2EMOTECONTROLLERWIRING s 0OWERSUPPLYWIRE
0OWERSUPPLYWIRING
4RANSMISSIONWIRING (OLDINGTHECONTROLBOXLID LOOSENTHESECURINGSCREWS
-ODEL REMOVETHECONTROLBOXLID MATCHUPTHEPHASESONTHEPOWER
&IELDFUSES
3IZE 7IRE 3IZE SUPPLYTERMINALBLOCKINSIDE0 ANDMAKETHECONNECTIONS
!FTERTHISISDONE USETHEATTACHEDCLAMP TOBINDWIRE
&(1-6*5
BETWEENUNITSTOTHEANCHORPOINT2EFERTO&IG
&(1-6*5 7IRESIZEMUST CONDUCTOR
3TRANDED NON !7'  s 2EMOTECONTROLLERWIREANDTRANSMISSIONWIRE
! COMPLYWITH SHIELDEDCOPPER
&(1-6*5 (OLDINGTHECONTROLBOXLID LOOSENTHESECURINGSCREWS
LOCALCODES
&(1-6*5 REMOVETHECONTROLBOXLID
4HREADTHEREMOTECONTROLLERWIREANDTRANSMISSIONWIRE
!LLOWABLELENGTHOFTRANSMISSIONWIREBETWEENINDOOROUTDOOR THROUGHTHEINSULATINGTUBE ANDSECUREWITHTHECLAMP
UNITSANDBETWEENTHEINDOORUNITANDTHEREMOTECONTROLLERWIRE  ANDCUTOFFTHEINSULATINGTUBE TOSUITABLELENGTH0ULL
AREASFOLLOWS THEWIRESINSIDETHROUGHRESINBUSHANDCONNECTTHEWIRESTO
 /UTDOORUNITn)NDOORUNIT-AXFT THETRANSMISSIONTERMINALBLOCK0 INSIDETHECONTROLBOX
 )NDOORUNITn2EMOTECONTROLLER-AXFT !FTERCONNECTING USETHECLAMP TOBINDTHEREMOTECON
TROLLERWIRETOGETHERWITHTHETRANSMISSIONWIRETOTHEANCHOR
./4%%ITHERAFUSEORABREAKERISACCEPTABLE 2EFERTO&IG  

10
C: 3PN06240-2H

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 161


Installation of indoor unit EDUS281120_a

Use the specified electric wire. Connect the wire securely to


Refer to Fig. 27 the terminal. Lock the wire down without applying excessive
Power supply
terminal block (2P) Remote controller wire force to the terminal. (Tightening torque: 0.97 ft lbf 10%)
Transmission and transmission wire
Control box terminal block (6P)
Ground terminal Power supply wire Attach insulation sleeve
Gas pipe

Round crimp-style terminal Electric wire


Liquid pipe
Clamp (4) Drain pipe Connect wires of the
Insulating tube (11) Conduit same gauge to both side.
Corking or Putty
Resin bush (10)

Control box lid Control box


lid securing screw (2pcs.) 2. Tightening torque for the terminal screws.
Use the correct screwdriver for tightening the terminal
screws. If the blade of screwdriver is too small, the head
of the screw might be damaged, and the screw will not be
properly tightened.
L1 L2
POWER SUPPLY If the terminal screws are tightened too hard, screws
power supply might be damaged.
How to connect power supply Refer to the table below for the tightening torque of the
terminal block (2P) Fig. 26 terminal screws.
Fastener Clamp (4) Table 4
Ground wire Tightening torque
Terminal Size
After securing the (ft-lbf)
Power supply wire
cramp material Transmission terminal block (6P) M3.5 0.58 0.72
to the bracket,
cut off any extra Power supply terminal block (2P) M4 0.87 1.06
Clamp (4) material.
Ground terminal M4 0.87 1.06
Remote controller wire and
Fastener transmission wire 3. Do not connect wires of different gauge to the same ground
Fig. 27 terminal. Looseness in the connection may deteriorate pro-
tection.
Transmission 4. Outside of the unit, keep transmission wire at least 5 in.
terminal block (6P) P1 P2 F1 F2 T1 T2
REMOTE TRANSMISSION FORCED away from power supply wire. The equipment may malfunc-
CNTRL WIRING OFF
Clamp (4) tion if subjected to electrical (external) noise.
5. For remote controller wire, refer to the INSTALLATION
Insulating MANUAL OF REMOTE CONTROLLER attached to the
tube (11) remote controller.
1 in.
Transmission wire Remote controller wire
Fig. 28
9-2 WIRING EXAMPLE
Fit the power supply wire of each unit with a switch and fuse
In the insulating tube (11), it can let the remote controller wire
as shown in the drawing.
and transmission wire pass to 2.
COMPLETE SYSTEM EXAMPLE
WARNING
Power supply Power supply wire
Never connect power supply wiring to the terminal block for Outdoor unit Transmission wire
Main
remote controller wiring as this could damage the entire system. switch Switch
Use only specified wire and connect wires to the terminal
tightly. Be careful wires do not place external stress on termi- Fuse"REAKER
nals. Keep wires in neat order so as to not obstruct other
equipment. Make sure that the electric box lid fits tightly.
Incomplete connections could result in overheating and, in
worse case, result in electric shock or fire.

NOTE Indoor unit

1. Use round crimp-style terminals for connecting wires to the Remote controller
power supply terminal block.
If unavailable, observe the following points when wiring.
Do not connect wires of different gauge to the same
power supply terminal.
(Looseness in the connection may cause overheating.)

11
C: 3PN06240-2H

162 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)


EDUS281120_a Installation of indoor unit

1. When using 1 remote controller for 1 indoor unit.


(Normal operation) Decoration
panel
Power supply
208-230V
Outdoor unit
60Hz Control box
IN/D OUT/D
F 1 F 2 F1 F2
L1 L2

(ii)
Hook Protection net

(i)
(ii)
L1 L2 P1 P2 F1 F2 T1 T2

Indoor unit

P1 P2

Remote controller
Hook
2. When using 2 remote controllers for 1 indoor unit.
(ii)
Power supply
208-230V
Outdoor unit (i)
60Hz Control box
IN/D OUT/D
F1 F2 F1 F2
L1 L2

L1 L2 P1 P2 F1 F2 T1 T2

Indoor unit (iii)


P1 P2 P1 P 2 Protection net
securing screws (M4) Fig. 29
For use with 2 remote controllers

NOTE 11. FIELD SETTING


1. All transmission wires except for remote controller wire are Make sure the control box lids are closed on the indoor and
polarized and must match the terminal symbol. outdoor units, and turn on the power.
2. A single switch can be used to supply power to units on the Field setting must be made from the remote controller in
same system. However, branch switches and branch circuit accordance with the installation manual.
breakers must be selected carefully. Setting can be made by changing the Mode No., FIRST
CODE NO., and SECOND CODE NO..
3. Do not ground the equipment on gas pipes, water pipes or For setting and operation, refer to the FIELD SETTING in
lightning rods, or crossground with telephones. Improper the installation manual of the remote controller.
grounding could result in electric shock.
11-1 Setting air filter sign
Remote controllers are equipped with liquid crystal display
10. ATTACHING THE SUCTION GRILLE, air filer signs to display the time to clean air filters.
THE DECORATION PANELS AND THE Change the SECOND CODE NO. according to Table 5
PROTECTION NET depending on the amount of dirt or dust in the room.
(SECOND CODE NO. is factory set to 01 for air filter con-
Once wiring is complete, firmly attach the control box lid, the
tamination-light.)
suction grille, the decoration panels and the protection net in the
order opposite to detachment. Table 5
Attaching the protection net Spacing time of dis- FIRST SECOND
Mode
Setting play air filter sign CODE CODE
Attach the protection net from the way of the hook (i), fix 2 (long life type)
No.
NO. NO.
securing screws of the middle of the other side first (ii), then
Air filter contamina-
fix the remaining securing screws (iii). Approx. 2500 hrs 01
tion-light
10 (20) 0
Air filter contamina-
Approx. 1250 hrs 02
tion-heavy
<When using wireless remote controllers>
When using wireless remote controllers, wireless remote
controller address setting is necessary. Refer to the installa-
tion manual attached to the wireless remote controller for set-
ting instructions.

12
C: 3PN06240-2H

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 163


Installation of indoor unit EDUS281120_a

11-2 2 remote controllers control Wire specification3TRANDED NON SHIELDEDCOPPER (2 CONDUCTOR)


(Controlling 1 indoor unit by 2 remote controllers) Gauge AWG 18-
When using 2 remote controllers, one must be set to MAIN Length Max. 328 ft.
and the other to SUB.
Contact that can ensure the minimum appli-
External terminal
MAIN/SUB CHANGEOVER cable load of 15 V DC, 10 mA.

(1) Insert a screw driver into the recess between the upper (2) Actuation
and lower part of remote controller and, working from the 2 The following table explains FORCED OFF and ON/OFF
positions, pry off the upper part. OPERATIONS in response to Input A.
The remote controller PC board is attached to the upper FORCED OFF ON/OFF OPERATION
part of remote controller. (Refer to Fig. 30) Input ON stops operation (impossible by Input OFF ON turns
remote controllers.) ON unit.
(2) Turn the MAIN/SUB changeover switch on one of the 2
remote controllers PC boards to S. (Leave the switch of Input OFF enables control by remote con- Input ON OFF turns
troller. OFF unit.
the other remote controllers set to M.) (Refer to Fig. 31)
Upper part of
(3) How to select FORCED OFF and ON/OFF OPERATION
remote controller Turn the power on and then use the remote controller to
select operation.

11-4 CENTRALIZED CONTROL


For centralized control, it is necessary to designate the group
No. For details, refer to the manual of each optional control-
Lower part of lers for centralized control.
Insert the screw driver remote controller
here and gently work
off the upper part of 12. TEST OPERATION
remote controller. Fig. 30
Refer to the section of FOR THE FOLLOWING ITEMS,
TAKE SPECIAL CARE DURING CONSTRUCTION AND
(Factory setting) S
CHECK AFTER INSTALLATION IS FINISHED. on page 4.
M
Make sure if the service lids are closed on the indoor and out-
Remote controller door units.
Only 1 remote PC board After finishing the construction of refrigerant pipe, drain pipe
controller needs S and electric wire, conduct the check operation referring to the
to be changed if M installation manual of the outdoor unit.
factory settings
have remained The operation lamp of the remote controller will flash when a
untouched. malfunction occurs. Check the malfunction code on the liquid
Fig. 31
crystal display to identify the point of trouble. An explanation
Wiring Method of malfunction codes and the corresponding trouble is pro-
(See 8. ELECTRIC WIRING WORK and 9. WIRING EXAM- vided in the installation manual of the outdoor unit.
PLE AND HOW TO SET THE REMOTE CONTROLLER on It any of the items in Table 6 are displayed, there may be a
page from 10 to 12.) problem with the wiring or power, so check the wiring again.
(3) Remove the control box lid. Table 6
Remote control display Content
(4) Add 2nd remote controller to the transmission terminal
block (P1, P2) in the control box. (There is no polarity.) (under There is a short circuit at the
centralized control) is lit up FORCED OFF terminals (T1, T2)
(Refer to Fig. 28 on page 11 and Table 4 on page 11)
The power on the outdoor unit is off.
11-3 COMPUTERISED CONTROL The outdoor unit has not been wired
(FORCED OFF AND ON/OFF OPERATION) U4 is lit up for power supply.
UF is lit up Incorrect wiring for the transmission
See FIELD SETTING on page 12 for local settings. wiring and / or FORCED OFF wiring.
The transmission wiring is cut.
(1) Wire specifications and how to perform wiring
Connect the input from outside to terminals T1 and T2 of The power on the indoor unit is off.
The indoor unit has not been wired
the transmission terminal block. for power supply.
No display Incorrect wiring for the remote con-
F2 T1 T2 troller wiring, the transmission wiring
and / or the FORCED OFF wiring.
FORCED The remote controller wiring is cut.
OFF
If U3 is lit up, the malfunction code shows the check opera-
Input A
tion has not been performed yet.

12-1 HOW TO DIAGNOSE FOR MALFUNCTION


With the power on, it is possible to monitor the type of mal-
function by looking at the malfunction code displayed in
the remote controller.

13
3PN06240-2H

164 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)


EDUS281120_a Installation of indoor unit

If nothing is displayed in the remote controller, check the follow- Order Operation
ing items before attempting a diagnosis based on the malfunc-
tion code, as they might be a cause. (1) Open gas side stop valve.
Disconnected or incorrect wiring (between power supply and (2) Open liquid side stop valve.
the outdoor unit, between the outdoor and indoor units, and (3) Electrify crank case heater for 6 hours.
between the indoor unit and the remote controller)
Burnt out indoor or outdoor unit fuse (4) Set to cooling with the remote controller and push ON/OFF
will be displayed for a few seconds on the remote button to start operation.
controller immediately after the power is turned on. Push
(5) TEST button twice and operate in TEST OPERA-
This display indicates that the remote controller is being TION MODE for 3 minutes.
checked to see whether it is ok or not, and does not indicate
a malfunction. (6) Push SWING button and confirm its operation.
Diagnose with the display on the liquid crystal display
(7) Push TEST button and operate normally.
remote controller.
1. With the wired remote controller. (NOTE 1) (8) Confirm its function according to the operation manual.
When the operation stops due to trouble, operation lamp
12-2 MALFUNCTION CODE
flashed, and and the malfunction code are indicated in
the liquid crystal display. In such a case, diagnose the fault For places where the malfunction code is left blank, the
contents by referring to the table on the malfunction code list indication is not displayed. Though the system continues
it case of group control, the unit No. is displayed so that the operating, be sure to inspect the system and make repairs as
indoor unit No. with the trouble can be recognized. (NOTE 2). necessary.
2. With the wireless remote controller. Depending on the type of indoor or outdoor unit, the malfunc-
(Refer also to the operation manual attached to the wireless tion code may or may not be displayed.
remote controller) Code Malfunction/Remarks
When the operation stops due to trouble. the display on the A1 Indoor units PC board faulty
indoor unit flashes. In such a case, diagnose the fault con-
A3 Condensate level abnormal
tents with the table on the malfunction code list looking for
the malfunction code which can be found by following pro- A6 Indoor fan motor overloaded, overcurrent or locked.
cedures. (NOTE 2) A7 Air flow direction adjust motor is fault.
(1) Press the INSPECTION /TEST OPERATION button, A9 Drive for electronic expansion valve is fault.
is displayed and 0 flashes. Type set improper
(2) Press the PROGRAMMING TIME button and find the AJ Capacity data is wrongly preset. Or there is nothing pro-
unit No. which stopped due to trouble. grammed in the data hold IC.
Number of beeps C4 Sensor R2T for heat exchanger temperature is fault.
3 short beeps Perform all the following C5 Sensor R3T for heat exchanger temperature is fault.
operations
C9 Sensor R1T for suction air temperature is fault.
1 short beep Perform (3) and (6)
Sensor for remote controller is fault.
1 long beep No trouble CJ The remote controller thermistor does not function, but
(3) Press the OPERATION MODE SELECTOR button and the system thermo run is possible.
upper figure of the malfunction code flashes.
E3 High pressure abnormal (outdoor unit)
(4) Continue pressing the PROGRAMMING TIME button
unit it makes 2 short beeps and find the upper code. E4 Low pressure abnormal (outdoor unit)
(5) Press the OPERATION MODE SELECTOR button and E5 Compressor motor lock malfunction
lower figure of the malfunction code flashes. Outdoor fan motor lock malfunction
E7
(6) Continue pressing the PROGRAMMING TIME button Outdoor fan instantaneous overcurrent malfunction
unit it makes a long beep and find the lower code. E9 Electronic expansion valve faulty (outdoor unit)
A long beep indicate the malfunction code. F3 Discharge pipe temperature abnormal (outdoor unit)
F6 The refrigerant is overcharged.
NOTE
H9 Outdoor air thermistor faulty (outdoor unit)
1. In case wired remote controller. Press the INSPECTION /
J3 Discharge pipe thermistor faulty (outdoor unit)
TEST OPERATION button on remote controller,
J5 Suction pipe thermistor faulty (outdoor unit)
starts flashing.
J6 Heat exchanger thermistor faulty (outdoor unit)
2. Keep down the ON/OFF button for 5 seconds or longer in
J9 Sensor for heat exchanger is fault.
the inspection mode and the above trouble history disap-
pears, after the trouble code goes on and off twice, followed JA Sensor for high pressure is fault.

by the code (normal). JC Sensor for low pressure is fault.


The display changes from the inspection mode to the nor- Overheated heat-radiating fin (outdoor)
L4
mal mode. Inverter cooling defect.

14
C: 3PN06240-2H

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 165


Installation of indoor unit EDUS281120_a

Instantaneous overcurrent (outdoor)


L5 Possible GROUND fault or short circuit in the compressor
motor.
Electric thermal (outdoor)
L8 Possible electrical overload in the compressor or cut line
in the compressor motor.
Stall prevention (outdoor)
L9
Compressor possibly locked.
Transmission malfunction between the outdoor control
LC
units inverters (outdoor)
P1 Open-phase (outdoor)
P3 PC board temperature sensor malfunction (outdoor)
Heat-radiating fin temperature sensor malfunction
P4
(outdoor)
Type set improper (outdoor unit)
PJ Capacity data is wrongly preset. Or there is nothing pro-
grammed in the data hold IC.
U0 Suction pipe temperature abnormal
Power source voltage malfunction
U2
Includes the defect in K1M.
U3 The check operation has not performed.
Transmission error (indoor unit outdoor unit)
Miswiring between indoor and outdoor units or malfunc-
tion of the PC board mounted on the indoor and the out-
door units.
U4 If UF is shown, the wire between the indoor and outdoor
UF units is not properly wired. Therefore, immediately dis-
connect the power supply and correct the wire. (The
compressor and the fan mounted on the outdoor unit
may start operation independent of the remote controller
operation.) The power is not supplied to outdoor unit.
U9 Same transmission for in / outdoor unit is fault.
Miss setting for multi system
UA Setting is wrong for selector switch of multi-system. (see
switch SS2 on the main units PC board)

15
3PN06240-2H

166 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)


EDUS281120_a Installation of indoor unit

16.4 FAQ18PVJU / FAQ24PVJU

SPLIT SYSTEM Air Conditioner Installation manual

CONTENTS
1. SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS 1
2. BEFORE INSTALLATION 3
3. SELECTING INSTALLATION SITE 5
4. INDOOR UNIT INSTALLATION7
5. REFRIGERANT PIPING WORK 10
6. DRAIN PIPING WORK 13
7. ELECTRIC WIRING WORK 14
8. WIRING EXAMPLE AND HOW TO SET THE REMOTE CONTROLLER 15
9. FIELD SETTINGS 20
10. TEST OPERATION 21

1. SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS
Please read these SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS carefully before installing air conditioning equipment and
be sure to install it correctly. After completing the installation, make sure that the unit operates properly dur-
ing the start-up operation.
Please instruct the customer on how to operate the unit and keep it maintained.
Also, inform customers that they should store this installation manual along with the operation manual for
future reference.
This air conditioner comes under the term appliances not accessible to the general public.
Meaning of danger, warning, caution and note symbols.

DANGER ...........Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which,if not avoided, will result in death
or serious injury.

WARNING .........Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in
death or serious injury.

CAUTION ..........Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in minor
or moderate injury. It may also be sued to alert against unsafe practices.

NOTE .................Indicates situation that may result in equipment or property-damage-only accidents.

1 English
3PN07521-2C

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 167


Installation of indoor unit EDUS281120_a

DANGER
Do not ground the unit to water pipes, telephone wires or lightning rods as incomplete grounding
could cause a severe shock hazard resulting in severe injury or death, and to gas pipes because a
gas leak could result in an explosion which could lead to severe injury or death.
Do not install unit in an area where ammable materials are present due to risk of explosion result-
ing in serious injury or death.
Refrigerant gas is heavier than air and displaces oxygen. A massive leak could lead to oxygen deple-
tion, especially in basements, and an asphyxiation hazard could occur leading to serious injury or death.
If the refrigerant gas leaks during installation, ventilate the area immediately.
Refrigerant gas may produce toxic gas if it comes in contact with re such as from a fan, heater, stove or
cooking device. Exposure to this gas could result in severe injury or death.
After completing the installation work, check that the refrigerant gas does not leak.
Refrigerant gas may produce toxic gas if it comes in contact with re such as from a fan, heater, stove or
cooking device. Exposure to this gas could result in severe injury or death.
Safely dispose of the packing materials.
Packing materials, such as nails and other metal or wooden parts, may cause stabs or other injuries. Tear
apart and throw away plastic packaging bags so that children will not play with them. Children playing
with plastic bags face the danger of death by suffocation.

WARNING
Ask your dealer or an authorized personnel to carry out installation work. Do not try to install the
unit by yourself.
Improper installation may result in water leakage, electric shocks or re.
Perform installation work in accordance with this installation manual.
Improper installation may result in water leakage, electric shocks or re.
Be sure to use only the specied accessories and parts for installation work.
Failure to use the specied parts may result in water leakage, electric shocks, re or the unit falling.
Install the air conditioner on a foundation strong enough to withstand the weight of the unit.
A foundation of insufcient strength may result in the equipment falling and causing injuries.
Carry out the specied installation work after taking account of strong winds, typhoons or earth-
quakes.
Improper installation work may result in the equipment falling and causing accidents.
Make sure that a separate power supply circuit is provided for this unit and that all electrical work
is carried out by an authorized personnel according to local laws and regulations and this installa-
tion manual.
An insufcient power supply capacity or improper electrical construction may lead to electric shocks or re.
Make sure that all wiring is secured, the specied wires are used, and no external forces act on the
terminal connections or wires.
Improper connections or installation may result in re.
When wiring the power supply and connecting the remote controller wiring and transmission wir-
ing, position the wires so that the electric parts box lid can be securely fastened.
Improper positioning of the electric parts box lid may result in electric shocks, re or the terminals
overheating.
Before touching electrical parts, turn off the unit.
Do not touch the switch with wet ngers.
Touching a switch with wet ngers can cause electric shock.
Be sure to install an earth leakage breaker.
Failure to install an earth leakage breaker may result in electric shocks, or re.
Do not install the air conditioner in the following locations:
(a) where a mineral oil mist or an oil spray or vapor is produced, for example in a kitchen. Plastic parts
may deteriorate and fall off or result in water leakage.

English 2
3PN07521-2C

168 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)


EDUS281120_a Installation of indoor unit

(b) where corrosive gas, such as sulfurous acid gas, is produced. Corroding copper pipes or soldered
parts may result in refrigerant leakage.
(c) near machinery emitting electromagnetic waves. Electromagnetic waves may disturb the operation of
the control system and result in a malfunction of the equipment.
(d) where ammable gases may leak, where there are carbon ber or ignitable dust suspensions in the
air, or where volatile liquids such as thinner or gasoline are handled.
Operating the unit in such conditions may result in re.
Heat exchanger ns are sharp enough to cut.
To avoid injury wear gloves to cover the ns when working around them.
Refrigerant pipes may be very hot or very cold during or immediately after operation.
Touching them could result in burns or frostbite. To avoid injury give the pipes time to return to normal
temperature or, if you must touch them, be sure to wear proper gloves.

CAUTION
While following the instructions in this installation manual, insulate piping in order to prevent con-
densation.
Improper piping insulation may result in water leakage and property damage.
Be very careful about product transportation.
Some products use PP bands for packaging. Do not use any PP bands for a means of transportation. It
is dangerous.
Do not turn off the power immediately after stopping operation.
Always wait at least ve minutes before turning off the power. Otherwise, water leakage and trouble may occur.
Make sure to provide for adequate measures in order to prevent that the outdoor unit be used as a
shelter by small animals.
Small animals making contact with electrical parts can cause malfunctions, smoke or re. Please instruct
the customer to keep the area around the unit clean.

NOTE
Install the indoor and outdoor units, power supply wiring and connecting wires at least 3.5ft. away
from televisions or radios in order to prevent image interference or noise.
(Depending on the radio waves, a distance of 3.5ft. may not be sufcient enough to eliminate the noise.)
Remote controller (wireless kit) transmitting distance can result shorter than expected in rooms
with electronic uorescent lamps. (inverter or rapid start types)
Install the indoor unit as far away from uorescent lamps as possible.
Dismantling of the unit, treatment of the refrigerant, oil and eventual other parts, should be done in
accordance with the relevant local and national regulations.

2. BEFORE INSTALLATION
When moving the unit while removing it from the packing case, be sure to lift it by the four hanger
brackets. Avoid putting any pressure on other parts, especially, horizontal aps, the refrigerant pip-
ing, drain piping, and other resin parts.
Be sure to remove a cushion (corrugated paper) located between the heat exchanger and the right air lter.
Be sure to check the type of R410A refrigerant to be used before installing the unit. (Using an incorrect
refrigerant will prevent normal operation of the unit.)
The accessories needed for installation must be retained in your custody until the installation work is
completed. Do not discard them!
Decide upon a line of transport.
Leave the unit inside its packaging while moving, until reaching the installation site. Where unpacking is
unavoidable, use a sling of soft material or protective plates together with a rope when lifting, to avoid
damage or scratches to the unit.

3 English
C: 3PN07521-2C

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 169


Installation of indoor unit EDUS281120_a

For the installation of an outdoor unit, refer to the installation manual attached to the outdoor unit.
When using the wireless remote controller, refer to the installation manual attached to the wireless re-
mote controller.
Do not install or operate the unit in rooms mentioned below.
Laden with mineral oil, or lled with oil vapor or spray like in kitchens. (Plastic parts may deterio-
rate which could eventually cause the unit to fall out of place, or could lead to leaks.)
Where corrosive gas like sulfurous gas exists. (Copper tubing and brazed spots may corrode
which could eventually lead to refrigerant leaks.)
Where machines can generate electromagnetic waves. (Control system may malfunction.)
Where the air contains high levels of salt such as that near the ocean and where voltage uctu-
ates greatly such as that in factories.
Also in vehicles or vessels.
This unit, both indoor and outdoor, is suitable for installation in a commercial and light industrial environment.
If installed as a household appliance it could cause electromagnetic interference.

WARNING
Entrust installation to the place of purchase or an authorized serviceman. Improper installation could lead
to leaks and, in worse cases, electric shock of re.
Use of unspecied parts could lead to the unit falling, leaks and, in worse cases, electric shock or re.

NOTE
Be sure to read this manual before installing the indoor unit.

2-1 ACCESSORIES
Check the following accessories are included with your unit.

(1) Installation (2) Attachment screws (3) Paper pattern


Name (4) Insulating tape
panel for the installation panel for installation
Quantity 1 set 9 pcs. 1 pc. 1 pc.

Shape

M4 25L

Name (5) Clamp (6) Securing screws (7) Insulating tube


Quantity 1 large 4 small 2 pcs. 1 long 1 short
(Other)
Operation manual
Shape Installation manual

M4 12L

2-2 OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES


Remote controller type Model
Wired type BRC1C71
Wireless type BRC7E818

English 4
3PN07521-2C

170 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)


EDUS281120_a Installation of indoor unit

FOR THE FOLLOWING ITEMS, TAKE SPECIAL CARE DURING CONSTRUCTION AND
CHECK AFTER INSTALLATION IS FINISHED.

1. Items to be checked after completion of work


Items to be checked If not properly done, what is likely to occur Check
Are the indoor and outdoor unit xed
The units may drop, vibrate or make noise.
rmly?
Is the gas leak test nished? It may result in insufcient cooling.
Is the unit fully insulated? Condensate water may drip.
Does drainage ow smoothly? Condensate water may drip.
Does the power supply voltage correspond The unit may malfunction or the
to that shown on the name plate? components burn out.
The unit may malfunction or the
Are wiring and piping correct?
components burn out.
Is the unit safely grounded? It may be dangerous at electric leakage.
The unit may malfunction or the
Is wiring size according to specications?
components burn out.
Is something blocking the air outlet or inlet
It may result in insufcient cooling.
of either the indoor or outdoor units?
Are refrigerant piping length and additional The refrigerant charge in the system is not
refrigerant charge noted down? clear.

2. Items to be checked at time of delivery


* Also review the SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS
Items to be checked Check

Did you explain about operations while showing the operation manual to your customer?

Did you hand the operation manual over to your customer?

2-3 NOTE TO THE INSTALLER


Be sure to instruct customers how to properly operate the unit (especially cleaning lters, operating differ-
ent functions, and adjusting the temperature) by having them carry out operations themselves while looking
at the manual.

3. SELECTING INSTALLATION SITE


(1) Select an installation site where the following conditions are fullled and that meets with your
customer's approval.
In the upper space (including the back of the ceiling) of the indoor unit where there is no possible
dripping of water from the refrigerant pipe, drain pipe, water pipe, etc.
Where the wall is strong enough to bear the indoor unit weight.
Where sufcient clearance for installation and maintenance can be ensured.
(Refer to Fig. 1 and Fig. 2)
Where optimum air distribution can be ensured.
Where nothing blocks the air passage.
Where condensate can be properly drained.

5 English
3PN07521-2C

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 171


Installation of indoor unit EDUS281120_a

Where the wall is not signicantly tilted.


Where piping between indoor and outdoor units is possible within the allowable limit.
(Refer to the installation manual of the outdoor unit.)
Install the indoor and outdoor units, power supply wiring and connecting wires at least 3.5ft. away from
televisions or radios in order to prevent image interference or noise.
(Depending on the radio waves, a distance of 3.5ft. may not be sufcient enough to eliminate the noise.)
Where the cool (warm) air reaches all across the room.

[ Space required for installation (in.) ]

2 2

3 1/2
1 1/4
Obstruction

4 3/4

100 (from floor)


Fig. 1
For installation
in high places.

Floor
Fig. 2
(2) Consider whether the place where the unit will be installed can support the full weight of the
unit, and reinforce it with boards and beams, etc. if needed before proceeding with the installa-
tion. Also, reinforce the place to prevent vibration and noise before installing.
(The installation pitch can be found on the paper pattern for installation (3), so refer to it when
considering the necessity for reinforcing the location.)
(3) The indoor unit may not be directly installed on the wall. Use the attached installation panel (1)
before installing the unit.

DANGER
Do not install unit in an area where ammable materials are present due to risk of explosion resulting in
serious injury or death.

WARNING
If the supporting structural members are not strong enough to take the unit's weight, the unit could fall
out of place and cause serious injury.

English 6
3PN07521-2C

172 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)


EDUS281120_a Installation of indoor unit

4. INDOOR UNIT INSTALLATION


Use only accessories and parts which are of the designated specication when installing.

CAUTION
Install so that the unit does not tilt to either side or forward.
Do not hold the unit by the horizontal aps when lifting it. (This may damage the horizontal aps.)

(1) Open the piping through-hole.


The refrigerant pipe and drain pipe can be passed out in one of 5 directions: left, bottom-left, back-left,
bottom-right, and back-right. (Refer to Fig. 3)
Using the paper pattern for installation (3), choose where to pass the piping out and open a through-
hole (3 1/8) in the wall.
Open the hole so that there is a downward slope for the drain piping. (See 6.DRAIN PIPING WORK )
(2) Remove the installation panel (1) from the unit and attach to the wall.
(The installation panel is temporarily attached to the unit with a screw. (In case of 12 type))
(Refer to Fig. 3)
(a) Check the location for the hole using the included paper pattern for installation (3).
Choose a location so that there is at least a 3 1/2 gap between the ceiling and the main unit.
(b) Temporarily attach the installation panel (1) at the temporary-securing position on the paper pattern for
installation (3) and use a level to make sure the drain hose is either level or tilted slightly downward.
(c) Secure the installation panel (1) to the wall using either screws or bolts.
If using the attachment screws for the installation panel (2), attach using at least 4 screws on
either side (for a total of 9 screws) of the recommended installation cleat position on the included
paper pattern for installation (3).
If using bolts, attach using a M8 - M10 bolt or equivalent (for a total of 2 bolts) on either side.
If dealing with concrete, use commercially available foundation bolts (M8 - M10 or equivalent).
(3) If using the left, bottom-left, or bottom-right positions for the piping, cut out the through-hole for
the piping in the front grillE. (Refer to Fig. 4)

Installation panel (1)

Temporary screw
(In case of 12 type)
Front grillE
Left pipe

Cut out along


the groove.

Back-left pipe
Bottom-left pipe Cut away
Back-right pipe
Fig. 3 Bottom-right pipe Fig. 4

7 English
3PN07521-2C

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 173


Installation of indoor unit EDUS281120_a

(4) Remove the front panel and the service lid. (Refer to Fig. 5)
< How to remove the front panel and service lid >
(1) Open the front panel to the point where it stops.
(2) Push the axes on either side of the front panel towards the center of the main unit and remove. (You
can also remove it by sliding the front panel either to the left or right and pulling it forward.)
(3) Remove the screw from the service lid and pull the handle forward.
Front panel
Axis (1) Service lid
Axis

(2) (2)

(3)
Handle
Axis
Screw
Fig. 5
(5) Point the pipe in the direction it will be passed out.
For bottom-right and back-right piping (Refer to Fig. 6)
Wrap the drain hose and the refrigerant piping together with the insu- Insulating tape (4)
lating tape (4) so that the drain hose is below the refrigerant piping.
For left, bottom-left, and back-left piping Refrigerant piping

Remove the front grillE. (Refer to Fig. 7)
< How to remove the front grillE >
Remove the front grillE as described below when securing the indoor
unit with screws or when attaching Optional Accessories (wireless
Drain hose
remote controller, adapter PC board, etc.). Fig. 6
(1) Remove the front panel.
(2) Remove the screws (3 places) securing the front grillE.
(3) Remove the tabs (3 places) securing the front grillE by pushing them in the direction of the arrows.
(4) Making sure not to catch the horizontal aps, remove the front grillE by pulling in the direction of the arrow

Tab position Tab position Tab

(3) (3) (3)

Front grillE
Screw position (4)

(2) (2) (2)


Fig. 7
Screw position

English 8
3PN07521-2C

174 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)


EDUS281120_a Installation of indoor unit

Remove the drain plug, the insulation tube, and the drain hose from the drain pan and replace.
(Refer to Fig. 8)
Connect the local refrigerant piping ahead of time, matching it to the liquid pipe and gas pipe marks en-
graved on the installation panel (accessory) (1).
< Replacing the drain hose and drain plug >
(1) Remove the drain plug and insulation tube.
(2) Remove the drain hose and replace onto the left side.
(3) Replace the drain plug and the insulation tube onto the right side.

Insulating tube Drain plug

Do not place lubricant (refrigerant oil) when inserting.


Make sure
This may cause deterioration and water leaks.
there are
no gaps.
Insert using a hexagon wrench (4mm).
Fig. 8
(6) Hook the indoor unit onto the installation panel. (Refer to Fig. 9)
Placing buffering material between the wall and the indoor unit at this time will make work easier.

Service lid Hook the indoor unit hook onto the installation panel (1).
Front panel Front grillE
Place buffering material

Be sure to pass all wires through Wall Power supply wiring,


the wiring guide. Ground wiring

Conduit
Refrigerant piping
Tab
(There are 2 places.)
Wiring (locally procured) Installation panel
(accessory) (1)
Transmission wiring, Remote controller wiring
Fig. 9
For bottom-right and back-right piping
Pass the drain hose and the refrigerant piping to the wall.
(7) Pass power supply wiring and ground wiring threaded through conduit (For connecting the con-
duit to the unit, see 8-1 HOW TO CONNECT WIRINGS), and remote controller wiring through the
wiring guide in through the back of the indoor unit and to the front.

9 English
3PN07521-2C

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 175


Installation of indoor unit EDUS281120_a

(8) Connect the piping. (See 5.REFRIGERANT PIPING WORK and Fig. 10)

Refrigerant piping

Secure with
vinyl tape.

Drain hose
A Transmission wiring and
remote controller wiring
Transmission wiring
and remote controller A arrow view
wiring Refrigerant piping
Conduit

Seal with putty corking material. Wrap the insulating tape overlapping at least half the width with each wrap.
Wrap the insulating tape all the way to the L-shaped bend.
Fig. 10
Seal the piping through-hole with putty corking material.
(9) Push on both bottom edges of the indoor unit using both hands and hook the tab on the back of
the indoor unit onto the installation panel (1). (Refer to Fig. 9)
At this time remove the buffering material placed in step (6).
Make sure power supply wiring, transmission wiring, ground wiring and remote controller wiring are
not caught inside the indoor unit.
When screwing in the indoor unit
 Installation panel
Remove the front grillE. (Refer to Fig. 7)
(accessory) (1)
Secure the indoor unit to the installation panel (1) with the securing
screws (6). (Refer to Fig. 11) Refrigerant piping
Insulating tape
(accessory) (4)

M4 12L
Fig. 11 (accessory) (6)

5. REFRIGERANT PIPING WORK


For refrigerant piping of outdoor units, see the installation manual attached to the outdoor unit.
Execute heat insulation work completely on both sides of the gas piping and the liquid piping.
Otherwise, a water leakage can result sometimes.
"ESURETOUSEINSULATIONTHATISDESIGNEDFORUSEWITH(6!#SYSTEMS

Also, in cases where the temperature and humidity of the refrigerant piping sections might exceed
86F or RH80 %, reinforce the refrigerant insulation. (13/16 or thicker) Condensation may form on
the surface of the insulating material.
Before refrigerant piping work, check which type of refrigerant is used. Proper operation is not
possible if the types of refrigerant are not the same.

DANGER
Refrigerant gas may produce toxic gas if it comes in contact with re such as from a fan, heater, stove or
cooking device. Exposure to this gas could result in severe injury or death.

English 10
3PN07521-2C

176 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)


EDUS281120_a Installation of indoor unit

NOTE
Use a pipe cutter and are suitable for the type of refrigerant.
To prevent dust, moisture or other foreign matter from inltrating the tube, either pinch the end or cover it
with tape.
Do not allow anything other than the designated refrigerant to get mixed into the refrigerant circuit, such
as air, etc.
If any refrigerant gas leaks while working on the unit, ventilate the room thoroughly right away.

The outdoor unit is charged with refrigerant. Torque wrench


Use copper alloy seamless pipes.
Be sure to use both a spanner and torque wrench together, as shown
in the drawing, when connecting or disconnecting pipes to/from the
unit. (Refer to Fig. 12) Spanner
Refer to Table 1 for the dimensions of are.
When connecting the are nut, coat the are section (inside) with ester Piping union
oil or ether oil, rotate three or four times rst, then screw in. Flare nut
(Refer to Fig. 13)
Fig. 12
CAUTION Ester oil or ether oil
Over-tightening may cause the are nuts to crack or the refrigerant to
leak.
Use the are nut included with the unit.

Fig. 13

Refer to Table 1 for tightening torque.


Table 1

Pipe size Tightening torque (ft-lbf) Flare dimensions A (in.) Flare shape (in.)

45 02 0
3/8 24.1 29.4 0.504 0.520
R0.016-0.031
90020
A

5/8 45.6 55.6 0.760 0.776

Not recommended but in case of emergency


You must use a torque wrench but if you are obliged to install the unit without a torque wrench, you may
follow the installation method mentioned below.
After the work is nished, make sure to check that there is no gas leak.
When you keep on tightening the are nut with a spanner, there is a point where the tightening torque
suddenly increases. From that position, further tighten the are nut the angle shown below:
Table 2
Pipe size (in.) Further tightening angle Recommended arm length of tool (in.)
3/8 60 to 90 degrees Approx. 7 7/8
5/8 30 to 60 degrees Approx. 11 13/16

11 English
C: 3PN07521-2C

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 177


Installation of indoor unit EDUS281120_a

CAUTION
CAUTION TO BE TAKEN WHEN BRAZING REFRIGERANT PIPING
Do not use ux when brazing refrigerant piping. Therefore, use the phosphor copper brazing lter metal
(BCuP) which does not require ux.
(Flux has an extremely negative effect on refrigerant piping systems. For instance, if chlorine based ux
is used, it will cause pipe corrosion. If the ux contains uorine, it will damage the refrigerant oil.)
When brazing the refrigerant piping, only begin brazing after having carried out nitrogen substitution
(NOTE 1) or while inserting nitrogen into the refrigerant piping (NOTE 2). Once this is done, connect the
indoor unit with a ared or a anged connection.

DANGER
Use of oxygen may cause an explosion resulting in serious injury or death. Only use nitrogen gas.

NOTE
1. Refer to the Manual for Multi Installation for Buildings for directions on how to carry out nitrogen
substitution. (Inquire with your dealer.)
2. Nitrogen should be set to 2.9 psi with a pressure-reducing valve if brazing while inserting nitrogen into
the piping. (Refer to Fig. 14)

Pressure-reducing valve
Refrigerant piping Taping
Part to be
hands valve
brazed

Nitrogen
Nitrogen Fig. 14

After checking for gas leaks, be sure to insulate the pipe connections using the supplementary piping
insulation tubing and insulating tape (4). The insulating tape (4) should be wrapped from the L-shaped
bend all the way to the end inside the unit. (Refer to Fig. 15)

Clamping material large Indoor unit piping insulation tubing


(accessory) (5) Insulating tubing tape
Insulating tubing tape
Insulating tubing tape
Local piping
L-shaped
bend Insulation tubing seam
Attach the insulation tubing
Insulating tape (accessory) (4) tape so that there are no gaps
Indoor unit piping
See 4.INDOOR UNIT in the insulation tubing seam.
Indoor unit piping insulation tubing Start wrapping
INSTALLATION Fig. 15

CAUTION
Be sure to insulate any eld piping all the way to the piping connection inside the unit. Any exposed piping
may cause condensate or burns if touched.

English 12
3PN07521-2C

178 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)


EDUS281120_a Installation of indoor unit

6. DRAIN PIPING WORK


(1) Install the drain piping. (Refer to Fig. 16)
The drain pipe should be short with a downward slope and should prevent air pockets from forming.
Watch out for the points in the gure 16 when performing drain work.

Make sure the drain


hose is at a downward Drain hose Drain hose
slope. (Downward
slope)

Make sure the tip does


not go underwater even
when water is added. Fig. 16
When extending the drain hose, use a commercially available drain extension hose, and be sure to
insulate the extended section of the drain hose which is indoors. (Refer to Fig. 17)

Indoor unit drain hose


Extension drain piping
(commercially available)
Insulating tube
(commercially available) Insulating tape (accessory) (4)
( See 4.INDOOR UNIT INSTALLATION ) Fig. 17
Make sure the diameter of the extension drain piping is the same as the indoor unit drain hose (hard
vinyl chloride, I.D. 9/16) or bigger.
In case of converging multiple drain pipes, install them referring to Fig. 18.
Select diameter of drain piping which adapts to the capacity of the unit connected.
4 or more

Fig. 18 (Slope of at least 1/100)


(2) Make sure the drain works properly.
After drain work is complete, perform a drain Plastic container
check by opening the front panel, removing for pouring
the air lter, pouring water into the drain pan,
and making sure water ows smoothly out of
the drain hose. (Refer to Fig. 19)

Drain pan

Fig. 19 Make sure not to splash the water.

13 English
3PN07521-2C

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 179


Installation of indoor unit EDUS281120_a

CAUTION
Drain piping connections
Do not connect the drain piping directly to sewage pipes that smell of ammonia. The ammonia in the
sewage might enter the indoor unit through the drain pipes and corrode the heat exchanger.
Keep in mind that it will become the cause of getting drain pipe blocked if water collects on drain pipe.

7. ELECTRIC WIRING WORK


7-1 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
All eld supplied parts and materials and electric works must conform to local codes.
Use copper wire only.
For electric wiring work, refer to also WIRING DIAGRAM attached to the unit.
For remote controller wiring details, refer to the installation manual attached to the remote controller.
All wiring must be performed by an authorized electrician.
This system consists of multiple indoor units. Mark each indoor unit as unit A, unit B..., and be sure the
terminal block wiring to the outdoor unit and BRANCHSELECTOR unit is properly matched. If wiring and piping
outdoor unit and indoor unit are mismatched, the system may cause a malfunction.
A circuit breaker capable of shutting down power supply to the entire system must be installed.
Refer to the installation manual attached to the outdoor unit for the size of power supply wiring connected
to the outdoor unit, the capacity of the circuit breaker and switch, and wiring instructions.
Be sure to ground the air conditioner.
DANGER
Do not ground units to water pipes, telephone wires or lightning rods because incomplete grounding
could cause a severe shock hazard resulting in severe injury or death, and to gas pipes because a gas
leak could result in an explosion which could lead to severe injury or death.

7-2 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS


Units Power supply Fan motor
Model Hz Volts Voltage range MCA MFA W FLA
FAQ18PVJU Max. 253 0.4 15 43 0.3
60 208-230
FAQ24PVJU Min. 187 0.6 15 43 0.5
MCA: Min. Circuit Amps (A); MFA: Max. Fuse Amps (A)
W: Fan Motor Rated Output (W); FLA: Full Load Amps (A)
7-3 SPECIFICATIONS FOR FIELD SUPPLIED FUSES AND WIRE
Remote controller wiring
Power supply wiring
Model Transmission wirinG
FUSEBREAKER Size Wire Size
FAQ18PVJU Size must comply
15A 2 CONDUCTORSTRANDED!7G18-
FAQ24PVJU with local codes.NON SHIELDEDCOPPER
Allowable length of transmission wiring and remote controller wiring are as follows.
(1) Outdoor unit - Indoor unit:Max.3280ft. (Total wiring length: 6560ft.)
(2) Indoor unit - Remote controller:Max.1640ft.
Insulated thickness: 1/16 or more.
./4%%ITHERAFUSEORABREAKERISACCEPTABLE

English 14
C: 3PN07521-2C

180 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)


EDUS281120_a Installation of indoor unit

8. WIRING EXAMPLE AND HOW TO SET THE REMOTE CONTROLLER


8-1 HOW TO CONNECT WIRINGS
Conduit for power supply wiring
Unscrew and remove the conduit mounting plate from the electric parts box. (Refer to Fig. 20)
Fix a conduit to the plate with a lock nut and reattach them at original position.

Conduit

Lock nut

Conduit mounting plate

Refrigerant piping

Electric parts box

Screw
Fig. 20
Power supply wiring and ground wiring
Unscrew and remove the service lid.
Thread the power supply wiring and ground wiring through the included insulating tube (short) (7) and
secure them with the included clamp (small) (5). (Refer to Fig. 21)
Connect the power supply wiring and ground wiring to the power supply terminal block (3P).
When doing this, rmly secure using the included clamp (small) (5) according to the gure.
(Refer to Fig. 22)
Transmission wiring and remote controller wiring
Unscrew and remove the service lid.
Thread the remote controller wiring and transmission wiring through the included insulating tube (long) (7)
and secure them with the included clamp (small) (5). (Refer to Fig. 21)
Connect the remote controller wiring and the transmission wiring to the terminal block (6P).
When doing this, tie the remote controller wiring and the transmission wiring using the included clamp (small)
(5) and then rmly secure using the included clamp (small) (5) according to the gure. (Refer to Fig. 22)

Insulating tube (short) Insulating tube (long)


(accessory) (7) Clamp small (accessory) (7) Clamp small Transmission
(accessory) (5) Power (accessory) (5) wiring
supply
wiring
(1in.) Ground (1in.)
Fig. 21 wiring Remote
controller
wiring

15 English
C: 3PN07521-2C

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 181


Installation of indoor unit EDUS281120_a

Power supply
< Wiring clamp method >
terminal block (3P)
Clamp small
(accessory) (5)

Ground terminal Power supply wiring


Ground wiring

Insulating tube Transmission wiring


L2
L1 Remote controller
Ground wiring wiring
Clamp small
(accessory) (5) Insulating tube
Power supply wiring Clamp small
(accessory) (5)
Remote (3 places)
controller wiring P1 P2 F1 F2 T1 T2
REMOTE TRANSMISSION FORCED
CNTRL WIRING OFF
Cut off any excess
material after tightening.
Terminal block (6P) Transmission wiring
Fig. 22

WARNING
Never connect power supply wiring to the terminal block for remote controller wiring as this could dam-
age the entire system.
Use only specied wire and connect wires to the terminal tightly. Be careful wires do not place external
stress on terminals. Keep wires in neat order so as not to obstruct other equipment. Make sure that the
electric box lid ts tightly. Incomplete connections could result in overheating and, in worse case, result in
electric shock or re.
To avoid a short circuit in the electric parts box, be sure to apply sealing material or putty (not included)
to the wiring hole to prevent the inltration of water as well as insects or other small creatures. Otherwise
a short-circuit may occur inside the electric parts box.

CAUTION
When clamping the wirings, be sure no tension is applied to the wire connections by using the included
clamp. Also, when wiring, make sure the lid on the electric parts box ts snugly by arranging the wir-
ings neatly and attaching the service lid rmly. When attaching the service lid, make sure no wirings get
caught in the edges. Pass wiring through holes to prevent damage to them.
Make sure the remote controller wiring and transmission wiring between the units, and other electrical
wiring do not pass through the same locations outside the unit, separating them by at least 5, otherwise
electrical noise (external static) could cause incorrect operation or breakage.
Use only specied wire and tightly connect wires to terminals. Be careful wires do not place external
stress on terminals. Keep wiring in neat order and so as not to obstruct other equipment such as popping
open the service cover. Make sure the cover closes tight. Incomplete connections could result in over-
heating, and in worse case, electric shock or re.

English 16
3PN07521-2C

182 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)


EDUS281120_a Installation of indoor unit

[ PRECAUTIONS ]
1. Use round crimp-style terminals for connecting wires to the power supply terminal block.
(Refer to Fig. 23)
If unavailable, observe the following points when wiring.
Do not connect wires of different gauge to the same power supply terminal.
(Looseness in the connection may cause overheating.)
Use the specied electric wire. Connect the wire securely to the terminal. Lock the wire down without
applying excessive force to the terminal. (Tightening torque: 0.97ft.lbf 10 %)

Attach insulation sleeve

Round crimp-style terminal


Electric wire
Fig. 23
2. Tightening torque for the terminal screws.
Use the correct screwdriver for tightening the terminal screws. If the blade of screwdriver is too small,
the head of the screw might be damaged, and the screw will not be properly tightened.
If the terminal screws are tightened too hard, screws might be damaged.
Refer to the table below for the tightening torque of the terminal screws.
Tightening torque
Terminal Size
(ft-lbf)
Remote controller, Transmission wiring and
M3.5 0.58 0.72
Forced off terminal block (6P)
Power supply and Ground terminal block (3P) M4 0.87 1.06
3. Do not connect wires of different gauge to the same ground terminal. Looseness in the connection may
lessen protection.
4. Keep transmission wiring at least 5 away from power supply wiring. The equipment may malfunction if
subjected to electrical (external) noise.
5. For remote controller wiring, refer to the INSTALLATION MANUAL OF REMOTE CONTROLLER at-
tached to the remote controller.
8-2 WIRING EXAMPLE
Fit the power supply wire of each unit with a switch and fuse as shown in the drawing.
COMPLETE SYSTEM EXAMPLE

Power supply wire


Power supply Outdoor unit
Main Transmission wire
switch Switch

Fuse%UHDNHU

Indoor unit
Remote controller

17 English
3PN07521-2C

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 183


Installation of indoor unit EDUS281120_a

1. When using 1 remote controller for 1 indoor unit. (Normal operation)


Power Supply
208-230V
~ Outdoor unit
60Hz Control box
IN/D OUT/D
F1 F2 F1 F2
L1 L2

L1 L2 P1 P2 F1 F2 T1 T2

Indoor unit
P1 P2

Remote
controller
2. When using 2 remote controllers for 1 indoor unit.

Power Supply
208-230V
~ Outdoor unit
60Hz Control box
IN/D OUT/D
F1 F2 F1 F2
L1 L2

L1 L2 P1 P2 F1 F2 T1 T2

Indoor unit
P1 P2 P1 P 2

For use with


2 remote
controllers

NOTE
1. A single switch can be used to supply power to units on the same system. However, branch switches
and branch circuit breakers must be selected carefully.
2. Do not ground the equipment on gas pipes, water pipes or lightning rods, or crossground with tele-
phones. Improper grounding could result in electric shock.

English 18
3PN07521-2C

184 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)


EDUS281120_a Installation of indoor unit

8-3 CONTROL BY 2 REMOTE CONTROLLERS (CONTROLLING 1 INDOOR UNIT BY


2 REMOTE CONTROLLERS)
When using 2 remote controllers, one must be set to MAIN and the other to SUB.
MAIN/SUB CHANGEOVER Upper part of
(1) Insert a screwdriver into the recess between the remote controller
upper and lower part of remote controller, and
working from the 2 positions, pry off the upper part.
The remote controller PC board is attached to the
upper part of the remote controller. (Refer to Fig. 28)
Lower part of
remote controller
Insert the screwdriver here
and gently work off the
upper part of the remote controller. Fig. 28

(2) Turn the MAIN/SUB changeover switch on one of


the two remote controller PC boards to S. S
(Factory setting)
(Leave the switch of the other remote controller set to M

M.) (Refer to Fig. 29) Remote


controller
Wiring Method (See 7.ELECTRIC WIRING WORK) (Only one remote
PC board
controller needs S
(3) Remove the service lid. to be changed if
M

(4) Add remote control 2 (slave) to the terminal block factory settings
(6P) for remote controller (P1, P2) in the electric have remained
parts box. untouched.) Fig. 29
(There is no polarity.) (Refer to Fig. 26 and section
7-3 for the wiring size.)

8-4 COMPUTERISED CONTROL (FORCED OFF AND ON/OFF OPERATION)


(1) Wire specications and how to perform wiring
Connect the input from outside to terminals T1 and T2 of the terminal block (6P).

Input A Wire specicatioN STRANDEDNON SHIELDED COPPER CONDUCTER 06#ORVINYLJACKET


Gauge AWG18-
F2 T1 T2
FORCED
Length Max. 328 ft.
OFF Contact that can ensure the minimum
External terminal
Fig. 30 applicable load of 15V DC, 10 mA.

(2) Actuation
The following table explains FORCED OFF and ON/OFF OPERATIONS in response to Input A.

FORCED OFF ON/OFF OPERATION


Input ON stops operation (impossible by remote controllers). Input OFF ON turns ON unit.
Input OFF enables control by remote controller. Input ON OFF turns OFF unit.

19 English
3PN07521-2C

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 185


Installation of indoor unit EDUS281120_a

(3) How to select FORCED OFF and ON/OFF OPERATION


Turn the power on and then use the remote controller to SECOND CODE NO. Mode No.
select operation.
Set the remote controller to the eld set mode. For details,
refer to the HOW TO SET IN THE FIELD, in the remote
controller manual.
When in the eld set mode, select mode No. 12, then set
the rst code (switch) No. to 1. Then set second code SETTING

(position) No. to 01 for FORCED OFF and 02 for ON/


OFF OPERATION.
(FORCED OFF at factory set) (Refer to Fig. 31)
FIRST CODE NO. FIELD SET MODE

Fig. 31

8-5 CENTRALIZED CONTROL


For centralized control, it is necessary to designate the group No. For details, refer to the manual of each
optional controllers for centralized control.

9. FIELD SETTINGS
(1) Make sure the service lids are closed on the indoor and outdoor units.
(2) Field settings must be made from the remote controller in accordance with installation conditions.
Settings can be made by changing the Mode No, FIRST CODE NO. and SECOND CODE NO..
Refer to the installation manual attached to the remote controller.
The Field Settings included with the remote controller lists the order of the settings and method of op-
eration.
*Setting is made in all units in a group. To set for individual indoor units or to check the setting, use the
mode Nos. (with 2 in upper digit) in parentheses ( ).
9-1 SETTING AIR FILTER SIGN
Remote controllers are equipped with liquid crystal display air lter signs to display the time to clean air lters.
Change the SECOND CODE NO. according to Table 3 depending on the amount of dirt or dust in the room.
(SECOND CODE NO. is factory set to 01 for air lter contamination-light)
Table 3
Spacing time of display
Setting Mode No. FIRST CODE NO. SECOND CODE NO.
air lter sign
Air lter
Approx. 200 hrs 01
contamination-light
10 (20) 0
Air lter
Approx. 100 hrs 02
contamination-heavy

English 20
C: 3PN07521-2C

186 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)


EDUS281120_a Installation of indoor unit

9-2 SETTING AIR FLOWRATE INCREASE MODE


It is possible to raise set air ow (HIGH and LOW) from the eld. Change the SECOND CODE NO. as
shown in Table 4 to suit your needs.
(SECOND CODE NO. is factory set to 01 for Standard.)
Table 4
Setting Mode No. FIRST CODE NO. SECOND CODE NO.
Standard 01
A little increase 13 (23) 0 02
Increase 03
When using wireless remote controllers
When using wireless remote controllers, wireless remote controller address setting is necessary. Refer to
the installation manual attached to the wireless remote controller for setting instructions.

10. TEST OPERATION


Make sure the service lids are closed on the indoor and outdoor units.
Refer to the installation manual of the outdoor unit.
The operation lamp of the remote controller will ash when a malfunction occurs. Check the malfunction
code on the liquid crystal display to identify the point of trouble. An explanation of malfunction codes and
the corresponding trouble is provided in the installation manual of the outdoor unit.
If any of the items in Table 5 are displayed, there may be a problem with the wiring or power, so check
the wiring again.
Table 5
Remote controller display Content
(under centralized There is a short circuit at the FORCED OFF terminals (T1, T2).
control) is lit up
The power on the outdoor unit is off.
The outdoor unit has not been wired for power supply.
U4 is lit up
Incorrect wiring for the transmission wiring and/or FORCED
UH is lit up
OFF wiring.
The transmission wiring is cut.
The power on the indoor unit is off.
The indoor unit has not been wired for power supply.
No display Incorrect wiring for the remote controller wiring, the
transmission wiring, and/or the FORCED OFF wiring.
The remote controller wiring is cut.
If U3 is lit up, the malfunction code shows the test operation has not been performed yet.

21 English
3PN07521-2C

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 187


Installation of indoor unit EDUS281120_a

16.5 FBQ18PVJU / FBQ24PVJU / FBQ30PVJU / FBQ36PVJU / FBQ42PVJU


SPLIT SYSTEM Air Conditioners Installation manual

CONTENTS Do not ground units to water pipes, gas pipes, telephone


wires, or lightning rods as incomplete grounding can
1. SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS .......................................... 1
cause a severe shock hazard resulting in severe injury or
2. BEFORE INSTALLATION ................................................ 3 death. Additionally, grounding to gas pipes could cause a
3. SELECTING INSTALLATION SITE .................................. 4 gas leak and potential explosion causing severe injury or
4. PREPARATIONS BEFORE INSTALLATION ................... 5 death.
5. INDOOR UNIT INSTALLATION........................................ 6 If refrigerant gas leaks during installation, ventilate the
6. REFRIGERANT PIPING WORK....................................... 7 area immediately. Refrigerant gas may produce toxic gas
7. DRAIN PIPING WORK ..................................................... 8 if it comes in contact with fire. Exposure to this gas could
cause severe injury or death.
8. DUCT WORK.................................................................. 10
After completing the installation work, check that the re-
9. ELECTRIC WIRING WORK............................................ 11
frigerant gas does not leak throughout the system.
10. WIRING EXAMPLE AND HOW TO SET
Do not install unit in an area where flammable materials
THE REMOTE CONTROLLER....................................... 11
are present due to risk of explosions that can cause seri-
11. FIELD SETTING ............................................................. 15 ous injury or death.
12. TEST RUN ...................................................................... 16 Safely dispose all packing and transportation materials
in accordance with federal/state/local laws or ordinanc-
1. SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS es. Packing materials such as nails and other metal or
wood parts, including plastic packing materials used for
Read these SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS for Installation
transportation may cause injuries or death by suffoca-
carefully before installing air conditioning equipment. After com-
tion.
pleting the installation, make sure that the unit operates prop-
erly during the startup operation.
Instruct the customer on how to operate and maintain the unit. WARNING
Inform customers that they should store this Installation Manual Only qualified personnel must carry out the installation
with the Operation Manual for future reference. work. Installation must be done in accordance with this
Always use a licensed installer or contractor to install this prod- installation manual. Improper installation may result in
uct. Improper installation can result in water or refrigerant leak- water leakage, electric shock, or fire.
age, electrical shock, fire, or explosion.
When installing the unit in a small room, take measures
Meanings of DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION, and NOTE
to keep the refrigerant concentration from exceeding al-
Symbols:
lowable safety limits. Excessive refrigerant leaks, in the
event of an accident in a closed ambient space, can lead
DANGER................. Indicates an imminently hazardous to oxygen deficiency.
situation which, if not avoided, will Use only specified accessories and parts for installation
result in death or serious injury. work. Failure to use specified parts may result in water
leakage, electric shocks, fire, or the unit falling.
WARNING............... Indicates a potentially hazardous situ-
ation which, if not avoided, could result Install the air conditioner on a foundation strong enough
in death or serious injury. that it can withstand the weight of the unit. A foundation
of insufficient strength may result in the unit falling and
CAUTION................ Indicates a potentially hazardous situ- causing injuries.
ation which, if not avoided, may result Take into account strong winds, typhoons, or earth-
in minor or moderate injury. It may also quakes when installing. Improper installation may result
be used to alert against unsafe prac- in the unit falling and causing accidents.
tices.
Make sure that a separate power supply circuit is provid-
NOTE ...................... Indicates situations that may result in ed for this unit and that all electrical work is carried out
equipment or property-damage acci- by qualified personnel according to local, state and na-
dents only. tional regulations. An insufficient power supply capacity
or improper electrical construction may lead to electric
shocks or fire.
DANGER Make sure that all wiring is secured, that specified wires
Refrigerant gas is heavier than air and replaces oxygen. are used, and that no external forces act on the terminal
A massive leak can lead to oxygen depletion, especially connections or wires. Improper connections or installa-
in basements, and an asphyxiation hazard could occur tion may result in fire.
leading to serious injury or death. When wiring, position the wires so that the control box
cover can be securely fastened. Improper positioning of
the control box cover may result in electric shocks, fire,
or the terminals overheating.

English 1

3PN14093-12A

188 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)


EDUS281120_a Installation of indoor unit

Before touching electrical parts, turn off the unit. Since R410A is a blend, the required additional refriger-
Be sure to install a ground fault circuit interrupter if one ant must be charged in its liquid state. If the refrigerant is
is not already available. This helps prevent electrical charged in a state of gas, its composition can change and
shocks or fire. the system will not work properly.
Securely fasten the outdoor unit terminal cover (panel). If The indoor unit is for R410A. See the catalog for indoor
the terminal cover/panel is not installed properly, dust or models that can be connected. Normal operation is not
water may enter the outdoor unit causing fire or electric possible when connected to other units.
shock. Remote controller (wireless kit) transmitting distance
When installing or relocating the system, keep the refrig- can be shorter than expected in rooms with electronic
erant circuit free from substances other than the speci- fluorescent lamps (inverter or rapid start types). Install
fied refrigerant (R410A) such as air. Any presence of air the indoor unit far away from fluorescent lamps as much
or other foreign substance in the refrigerant circuit can as possible.
cause an abnormal pressure rise or rupture, resulting in Indoor units are for indoor installation only. Outdoor
injury. units can be installed either outdoors or indoors.
Do not change the setting of the protection devices. If the Do not install the air conditioner in the following loca-
pressure switch, thermal switch, or other protection de- tions:
vice is shorted and operated forcibly, or parts other than (a) Where a mineral oil mist or oil spray or vapor is pro-
those specified by Daikin are used, fire or explosion may duced, for example, in a kitchen.
occur. Plastic parts may deteriorate and fall off or result in
water leakage.
CAUTION (b) Where corrosive gas, such as sulfurous acid gas, is
produced.
Do not touch the switch with wet fingers. Touching a Corroding copper pipes or soldered parts may result
switch with wet fingers can cause electric shock. in refrigerant leakage.
Do not allow children to play on or around the unit to pre- (c) Near machinery emitting electromagnetic waves.
vent injury. Electromagnetic waves may disturb the operation of
Do not touch the refrigerant pipes during and immediate- the control system and cause the unit to malfunction.
ly after operation as the refrigerant pipes may be hot or (d) Where flammable gas may leak, where there is car-
cold, depending on the condition of the refrigerant flow- bon fiber, or ignitable dust suspension in the air, or
ing through the refrigerant piping, compressor, and other where volatile flammables such as thinner or gaso-
refrigerant cycle parts. Your hands may suffer burns or line are handled. Operating the unit in such condi-
frostbite if you touch the refrigerant pipes. To avoid inju- tions can cause a fire.
ry, give the pipes time to return to normal temperature or, Take adequate measures to prevent the outdoor unit from
if you must touch them, be sure to wear proper gloves. being used as a shelter by small animals. Small animals
Heat exchanger fins are sharp enough to cut. making contact with electrical parts can cause malfunc-
To avoid injury wear glove or cover the fins when working tions, smoke, or fire. Instruct the customer to keep the
around them. area around the unit clean.
Install drain piping to proper drainage. Improper drain
piping may result in water leakage and property damage. NOTE
Insulate piping to prevent condensation. Install the power supply and control wires for the indoor
Be careful when transporting the product. and outdoor units at least 3.5 feet away from televisions
or radios to prevent image interference or noise. Depend-
Do not turn off the power immediately after stopping op- ing on the radio waves, a distance of 3.5 feet may not be
eration. Always wait for at least 5 minutes before turning sufficient to eliminate the noise.
off the power. Otherwise, water leakage may occur.
Dismantling the unit, treatment of the refrigerant, oil and
Do not use a charging cylinder. Using a charging cylinder additional parts must be done in accordance with the rel-
may cause the refrigerant to deteriorate. evant local, state, and national regulations.
Refrigerant R410A in the system must be kept clean, dry, Do not use the following tools that are used with conven-
and tight. tional refrigerants: gauge manifold, charge hose, gas
(a) Clean and Dry -- Foreign materials (including mineral leak detector, reverse flow check valve, refrigerant
oils such as SUNISO oil or moisture) should be pre- charge base, vacuum gauge, or refrigerant recovery
vented from getting into the system. equipment.
(b) Tight -- R410A does not contain any chlorine, does
not destroy the ozone layer, and does not reduce the If the conventional refrigerant and refrigerator oil are
earths protection again harmful ultraviolet radiation. mixed in R410A, the refrigerant may deteriorate.
R410A can contribute to the greenhouse effect if it is This air conditioner is an appliance that should not be ac-
released. Therefore take proper measures to check cessible to the general public.
for the tightness of the refrigerant piping installation. The wall thickness of field-installed pipes should be se-
Read the chapter Refrigerant Piping and follow the lected in accordance with the relevant local, state, and
procedures. national regulations.

2 English

3PN14093-12A

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 189


Installation of indoor unit EDUS281120_a

2. BEFORE INSTALLATION [PRECAUTION]


The accessories are required for the installation of the air con-
When moving the unit while removing it from the carton ditioner. Be sure to keep them until the installation work is com-
box, be sure to lift it by holding on to the four lifting lugs pleted.
without exerting any pressure on other parts, especially,
the refrigerant piping, drain piping, flanges and other (1) - (12)
resin parts.
Be sure to check the type of R410A refrigerant to be used
before installing the unit. (Using an incorrect refrigerant will
prevent normal operation of the unit.)
The accessories needed for installation must be retained in
your custody until the installation work is completed. Do not
discard them! Operation manual
Decide upon a line of transport. Installation manual
Leave the unit inside its packaging while moving, until reach- Fig. 1
ing the installation site. Where unpacking is unavoidable, use
a sling of soft material or protective plates together with a Metal Drain Screws for duct Insulation for
rope when lifting, to avoid damage or scratches to the unit. Name
clamp (1) hose (2) flanges (3) fitting
When moving the unit or after opening, hold the unit by the
As described in
hanger brackets ( 4). Do not apply force to the refrigerant Quantity 1 pc. 1 pc. 1 each
table below
piping, drain piping, flanges or plastic parts.
For the installation of outdoor unit, refer to the installation
manual attached to the outdoor unit. Thin
Do not install or operate the unit in rooms mentioned below.
M55/8 for liquid pipe
Laden with mineral oil, or filled with oil vapor or spray
(4)
like in kitchens. (Plastic parts may deteriorate which Shape 18 24
could eventually cause the unit to fall out of place, or 30 type 18
could lead to leaks.) 36 42 type 26 Thick
Where corrosive gas like sulfurous gas exists. (Cop-
per tubing and brazed spots may corrode which could for gas pipe
eventually lead to refrigerant leaks.) (5)
Where exposed to combustible gases and where vol-
atile flammable gas like thinner or gasoline is used. Washer fix- Wire sealing
Name Sealing pad Clamp (8)
(Gas in the vicinity of the unit could ignite.) ing plate (9) material (10)
Where machines can generate electromagnetic Quantity 11 pcs. 4 pcs. 2 pcs.
waves. (Control system may malfunction.)
Where the air contains high levels of salt such as that
near the ocean and where voltage fluctuates greatly
such as that in factories.
1 pc.
Also in vehicles or vessels.
Large
This unit, both indoor and outdoor, is suitable for installation in a (Dark gray) (6)
Shape
commercial and light industrial environment.
If installed as a household appliance it could cause electro-
magnetic interference. Small
2 pcs. (Gray)
2-1 PRECAUTIONS Middle
(Dark gray) (7)
Be sure to read this manual before installing the indoor unit.
Entrust installation to the place of purchase or a qualified ser-
viceman. Improper installation could lead to leaks and, in Insulation
Name Washer (11)
tube (12)
worse cases, electric shock or fire.
Use only parts provided with the unit or parts satisfying Quantity 8 pcs. 2 pcs.
(Other)
required specifications. Unspecified parts could cause the Operation manual
unit to fall out of place, or could lead to leaks and, in worse Installation manual
cases, electric shock or fire. Shape
Be sure to mount an air filter (part to be procured in the field)
in the suction air passage in order to prevent water leaking,
etc.

2-2 ACCESSORIES
Check that the following accessories are provided and that each
accessory is correct in amount.
Refer to the Fig. 1 of this page.

English 3

3PN14093-12A

190 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)


EDUS281120_a Installation of indoor unit

2-3 OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES b. Items to be checked at time of delivery


These is one type of remote controller: wired. Items to be checked Check
Are you sure the control box cover, air filter, air inlet grille,
NOTE
and air outlet grille are mounted?
If you wish to use a remote controller that is different from the Did you explain about operations while showing the opera-
above, select a suitable remote controller after consulting tion manual to your customer?
catalogs and technical materials.
Did you deliver the operation manual along with the instal-
lation manual to the customer?
FOR THE FOLLOWING ITEMS, TAKE SPECIAL
Did you explain the customer the handling and cleaning
CARE DURING CONSTRUCTION AND CHECK methods of the field supplies (e.g., the air filter, air inlet
AFTER INSTALLATION IS FINISHED. grilles, and air outlet grille)?
Did you deliver instruction manual, if any, for the field sup-
a. Items to be checked after completion of work plies to the customer?
If not properly done, what is
Items to be checked Check
likely to occur. c. Points for explanation about operations
Are the indoor and outdoor The units may drop, vibrate The items with WARNING and CAUTION marks in the operation
unit fixed firmly? or make noise. manual are the items pertaining to possibilities for bodily injury and
Was the installation of the The unit may malfunction or material damage in addition to the general usage of the product.
outdoor unit completed? the components burn out. Accordingly, it is necessary that you make a full explanation about the
Is the gas leak test described contents and also ask your customers to read the opera-
No cooling or heating. tion manual.
finished?
Is the unit fully insulated?
(Refrigerant piping, drain Condensate water may drip.
2-4 NOTE TO INSTALLER
piping, and duct) Be sure to instruct customers how to properly operate the
unit (especially cleaning filters, operating different functions,
Dose drainage flow
Condensate water may drip. and adjusting the temperature) by having them carry out
smoothly?
operations themselves while looking at the manual.
Does the power supply volt-
The unit may malfunction or
age conform to the indica-
the components burn out.
tion on the name plate? 3. SELECTING INSTALLATION SITE
Are wiring and piping The unit may malfunction or Hold the hanger brackets in the case of moving the indoor
correct? the components burn out. and outdoor units at the time of and after opening the pack-
Is the air conditioner prop- Dangerous in case of cur- ages. Do not impose undue force on other parts, such as
erly grounded? rent leakage. the refrigerant piping, drain piping, or flanges, in particu-
Is wiring size according to The unit may malfunction or lar.
specifications? the components burn out. Add heat insulation material to the indoor unit if the tem-
Is something blocking the perature above the ceiling is likely to exceed 86F and a rel-
air outlet or inlet of either No cooling or heating. ative humidity of 80%.
the indoor or outdoor units? Make sure that the insulation material is made of glass wool
Did you set the external or polyethylene foam, has a minimum thickness of 3/8 in.,
No cooling or heating.
static pressure? and can be accommodated in the opening on the ceiling.
Are refrigerant piping length
The refrigerant charge in (1) Select an installation site where the following conditions are
and additional refrigerant
the system is not clear. fulfilled and that meets with your customers approval.
charge noted down?
A place where cool (warm) air is delivered to the entire
Did you check that no wiring
room.
connection screws were Electric shock or fire.
Where nothing blocks the air passage.
loose?
Where condensate can be properly drained.
Also review the SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS. If supporting structural members are not strong enough
to take the units weight, the unit could fall out of place
and cause serious injury.
Where the false ceiling is not noticeably on an incline.
Where there is no risk of flammable gas leakage.
Where sufficient clearance for maintenance and service
can be ensured. (Refer to Fig. 2-1)
Where piping between indoor and outdoor units is possi-
ble within the allowable limit. (Refer to the installation
manual of the outdoor unit.)

4 English

3PN14093-12A

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 191


Installation of indoor unit EDUS281120_a

CAUTION (length: in.)


Case 1
Install the indoor and outdoor units, power supply wiring and Control box
connecting wires at least 3.3 ft away from televisions or radios

*H3=Min. 12
in order to prevent image interference or noise.
(Depending on the radio waves, a distance of 3.3 ft may not
be sufficient enough to eliminate the noise.)
In the case of the installation of a wireless remote controller, the
transmission distance of the wireless remote controller may be
shortened if the room has a fluorescent light of electronic light- Inspection hatch
ing type (i.e., an inverter or rapid-start fluorescent light). Ceiling
Keep the distance between the receiver and the fluorescent 28
24-13/16 Inspection hatch 1
light as far as possible.
(Suspension bolt pitch) (17-3/417-3/4)

(2) Use suspension bolts to install the indoor unit. Check that
the place of installation withstands the weight of the indoor Control box
unit. Secure the suspension bolts with proper beams if nec-

(Suspension bolt pitch)


essary.
(length: in.) Air outlet
Min. 1

Bottom of unit

C
B
Air inlet
*H2=Min. 25
*H1=12

(If no ceiling board is provided.)

Suspension bolt ( 4) Fig. 2-2

Case 2, 3
Min. 12

Inspection hatch
Ceiling (Ceiling opening) Control box
Min. 99

Min. 18

*H3=Min. 3/4
Floor surface Min. 28 (service space)

The H1 dimension indicates the [Required installation place]


height of the product. The dimensions indicate the
Determine the H2 dimension by minimum required space of
maintaining a downward slope of installation. Inspection hatch Ceiling
A
at least 1/100 as specified in
7. DRAIN PIPING WORK. Fig. 2-1 Inspection hatch 1
(17-3/417-3/4) Inspection hatch 3
(Same as the indoor
4. PREPARATIONS BEFORE INSTALLATION unit size +12 or more)
Min. 8

Control box
(1) Check the positional relationship between the ceiling open-
Min. D=B+12
ing hole and the suspension bolt of the unit.
For the maintenance, inspection, and other servicing Control box
purposes of the control box and drain pump, prepare one
B

of the following service spaces. Inspection


1. Inspection hatch 1 (17-3/4 17-3/4) for the control hatch 2
box and a minimum space of 12 in. for the lower part 28 (Same as the 28
of the product. (Refer to Fig. 2-2) indoor unit
2. Inspection hatch 1 (17-3/4 17-3/4) for the control size or more)
box and inspection hatch 2 for the lower part of the Arrow view A-1 Arow view A-2
product (see arrow view A-1). (Refer to Fig. 2-3)
3. Inspection hatch 3 for the lower part of the product Fig. 2-3
and the lower part of the control box (see arrow view Determine the H3 Model B C D
A-2). (Refer to Fig. 2-3) dimension by maintaining a
18 24 30 type 40 40-7/8 52
downward slope of at least
1/100 as specified in 36 42 type 56 56-5/8 68
7. DRAIN PIPING WORK. (length: in.)

English 5

3PN14093-12A

192 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)


EDUS281120_a Installation of indoor unit

(2) Mount the canvas ducts to the air outlet and inlet so that the 5. INDOOR UNIT INSTALLATION
vibration of the air conditioner will not be transmitted to the
duct or ceiling. Apply a sound-absorbing material (insula- It may be easier to install accessories (sold separately)
tion material) to the inner wall of the duct and vibration insu- before installing the indoor unit. Refer to the installation
lation rubber to the suspension bolts (refer to 8. DUCT manuals provided to the accessories as well.
WORK). Be sure to use the accessories and specified parts for
(3) Open installation holes (if the ceiling already exists). installation work.
Open the installation holes on the ceiling. Lay the refrig-
erant piping, drain piping, power line, transmission wir- (1) Temporally install the indoor unit.
ing, and remote controller wiring for the piping and wiring Connect the hanger brackets to the suspension bolts. Be
connection port of the unit. sure to use and tighten the nut and washer (11) for each
In the case of the installation of a wireless remote con- hanger bracket from both upper and lower sides of the
troller, refer to the installation manual provided with the hanger bracket. (Refer to Fig. 3) At that time, the fall of
wireless remote controller. the washer (11) for the hanger bracket can be prevented
Refer to 6. REFRIGERANT PIPING WORK, 7. DRAIN if the washer fixing plate (9) is used.
PIPING WORK, and 10. WIRING EXAMPLE AND HOW
[Fixing hanger brackets]
TO SET THE REMOTE CONTROLLER.
The ceiling framework may need reinforcement in order Part to be procured in the field
to keep the ceiling horizontal and prevent the vibration of
Washer (11) (accessory)
the ceiling after the installation holes are opened. For
details, consult your construction or interior contractor.
(4) Install the suspension bolts. Make sure that the suspension
bolts are M10 or the equivalent in size.
Use hole-in anchors if the suspension bolts already exist;
Tighten from above and below
otherwise use embedded inserts and embedded founda-
(Double nut)
tion bolts so that they will withstand the weight of the unit.
Adjust the distance to the ceiling surface in advance. [Fixing method of washers]
Installation example Nut on the upper side
Ceiling slab
Anchor
Insert
Long nut or turn-buckle
Suspension bolt
Indoor unit
Washer fixing plate (9)
Note) All the above parts are field supplied. (accessory)
Fig. 3

CAUTION
During the installation work, perform the curing of the air
outlet and protect the resin drain pan of the indoor unit
from the intrusion of foreign substances, such as weld-
ing spatters.
Otherwise, water leakage may occur as a result of damage,
such as hole damage, to the resin drain pan.

(2) Make adjustments so that the unit will be in the right posi-
tion.
(3) Check the level of the unit.
(4) Remove the washer fixing plates for the falling prevention of
the washers for the hanger brackets, tighten the nuts on the
upper side, and securely fix the unit.

Hanger bracket

Bottom of product
Level
Vinyl tube

6 English

3PN14093-12A

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 193


Installation of indoor unit EDUS281120_a

(1) Connect the piping.


CAUTION The outdoor unit is filled with refrigerant.
Use the level and check that the unit is installed horizontally. When connecting or disconnecting piping to or from the
(4-directions) unit, be sure to use a spanner and a torque wrench.
In the case of using a vinyl tube (filled with water) in place of (Refer to Fig. 4)
the level, align the bottom of the unit to the water surface at
Torque wrench
both edges of the vinyl tube to make levelness adjustment.
If the unit is installed at a slant with the drain pipe side set
high, in particular, the float switch will not operate normally
and water leakage may result.
Spanner
Flare nut
6. REFRIGERANT PIPING WORK
Piping union
As for the refrigerant piping of the outdoor unit, refer to the
installation manual provided to the outdoor unit. Fig. 4
Perform heat insulation work on both gas piping and liquid
piping, or otherwise water leakage may result. Refer to Table 1 for the processing dimensions of the
Use the insulation material that withstands a temperature flare.
of 250F. Use the flare nut provided with the unit.
Reinforce the insulation material for the refrigerant piping if Apply ether oil or ester oil only to inner side of the
the ambient temperature is high, or otherwise dew conden- flare and screw in the flare nut three to four turns first by
sation may result on the surface of the insulation material. hand at the time of connecting the flare nut.
Make sure that the refrigerant is R410A before refrigerant (Refer to Fig. 5)
piping work. If the refrigerant is different, the air condi- Apply ester oil or ether oil
tioner will not operate normally. only to inner side of flare.

CAUTION
This product uses new refrigerant (R410A) only. Be sure to
keep the following items and conduct the installation work.
Use a dedicated pipe cutter and flare tool for R410A. Fig. 5
When connecting the flare, apply ether oil or ester oil Refer to Table 1 for the corresponding tightening torque.
only to inner side of the flare.
Be sure to use the flare nut provided with the unit. (Do Table 1
not use a different flare nut (such as a type-1 flare nut),
or otherwise refrigerant leakage may result.) Flare
Pipe
Tightening torque dimensions Flare shape
Perform the curing of the piping with pinching or taping size
A (in.)
of the piping in order to prevent the intrusion of dirt, dust,
and moisture into the piping. 1/4 10.4 12.7 lbfft 0.342 0.358

3/8 24.1 29.4 lbfft 0.504 0.520 0


45 2 R0.016-0.031
CAUTION
0
0
90 2

1/2 36.5 44.5 lbfft 0.638 0.654


0

A
Be sure to use the specified type of refrigerant for the
refrigeration cycle and do not contaminate the refrigerant
5/8 45.6 55.6 lbfft 0.760 0.776
with air.
Ventilate the room in case of refrigerant leakage during
installation work. CAUTION
Do not excessively tighten the flare nut.
Doing so will break the flare nut and refrigerant leakage may
result.
Make sure that all parts around the flare are free of oil.
The drain pan and the resin part may be deteriorated if oil is
attached.

If no torque wrenches are available, refer to Table 2 as a


standard.
When the flare nut is tightened with the spanner, the
tightening torque should increase suddenly. Tighten the
flare nut further for the corresponding angle shown in
Table 2.

English 7

3PN14093-12A

194 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)


EDUS281120_a Installation of indoor unit

Table 2 Wrap the middle sealing material (7) around the insula-
tion for fitting (4) and (5) for the joint (flare nut part).
Recommended arm length of
Pipe size Further tightening angle
tool
CAUTION
1/4 60 to 90 degrees Approx. 5-7/8 in.
Be sure to perform the heat insulation of the local piping
3/8 60 to 90 degrees Approx. 7-7/8 in.
up to the piping joint.
1/2 30 to 60 degrees Approx. 9-13/16 in. If the piping is exposed, dew condensation may result. Fur-
5/8 30 to 60 degrees Approx. 11-13/16 in. thermore, a burn may be caused if a human body comes in
contact with the piping.
(2) On completion of installation work, check that there is no
gas leakage. Perform nitrogen substituent or apply nitrogen into the
(3) Refer to the following illustration and be sure to perform refrigerant piping (see NOTE 1) in the case of refrigerant
heat insulation work on the piping joints after gas leakage piping blazing (see NOTE 2). Then perform the flare con-
checks. (Refer to Fig. 6) nection of the indoor unit. (Refer to Fig. 7)
Heat insulation procedure for liquid piping
Refrigerant Pressure-reducing valve
Insulation for fitting (4) (accessory)
Insulation material piping Part to be
Flare nut joint Taping
for piping brazed
hands
(on unit side) Make sure that valve
Middle sealing pad (7)
Attached to the seam faces Nitrogen
upward. (accessory)
the surface.
Nitrogen
Main unit Fig. 7
Clamp (8)
(accessory) CAUTION
Insulation material Wrap the insulation material Do not use any antioxidant at the time of piping blazing.
for piping (field supply) around the portion from the
surface of the main unit to the The piping may be clogged with a residual antioxidant and
upper part of the flare nut joint. parts may malfunction.

NOTE
1. At the time of blazing, set the pressure of nitrogen to
Liquid pipe approximately 2.9 PSI (close to the pressure of a breeze
coming in contact with the cheek) with a pressure-reduc-
ing valve.
2. Do not use flux at the time of blazing and connecting the
Gas pipe refrigerant piping. Use a copper phosphorus brazing alloy
(BCuP-2/BCu 93P-710/795), which does not require flux,
Fig. 6 for blazing.
(Flux has a bad influence on the refrigerant piping. Chlo-
Heat insulation procedure for gas piping rine-based flux will cause piping corrosion. Furthermore, if
it contains fluorine, the flux will deteriorate refrigerant oil.)
Insulation for fitting (5) (accessory)
Insulation material As for the branching of the refrigerant piping or refrigerant,
Flare nut joint
for piping
(on unit side) refer to the installation manual provided with the outdoor unit.
Make sure that
Middle sealing pad (7)
Attached to the seam faces
(accessory)
the surface. upward. 7. DRAIN PIPING WORK
(1) Conduct drain piping work. Refrigerant
Clamp (8) Check that the piping piping
(accessory) ensures proper draining.
Insulation material Wrap the insulation material Make sure that the diam-
Drain socket
for piping (field supply) around the portion from the eter of the piping exclud-
surface of the main unit to the ing the rising part is the Socket for
upper part of the flare nut joint. maintenance
same as or larger than (with rubber cap)
the diameter of the con-
Use the insulation for fitting (4) and (5) provided to the necting pipe (vinyl chloride pipe with an outer diameter
liquid piping and gas piping, respectively, and conduct of 1-1/4 in. and a nominal inner diameter of 31/32 in.).
heat insulation work. Make sure that the piping is short enough with a down-
(Tighten both edges of the insulation for fitting (4) and (5) ward slope of at least 1/100 and that there is no air
for each joint with the clamp (8).) bank formed. No drain trap is required.
Make sure that the joint of the insulation for fitting (4) and
(5) for the joint on the liquid piping and gas piping side
faces upward.

8 English

3PN14093-12A

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 195


Installation of indoor unit EDUS281120_a

Select the diameter of the concentrated drain piping to


CAUTION suit the capacity of equipment connecting to the concen-
The drain piping will be clogged with water and water leakage trated drain piping (see the equipment design sheet).
may result if the water is accumulated in the drain piping.
Ceiling slab
12 in. max. 3.3 - 4.9 ft
Conduct drain-up piping work if the gradient is insuffi- Support bracket
cient.

28 in. max.
Attach a support bracket at 3.3 to 4.9 ft intervals for
the prevention of piping deflection.
Drain-up piping
Support bracket (field supply)
3.3 - 4.9 ft
Metal clamp (1) (accessory) Adjustable
(18-3/8 in. max.)
Drain hose (2) (accessory)

Downward slope of at least 1/100


Drain hose (2) (accessory)
Be sure to use the drain hose (2) and metal clamp (1).
Insert the drain hose (2) deep into the base of the
Horizontal or
drain socket, and securely fasten the metal clamp (1) upward slope
within the taped part on the insertion front end of the
hose.
Be sure to fasten the screw of the metal clamp (1) until Locate the drain hose horizontally
the margin of the screw thread decreases to 3/16 in. or or with a little upward gradient.
less. If there is an air bank, noise may be generated
as a result of a water backflow when the drain
Metal clamp (1) pump comes to a stop.
(accessory)
(2) Check the smooth draining of the piping on completion of
the installation of the piping.
Tape Drain hose (2)
[Before electrical work]
(accessory)
CAUTION
NOTE
A licensed electrical engineering technician must con-
Be sure to follow the instructions as below.
duct electrical wiring work (including grounding work).
Do not connect the drain piping directly to a sewer that
If no licensed electrical engineering technician is avail-
smells of ammonia.
able, take steps 3 and 4 after the test run of the air condi-
The ammonia in the sewer may reach through the drain
tioner is finished.
piping and corrode the heat exchanger of the indoor unit.
Do not bend or twist the provided drain hose (2) in order
not to impose excessive force on the hose. (Doing so 1. Remove the control box cover, and connect the single-
may result in water leakage.) phase electric wires to terminals L1 and L2 of the ter-
Take the procedure shown in the following illustration to minal block and the ground wiring to the ground ter-
perform concentrated drain piping. minal.
Perform wiring according to 10-1. CONNECTING
POWER SUPPLY, GROUND, REMOTE CONTROLLER,
18 - 3/8 in.

AND TRANSMISSION WIRING in 10. WIRING EXAM-


PLE AND HOW TO SET THE REMOTE CONTROLLER.

CAUTION
Concentrated drain piping
In order not to impose tension on the wire connections, per-
Maintain a downward slope of at least
1/100 so that no air bank will be formed. form clamping securely with the provided clamp (8) specified
The drain piping will be clogged with water
in 3 in 10-1. CONNECTING POWER SUPPLY, GROUND,
and water leakage may result if the water is REMOTE CONTROLLER, AND TRANSMISSION WIRING.
accumulated in the drain piping.
2. Check that the control box cover is closed before turning
the air conditioner ON.
3. Provide approximately 1/4 gal of water gradually into the
drain pan through the water inlet on the bottom of the drain
socket or the outlet. Make sure that the water is not spilled
onto the drain pump.
4. The drain pump will operate with the power turned ON.
Check that the pump drains water smoothly. (The drain
pump will stop automatically in 10 minutes.)

English 9

3PN14093-12A

196 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)


EDUS281120_a Installation of indoor unit

The drainage can be checked with the water level change 8. DUCT WORK
in the drain pan through the water inlet.
Pay the utmost attention to the following items and conduct
CAUTION the ductwork.
Do not touch the drain pump. Check that the duct will not be in excess of the setting range
Otherwise, an electric shock may be received. of external static pressure for the unit. (Refer to the technical
Do not impose external force on the float switch. datasheet for the setting range. Each model has each setting
Otherwise, a failure may result. range of external static pressure.)
Attach a canvas duct each to the air outlet and air inlet so that
5. On completion of the drainage check, shut off the power the vibration of the equipment will not be transmitted to the
supply and disconnect the power supply line. duct or ceiling.
6. Put the control box cover to the original position. Use a sound-absorbing material (insulation material) for the
lining of the duct and apply vibration insulation rubber to the
[After electrical work] suspension bolts.
After completion of 8. DUCT WORK provide approximately At the time of duct welding, perform the curing of the duct so
1/4 gal of water gradually into the drain pan through the that the sputter will not come in contact with the drain pan for
water inlet on the bottom of the drain socket, and check that the filter.
the water is drained while the air conditioner is in cooling If the metal duct passES through a metal lath, wire lath, or
operation according to 11. FIELD SETTING and 12. TEST METALplate of a wooden structure, separate the duct and
RUN. Make sure that the water is not spilled onto the electric WALLELECtrically.
parts of the drain pump and others. Be sure to heat insulate the duct for the prevention of dew
(3) Be sure to conduct heat insulation work on the follow- condensation. (Material: Glass wool or styrene foam; Thick-
ing portions, or otherwise water leakage may occur as ness: 31/32 in.)
a result of dew condensation. Be sure to attach the field supply air filter to the air inlet of the
Drain piping indoors unit or field supply inlet in the air passage on the air suction
Drain socket side. (Be sure to select an air filter with a duct collection
EFFIciency of 50 weight percent.)
Drain socket Explain the operation and washing methods of the locally
procured components (i.e., the air filter, air inlet grille, and air
Drain pan Water inlet
outlet grille) to the customer.
Refrigerant piping Locate the air outlet grille on the indoor side for the preven-
tion of drafts in a position where indirect contact with people.
Control box cover The air conditioner incorporates a function to adjust the fan to
rated speed automatically. (11. FIELD SETTING)
Control box Therefore, do not use booster fans midway in the duct.

Air outlet Terminal block for Connection method of ducts on air inlet and outlet sides.
power supply Connect the field supply duct in alignment with the inner side
Screw of the flange.
Drain pump position
Connect the flange and unit with the flange connection screw
Socket for maintenance (3).
(with rubber cap)
Water inlet lid Wrap aluminum tape around the flange and duct joint in order
Plastic water container
to prevent air leakage.

On completion of the drainage check, refer to the follow- Flange on air inlet side Flange on air outlet side
ing illustration, and use the provided large sealing pad (provided with the unit) (provided with the unit)
(6) and heat insulate the metal clamp (1) and drain hose Screws for duct Insulation material
(2). flanges (3) (field supply)
(accessory) Screws
Make sure that the Air inlet Unit Air outlet for duct
seam faces upward. Large sealing pad (6) flanges (3)
(accessory) Insulation material Canvas duct (accessory)
(field supply) (field supply)
Metal clamp (1)
(accessory)
CAUTION
3/16 in. max.
Connect the flange and unit with the flange connection screw (3)
regardless of whether the duct is connected to the air inlet side.

10 English

3PN14093-12A

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 197


Installation of indoor unit EDUS281120_a

9. ELECTRIC WIRING WORK 9-3 SPECIFICATIONS FOR FIELD SUPPLIED


FUSE " 2 % !AND
+ % WIRE
2
9-1 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
All field supplied parts and materials and electric works must Remote controller wiring
Power supply wiring
Transmission wiring
conform to local codes. Model
Use copper wire only. fuseBREAKER
Size Wire Size
For electric wiring work, refer to also Wiring diagram
attached to the control box cover. FBQ18PVJU
For remote controller wiring details, refer to the installation Size must
FBQ24PVJU STRANDED
manual attached to the remote controller. comply
All wiring must be performed by an authorized electrician. FBQ30PVJU 15A NON SHIELDED AWG18-
with local
A circuit breaker capable of shutting down power supply to FBQ36PVJU  CONDUCTOR
codes.
the entire system must be installed. FBQ42PVJU
Refer to the installation manual attached to the outdoor unit
for the size of power supply wiring connected to the outdoor Allowable length of transmission wirings and remote controller
unit, the capacity of the ground fault circuit interrupter and wiring are as follows.
switch, and wiring instructions. (1) Outdoor unit Indoor unit:
Be sure to ground the air conditioner. Max. 3280 ft (Total wiring length: 6560 ft)
Do not connect the ground wiring to gas and water pipes, (2) Indoor unit Remote controller:
lightning rods, or telephone ground wires. Max. 1640 ft
Gas pipes : might cause explosions or fire if gas leaks. NOTE
Water pipes : no grounding effect if hard vinyl piping is
used.  3HOWSONLYINCASEOFPROTECTEDPIPES5SE(2. &IN
Telephone ground wires or lightning rods : might cause CASEOFNOPROTECTION
abnormally high electric potential in the ground during  6INYLCORDWITHSHEATHORCABLE)NSULATEDTHICKNESS
INORMORE
lighting storms.
./4%%ITHERAFUSEORABREAKERISACCEPTABLE
9-2 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS  7)2).'%8!-0,%!.$(/74/3%4
-ODEL
0OWERSUPPLY &ANMOTOR 4(%2%-/4%#/.42/,,%2
(Z 6OLTS 6OLTAGERANGE -#! -/0 +7 &,!
&"106*5       #/..%#4).'0/7%23500,9 '2/5.$
&"106*5     2%-/4%#/.42/,,%2 !.$42!.3-)33)/.
6 -AX6 7)2).'
&"106*5     
6 -IN6 2EMOVETHECONTROLBOXCOVERASSHOWNBELOWANDCONNECT
&"106*5    
EACHWIRE
&"106*5    
MCA: Minimum Circuit Ampacity (A)  2EMOVETHECONTROLBOXCOVER
MOP: Maximum Overcurrent Protective Device (A)
kW: Fan Motor Rated Output (kW)
FLA: Full Load Ampacity (A)

Screw
(3 portions)

English 11

C: 3PN14093-12A

198 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)


EDUS281120_a Installation of indoor unit

(2) Lay the wires in the control box through the wire inlet on the (3) Follow the instructions below, and lay the wires in the con-
side of the control box. trol box.
Lock nut Fix the wires with
(Field supply) clamp (8) to the Transmission
Elbow
(Field supply) wire fixing bracket wiring (Low voltage)
Insert the cord into
provided to the Remote controller the wire clips
control box. wiring (Low voltage) provided with the
control box.

Conduit Conduit
(Field supply) (field supply)

Low-voltage wiring inlet


Power supply wiring
Transmission wiring (High voltage)
(Low voltage) Ground wiring
Remote controller wiring (High voltage) PROHIBITED
(Low voltage)
Insulation tube Never connect the power
(accessory (12)) supply wiring.

High-voltage wiring inlet


P1 P2 F1 F2 T 1 T2
Power supply wiring (High voltage)
Ground wiring (High voltage)
Ground L 1 L 2
Connection method of Transmission wiring
CAUTION power supply terminals (No polarity)
Do not lay the remote controller wiring or transmission wiring (X1M) Remote controller
along with the power supply wiring or other electric wiring in wiring (No polarity)
the same route. Separate the remote controller wiring and Twist and fix the upper part so
that the wires will not drop out.
transmission wiring at least 2 in. from the power supply wiring Connection method of remote
or other electric wiring, or otherwise malfunctions or failures Fix the cord with the controller terminals (X2M)
may be caused by external electric noise that may interfere clamp (8) to the wire If stranded wires are used, do
fixing bracket provided not solder the front end of the
with the remote controller wiring and transmission wiring. to the control box.
For the installation and wiring of the remote controller, refer to wires.
the remote controller installation manual provided with the Routing power supply wiring and transmission wiring
remote controller. Let the power supply wiring with a conduit pass through one of
For power supply wiring, refer to the wiring diagram as well. the holes on the side cover, and let the transmission wiring with
Be sure to connect the remote controller wiring and transmis- a conduit pass through another hole.
sion wiring correctly to the right terminal block. For protection from uninsulated live parts, thread the power
supply wiring or the transmission wiring through the included
insulation tube and secure it with the included clamp.
Power supply wiring
Insulation tube Clamp or
(accessory (12)) (accessory (8)) Transmission wiring

(3in.)

When use the insulation tube


Cut off the insulation tube as need length.

Cut off

WARNING
Trim and lay the wiring neatly and attach the control box
cover securely.
An electric shock or fire may result if the control box cover
catches any wiring or the wires push up the cover.

12 English

3PN14093-12A

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 199


Installation of indoor unit EDUS281120_a

(4) Put the control box cover, and wrap the wire sealing mate- 10-2 WIRING EXAMPLE
rial (Small) (10) around the conduit so as to block the wire
through holes. WARNING
Wire through holes Install a ground fault circuit interrupter.
The installation of a ground fault circuit interrupter is imperative
for the prevention of electric shocks and fire accidents.

COMPLETE SYSTEM EXAMPLE

Power supply wire


Power supply Outdoor unit
Main Transmission wire
switch Disconnect switch
CAUTION
Maximum overcurrent
After all the wiring connections are done, fill in any gaps in the protective device
through holes with putty or insulation (procured locally) to pre-
vent small animals and insects from entering the unit from
outside. (If any do get in, they could cause short circuits in the
control box.)

[Precautions for Power Supply Wiring]


Connect round crimp-style terminals provided with insulation Indoor unit
sleeves to the terminal block for power supply. Remote controller
Attach insulation sleeve

1. When using 1 remote controller (Normal operation)

Round crimp-style terminal Power Supply


Electric wire 208/230V Outdoor unit
1 ~ 60Hz
Be sure to follow the instructions provided below if the spec- Control box
IN/D OUT/D
F1 F2 F1 F2
ified terminals cannot be used. L1 L2
Otherwise, abnormal heat may be generated as a result
of the loosening of the wires.

Connect the wires Do not connect a Do not connect


evenly. wire to the single wires different
side only. from each other in
diameter. L1 L2 P1 P2 F1 F2 T1 T2

Indoor unit

P1 P2

If stranded wires are used, do not solder the front end of the Remote
wires. controller
Connect proper wires securely and fix the wires so that exter-
nal force will not be imposed on the terminals.
Use an appropriate screwdriver to tighten the terminal
screws. The screw heads may be damaged if the screwdriver
is too small and the terminal screws will not be tightened
properly.
Do not tighten the terminal screws excessively, or otherwise
the screw heads may be damaged.
Refer to the table below for the required tightening torque val-
ues of the terminal screws.
Tightening torque (lbfft)
Terminal block for remote controller
0.58 - 0.72
and transmission wires
Terminal block for power supply
0.87 - 1.06
Ground wiring

English 13

3PN14093-12A

200 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)


EDUS281120_a Installation of indoor unit

2. When using 2 remote controllers (2) Set the main/sub switch on one of the remote controller
PCBs to sub. (Keep the switch of the other remote controller
PCB set to main.)
Power Supply
208/230V Outdoor unit
1 ~ 60Hz Control box
IN/D OUT/D S
L1 L2 F1 F2 F1 F2 (Factory setting)
M

Remote controller
PC board
Only one remote
S
controller needs to be
M
changed if factory
settings have
L1 L2 P1 P2 F1 F2 T1 T2
remained untouched.

Indoor unit
10-4 COMPUTERIZED CONTROL (FORCED OFF
P1 P2 P1 P2 AND ON/OFF OPERATION)
For use with (1) Wire specifications and how to perform wiring
2 remote Connect the external input to terminals T1 and T2 of the
controllers terminal block for remote controller.

[ PRECAUTIONS ] F2 T1 T2
1. Make sure that the ground fault circuit interrupter is FORCED
designed to protect the air conditioner from ground faults, OFF
overloads, and short-circuiting.
2. The remote controller wiring (P1 and P2) and transmission Input A
wiring (F1 and F2) have no polarity.
Wire specification CONDUCTORSTRANDED NON SHIELDEDCOPPER06#ORVINYLJACKET
10-3 CONTROL BY 2 REMOTE CONTROLLERS (Con-
Gauge AWG18-
trolling 1 indoor unit by 2 remote controllers)
Length Max. 328 ft
Set one of the remote controllers to main and the other to sub
in the case of remote control with two remote controllers. Contact that can ensure the minimum appli-
External terminal
cable load of 15 V DC, 1 mA.
Switching Main/Sub
The setting of the BRC1E71 remote controller should be (2) Actuation
switched referring to the manual supplied with the remote The following table explains FORCED OFF and ON/OFF
controller. OPERATIONS in response to Input A.
In case of BRC1D71 remote controller.
FORCED OFF ON/OFF OPERATION
(1) Insert a screwdriver into the clearance between the
grooves of the lower casing and the upper casing to remove Input ON stops operation (impossible by Input OFF ON turns
remote controllers.) ON unit.
the upper casing. (2 grooves) (The remote controller PCB is
attached to the upper casing.) Input OFF enables control by remote con- Input ON OFF turns
Upper part of troller. OFF unit.
remote controller
(3) How to select FORCED OFF and ON/OFF OPERATION
Turn the power on and then use the remote controller to
select operation.

10-5 CENTRALIZED CONTROL


For centralized control, it is necessary to designate the group
No. For details, refer to the manual of each optional control-
Lower part of lers for centralized control.
remote controller

Insert the screwdriver here and gently work


off the upper part of remote controller.

14 English

3PN14093-12A

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 201


Installation of indoor unit EDUS281120_a

11. FIELD SETTING (3) Make settings for automatic airflow adjustment. After
setting the air conditioner to fan mode, stop the air
Make sure the control box covers are closed on the indoor conditioner, go to FIELD SET MODE, select Mode
and outdoor units. No. 21 (11 in the case of group settings), set the set-
Field setting must be made from the remote controller in ting FIRST CODE NO. to 7, and set the setting
accordance with the installation conditions. SECOND CODE NO. to 03.
Setting can be made by changing the Mode No., FIRST Return to normal mode after these settings, and press
CODE NO., and SECOND CODE NO.. the ON/OFF OPERATION button. Then the operation
For setting procedures and instructions, refer to the FIELD lamp will be lit and the air conditioner will go into fan
SETTING in the installation manual of the remote controller. operation for automatic airflow adjustment. Do not
adjust the throttles of the air outlets or inlets during
automatic adjustment of the air conditioner. After the
air conditioner runs approximately one to eight min-
Field settings FIELD SET MODE
Mode utes, the air conditioner will finish airflow adjustment
001
10 Mode No. automatically, the operation lamp will be turned OFF,
4
8 and the air conditioner will come to a stop.
Return Setting

Table 3
FIRST CODE NO. SECOND CODE NO. Mode No. FIRST CODE NO. Setting contents
Airflow
11 (21) 7
With wireless remote controller used adjustment
Set the wireless remote controller address before using the SECOND CODE NO.
wireless remote controller. 01 02 03
For the setting method of the address, refer to the operation Completion of Start of airflow
manual provided with the wireless remote controller. OFF
airflow adjustment adjustment

NOTE
(4) After the air conditioner stops operating, check with
Before the test run as explained in 12. TEST RUN, be sure to Mode No. 21 on an indoor unit basis that 02 is set
make the following field settings. for the SECOND CODE NO. in Table 3. If the air
A Mode No. is set on a group basis. To make a mode setting conditioner does not stop operating automatically or
on an individual unit basis or check the setting made, how- the SECOND CODE NO. is not 02, repeat steps
ever, set the corresponding mode number in the parenthe- from (3). If the outdoor unit is not turned ON, U4 or
ses. UH as explained in Table 7 will be displayed. This dis-
1. Settings for optional accessories play is not problematic, because this function is set
In case of connecting optional accessories, refer to the for the indoor unit. Continue setting the function.
installation manual provided with them and make neces- After setting this function, be sure to turn ON the out-
sary settings. door unit before the test run of the outdoor unit. If any
other error is displayed, refer to Table 7 and the oper-
2. External static pressure settings ation manual provided with the outdoor unit and
Make settings in either method (a) or method (b) as check the defective point.
explained below.
(a) Use the airflow adjustment function to make settings. CAUTION
Automatic airflow adjustment: The volume of discharge If there is any change after airflow adjustment in the ventila-
air is automatically adjusted to the rated quantity. tion paths (e.g., the duct and air outlet), be sure to make auto-
(1) Check that power supply wiring to the air conditioner matic airflow adjustment again.
is completed along with duct installation. If a closing Consult your Daikin representative if there is any change in
damper is installed in the air-conditioning system, the ventilation paths (e.g., the duct and air outlet) after the test
make sure that the closing damper is opened. Fur- run of the outdoor unit is finished or the air conditioner is
thermore, check that the air filter as a field supply is moved to another place.
attached to the air passage on the suction side.
(2) If there are a number of air outlets and inlets, adjust the (b) Select an external static pressure with the remote con-
throttles so that the airflow rate of each air outlet and troller.
inlet will coincide with the designed airflow rate. At that Check that 01 (OFF) is set for the SECOND CODE NO.
time, operate the air conditioner in fan mode. To in Mode No. 21 for airflow adjustment on an indoor unit
change the airflow rate, press and set the airflow adjust- basis in Table 3. The SECOND CODE NO. is set to 01
ment button of the remote controller to HH, H, or L. (OFF) at factory set. Change the SECOND CODE NO.
as shown in Table 4 according to the external static pres-
sure of the duct to be connected.
(1) The SECOND CODE NO. is set to 07 (an external
static pressure of 0.4 inWG) at factory set.

English 15

3PN14093-12A

202 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)


EDUS281120_a Installation of indoor unit

Table 4 12. TEST RUN


External Static FIRST SECOND Refer to the installation manual of the outdoor unit.
Mode No.
Pressure CODE NO. CODE NO. The operation lamp of the remote controller will flash when a
0.20 inWG 02 malfunction occurs. Check the malfunction code on the liquid
0.24 inWG 03 crystal display to identify the point of trouble. An explanation
0.28 inWG 04 of malfunction codes and the corresponding trouble is pro-
0.32 inWG 05
vided in the installation manual attached to the outdoor unit
or the service manual.
0.36 inWG 06
If any of the items in Table 7 is displayed, there may be a
0.40 inWG 07 problem with the wiring or power supply, so check the wiring
0.44 inWG 08 again.
13 (23) 06
0.48 inWG 09
Table 6
0.52 inWG 10
0.56 inWG 11 Remote controller display Contents

0.60 inWG 12 Error in power supply voltage to


A8 is lit up
indoor unit.
0.64 inWG 13
Fan driver PCB of indoor unit
0.72 inWG 14 C1 is lit up indoor control PCB transmission
0.80 inWG 15 error.
Improper combination of fan driver
CAUTION C6 is lit up PCB of indoor unit or setting failure
in control PCB type.
Keep in mind that a shortage of airflow quantity or water leakage
Test run of outdoor unit has not
will result because the air conditioner will be operated outside U3 is lit up
been finished.
the rated range of airflow quantity if the external static pressure
is wrongly set.
Table 7
3. Filter sign settings Remote controller display Contents
The remote controller is provided with an LCD that tells is lit up There is a short circuit at the
the time of air filter cleaning. FORCED OFF terminals (T1, T2)
If the air conditioner is used in places with excessive dust, The power supply on the outdoor
change the SECOND CODE NO. as shown in Table 5. unit is off.
The SECOND CODE NO. is set to 01 (standard) at fac- U4 is lit up
The outdoor unit has not been
tory set. wired for power supply.
UH is lit up
Incorrect wiring for the transmis-
Table 5 sion and / or the FORCED OFF
wiring.
FIRST SECOND
Time for The power supply on the indoor
Dirt Mode No. CODE CODE
display unit is off.
NO. NO.
The indoor unit has not been
Approxi- No display wired for power supply.
Standard mately 2500 01 Incorrect wiring for the remote
hours controller, the transmission and /
0
Approxi- 10 (20) or the FORCED OFF.
Excessive
mately 1250
dust 02
hours
CAUTION
No display (*) 3
If interior finish work is continuing on completion of the test run
* Select No display under conditions in which the cleaning of the air conditioner, explain the customer not to operate the air
display is not required, such as the time of regular mainte- conditioner until the interior finish work is completed for the pro-
nance. tection of the air conditioner.
Otherwise, substances that will be generated from interior finish
work materials, such as paint and adhesive agents, may con-
taminate the air conditioner.

16 English

3PN14093-12A

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 203


Installation of outdoor unit EDUS281120_a

17. Installation of outdoor unit


17.1 RZR18PVJU / RZR24PVJU / RZR30PVJU / RZQ18PVJU9 / RZQ24PVJU9 /
RZQ30PVJU

SPLIT SYSTEM Air Conditioners Installation manual

CONTENTS DANGER
1. SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS ........................................... 1 Refrigerant gas is heavier than air and replaces oxygen.
2. INTRODUCTION ............................................................... 3 A massive leak can lead to oxygen depletion, especially
3. BEFORE INSTALLATION .................................................. 4 in basements, and an asphyxiation hazard could occur
4. SELECTION OF INSTALLATION LOCATION ................... 4 leading to serious injury or death.
Do not ground units to water pipes, gas pipes, tele-
5. CAUTIONS ON INSTALLATION ........................................ 8
phone wires, or lightning rods as incomplete grounding
6. REFRIGERANT PIPING WORK ....................................... 9 can cause a severe shock hazard resulting in severe
7. ELECTRIC WIRING WORK ............................................ 12 injury or death. Additionally, grounding to gas pipes
8. CHECKS AFTER COMPLETION OF WORK .................. 15 could cause a gas leak and potential explosion causing
9. TEST RUN PROCEDURE............................................... 15 severe injury or death.
If refrigerant gas leaks during installation, ventilate the
10. CAUTION FOR REFRIGERANT LEAKS ........................ 17
area immediately. Refrigerant gas may produce toxic
gas if it comes in contact with re. Exposure to this gas
could cause severe injury or death.
1. SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS After completing the installation work, check that the
refrigerant gas does not leak throughout the system.
Read these SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS for Installation Do not install unit in an area where ammable materials
carefully before installing air conditioning equipment. After are present due to risk of explosions that can cause
completing the installation, make sure that the unit operates serious injury or death.
properly during the startup operation. Safely dispose all packing and transportation materials
Instruct the customer on how to operate and maintain the unit. in accordance with federal/state/local laws or ordinanc-
Inform customers that they should store this Installation Manu- es. Packing materials such as nails and other metal or
al with the Operation Manual for future reference. wood parts, including plastic packing materials used for
Always use a licensed installer or contractor to install this transportation may cause injuries or death by suffoca-
product. Improper installation can result in water or refrigerant tion.
leakage, electrical shock, re, or explosion.
Meanings of DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION, and NOTE
Symbols: WARNING
DANGER ................ Indicates an imminently hazardous Only qualied personnel must carry out the installation
situation which, if not avoided, will work. Installation must be done in accordance with this
result in death or serious injury. installation manual. Improper installation may result in
water leakage, electric shock, or re.
WARNING .............. Indicates a potentially hazardous
When installing the unit in a small room, take measures
situation which, if not avoided, could
to keep the refrigerant concentration from exceeding
result in death or serious injury.
allowable safety limits. Excessive refrigerant leaks, in
CAUTION ............... Indicates a potentially hazardous the event of an accident in a closed ambient space, can
situation which, if not avoided, may lead to oxygen deciency.
result in minor or moderate injury. Use only specied accessories and parts for installation
It may also be used to alert against work. Failure to use specied parts may result in water
unsafe practices. leakage, electric shocks, re, or the unit falling.
NOTE ..................... Indicates situations that may result in Install the air conditioner on a foundation strong
equipment or property-damage enough that it can withstand the weight of the unit. A
accidents only. foundation of insufcient strength may result in the unit
falling and causing injuries.
Take into account strong winds, typhoons, or earth-
quakes when installing. Improper installation may result
in the unit falling and causing accidents.
Make sure that a separate power supply circuit is pro-
vided for this unit and that all electrical work is carried
out by qualied personnel according to local, state, and
national regulations. An insufcient power supply
capacity or improper electrical construction may lead to
electric shocks or re.
Make sure that all wiring is secured, that specied wires
are used, and that no external forces act on the terminal
connections or wires. Improper connections or installa-
tion may result in re.

1 English

3P281953-2A

204 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)


EDUS281120_a Installation of outdoor unit

When wiring, position the wires so that the control box (b) Tight -- R410A does not contain any chlorine, does
cover can be securely fastened. Improper positioning of not destroy the ozone layer, and does not reduce the
the control box cover may result in electric shocks, re, or earths protection again harmful ultraviolet radiation.
the terminals overheating. R410A can contribute to the greenhouse effect if it is
Before touching electrical parts, turn off the unit. released. Therefore take proper measures to check
Be sure to install a ground fault circuit interrupter if one for the tightness of the refrigerant piping installation.
is not already available. This helps prevent electrical Read the chapter Refrigerant Piping Work and follow
shocks or re. the procedures.
Securely fasten the outdoor unit terminal cover (panel). Since R410A is a blend, the required additional refriger-
If the terminal cover/panel is not installed properly, dust ant must be charged in its liquid state. If the refrigerant
or water may enter the outdoor unit causing re or is charged in a state of gas, its composition can change
electric shock. and the system will not work properly.
When installing or relocating the system, keep the The indoor unit is for R410A. See the catalog for indoor
refrigerant circuit free from substances other than the models that can be connected. Normal operation is not
specied refrigerant (R410A) such as air. Any presence possible when connected to other units.
of air or other foreign substance in the refrigerant cir- Remote controller (wireless kit) transmitting distance
cuit can cause an abnormal pressure rise or rupture, can be shorter than expected in rooms with electronic
resulting in injury. uorescent lamps (inverter or rapid start types). Install
Do not change the setting of the protection devices. If the indoor unit far away from uorescent lamps as
the pressure switch, thermal switch, or other protection much as possible.
device is shorted and operated forcibly, or parts other Indoor units are for indoor installation only. Outdoor
than those specied by Daikin are used, re or explo- units can be installed either outdoors or indoors.
sion may occur. Do not install the air conditioner in the following loca-
tions:
(a) Where a mineral oil mist or oil spray or vapor is
CAUTION
produced, for example, in a kitchen.
Do not touch the switch with wet ngers. Touching a Plastic parts may deteriorate and fall off or result in
switch with wet ngers can cause electric shock. water leakage.
Do not allow children to play on or around the unit to (b) Where corrosive gas, such as sulfurous acid gas, is
prevent injury. produced.
Do not touch the refrigerant pipes during and immedi- Corroding copper pipes or soldered parts may result
ately after operation as the refrigerant pipes may be hot in refrigerant leakage.
or cold, depending on the condition of the refrigerant (c) Near machinery emitting electromagnetic waves.
owing through the refrigerant piping, compressor, and Electromagnetic waves may disturb the operation of
other refrigerant cycle parts. Your hands may suffer the control system and cause the unit to malfunc-
burns or frostbite if you touch the refrigerant pipes. To tion.
avoid injury, give the pipes time to return to normal (d) Where ammable gas may leak, where there is car-
temperature or, if you must touch them, be sure to wear bon ber, or ignitable dust suspension in the air, or
proper gloves. where volatile ammables such as thinner or gaso-
Heat exchanger ns are sharp enough to cut. line are handled. Operating the unit in such condi-
To avoid injury wear glove or cover the ns when work- tions can cause a re.
ing around them. Take adequate measures to prevent the outdoor unit
Install drain piping to proper drainage. Improper drain from being used as a shelter by small animals. Small
piping may result in water leakage and property dam- animals making contact with electrical parts can cause
age. malfunctions, smoke, or re. Instruct the customer to
Insulate piping to prevent condensation. keep the area around the unit clean.
Be careful when transporting the product.
Do not turn off the power immediately after stopping
operation. Always wait for at least 5 minutes before NOTE
turning off the power. Otherwise, water leakage may Install the power supply and control wires for the indoor
occur. and outdoor units at least 3.5 feet away from televisions
Do not use a charging cylinder. Using a charging cylin- or radios to prevent image interference or noise.
der may cause the refrigerant to deteriorate. Depending on the radio waves, a distance of 3.5 feet
Refrigerant R410A in the system must be kept clean, may not be sufcient to eliminate the noise.
dry, and tight. Dismantling the unit, treatment of the refrigerant, oil and
(a) Clean and Dry -- Foreign materials (including mineral additional parts must be done in accordance with the
oils such as SUNISO oil or moisture) should be relevant local, state, and national regulations.
prevented from getting into the system. Do not use the following tools that are used with con-
ventional refrigerants: gauge manifold, charge hose,
gas leak detector, reverse ow check valve, refrigerant
charge base, vacuum gauge, or refrigerant recovery
equipment.
If the conventional refrigerant and refrigeration oil are
mixed in R410A, the refrigerant may deteriorate.

English 2

3P281953-2A

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 205


Installation of outdoor unit EDUS281120_a

This air conditioner is an appliance that should not be 2-2 Technical specications
accessible to the general public. (<a> and <b> in the table indicate the operating condition
The wall thickness of eld-installed pipes should be (shown in the left gure).)
selected in accordance with the relevant local, state,
and national regulations. RZQ18PVJU RZQ24PVJU RZQ30PVJU
Model
RZR18PVJU RZR24PVJU RZR30PVJU
Precaution
Refrigerant R410A
Safety Precaution Power 208/230V 60Hz
The PCI Data Station is a class A product. In a domestic [FAQ] Wall mounted
environment this product may cause radio interference in Cooling (MBh) 18.0 24.0 <a>
which case the user may be required to take adequate mea-
Heating (MBh) (RZQ only) 20.0 26.0 <b>
sures.
[FCQ] Ceiling mounted
Cooling (MBh) 18.0 24.0 30.0 <a>
2. INTRODUCTION Heating (MBh) (RZQ only) 20.0 27.0 34.0 <b>
[FHQ] Ceiling Suspended
2-1 Standard operation limit Cooling (MBh) 18.0 24.0 30.0 <a>
The gures below assume following operating conditions for Heating (MBh) (RZQ only) 20.0 27.0 34.0 <b>
indoor and outdoor units: (RZQ only)
Equivalent pipe length ................25 ft. [FTQ] Air Handling Unit
Cooling (MBh) 18.0 24.0 <a>
Level difference ..........................0 ft.
Heating (MBh) 20.0 26.0 <b>
Cooling Heating Dimensions
(inch) 30-5/16 35 7/16 12 5/8
A C
115
<c> 60
H W D
Weight (lb.) 150
50
<b> Connections
95
43 Gas (inch) 5/8

<a> 41

Liquid (inch) 3/8

2-3 Electrical specications


(<c> in the table indicate the operating condition (shown in
5
the left gure).)
23 B 0 D
50 57 67 77 82 50 59 70 81
RZQ18PVJU RZQ24PVJU RZQ30PVJU
Model Precaution
RZR18PVJU RZR24PVJU RZR30PVJU
A Outdoor temperature (FDB) Power
B Indoor temperature (FWB)
Phase ~
C Outdoor temperature (FWB)
Frequency (Hz) 60
D Indoor temperature (FDB)
Voltage (V) 208/230
Range for continuous operation
Voltage
Range for pull down operation (%) 10
tolerance
Range for warming up operation Max.Overcurrent
(A) 20
Range for operation Protective device
Min. Circuit Amps. (A) 16.5 <c>
Compressor
Phase 3~
Frequency (Hz) 60
Voltage (V) 208/230

2-4 Accessories
Conrm that the following accessories are supplied.
Cover
Clamp Insulation tube
(Handle)
(Large-1) (Large-2) (Small-1) (Small-2)

(1 pc.) (2 pcs.) (1 pc.) (2 pcs.) (1 pc.)

Screw Conduit mounting plate Others

Installation manual
(1 pc.) (2 pcs.) (2 pcs.)

3 English

3P281953-2A

206 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)


EDUS281120_a Installation of outdoor unit

2-5 Main components If strong wind whose velocity is 11 mph or more blows
For main components and function of the main components, to the outdoor unit from the air outlet side, the air ow
refer to the Engineering Data Book. rate of the outdoor unit is reduced, the outlet air is
sucked again (short-circuit), and the following effect may
be caused:
3. BEFORE INSTALLATION The capacity is deteriorated.
Bringing-in The adhered frost increases during heating operation.
Bring in the outdoor unit slowly by holding the lugs provided on The operation is stopped by pressure rise.
the left and right sides as shown in the gures below. If excessive strong wind continuously blows from the air
(Take care so that hands and objects do not touch the n on outlet side of the outdoor unit, the fan may rotate in the
the rear.) reverse direction at high speed, and lead to damage.
Install the outdoor unit in reference to the following
Discharge grille
gures.
Position the air outlet side toward the building wall,
fence or windbreak screen.

Lug
Outdoor unit Suction
grille

(Secure the space for installation and servicing.)

Let the air outlet direction face be at right angles to the


wind direction.

(Front view) (Rear view) Strong wind Strong wind


If the suction hole area on the side of the casing
is held, the casing may be deformed. Make sure
Air outlet
to hold the corner.

(3) When installing the outdoor unit in a location with


Make sure to use accessories and specied specication
heavy snowfall, pay special attention to the following
parts in the installation work.
items:
Prepare strong foundation.
4. SELECTION OF INSTALLATION LOCA- Attach the snow hood (optional accessory).
Remove the suction grill on the rear so that snow will
TION not be accumulated in the rear n.
The refrigerant R410A itself is nontoxic, nonammable (4) When there is a possibility of short-circuit depending
and safe. If the refrigerant should leak however, its con- on the ambient situation, use the wind direction ad-
centration may exceed the allowable limit depending on justing plate (optional accessory).
room size. Due to this it could be necessary to take mea-
(5) The inverter type air conditioner may cause noise in
sures against leakage. Refer to the chapter Caution for
electric products.
refrigerant leaks.
When selecting an installation location, keep suf-
(1) Select a proper location satisfying the following re- cient distance from the air conditioner units and
quirements with approval of the customer. wiring to radios, personal computers, stereos, etc. as
Sufcient ventilation is secured. shown in the gure below.
Adjacent houses are not annoyed. In areas with weak electric waves, keep a distance of
The foundation is strong enough to support the weight 120 in. or more from the indoor remote controller, etc.,
and withstand vibrations of the outdoor unit, and the put the power cables and connection cables in con-
location is safe and allows horizontal installation. duit tubes, and ground the conduit tubes.
The outdoor unit is exposed to rain as less as possible.
The space for installation and servicing is secured
around the outdoor unit.
The indoor/outdoor piping length and wiring length are
within the allowable range.
(2) When installing the outdoor unit in a location affected
by strong wind, pay special attention to the following
items.

English 4

3P281953-2A

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 207


Installation of outdoor unit EDUS281120_a

Branch switch Branch switch (2) When two or more outdoor units are installed side
and overcurrent and overcurrent by side
protective device protective device
When an obstruction is present on the both sides
Indoor unit

ore

40 or more
Indoor remote

re
60 or m

4 0 o r mo
controller 40
or
mo
re
ore
60 or m
60 or m ore re
8o mo
(in.) rm or
ore 12

DANGER When an obstruction is present also in the upward area


(1) When one outdoor unit is installed individually
Do not install unit in an area where ammable materials are
When an obstruction is present also on the air inlet
present due to risk of explosion resulting in serious injury or
side
death.
Refrigerant is heavier than air and replaces oxygen. A ess
or l
massive leak could lead to oxygen depletion , especially in 20

40 or more
basements, and an asphyxiation hazard could occur leading
to serious injury or death.

Installation place (unit: inch)


Cautions on continuous installation ore
rm
The connection piping outlet direction in the continuous 4o
installation shown in the gures below is frontward or down- When an obstruction is present also on the air inlet
ward. side and both sides
When routing the piping rearward, secure space of 10 in. or
more on the right side of the outdoor unit. (The unit of nu- ess
or l

40 or more
meric values below is inch.) 20
Make some space for wiring with conduit and servicing
between the units.

(A) When an obstruction is present on the air inlet side


6o
When the upward area is open rm
ore
(1) When one outdoor unit is installed individually ore
6o rm
When an obstruction is present only on the air inlet rm
ore 6o
side
(2) When two or more outdoor units are installed side
by side
When an obstruction is present also on the air inlet
side and both sides

ore ess
rm or l
40 or more

4o 20

When an obstruction is present on the both sides


40
or m
ore

ore
8o or m
4o
rm
ore 12
rm
ore
4o ore
rm rm
ore 4o

5 English

3P281953-2A

208 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)


EDUS281120_a Installation of outdoor unit

(B) When an obstruction is present on the air outlet side When the upward area is open
When the upward area is open (1) When one outdoor unit is installed individually
(1) When one outdoor unit is installed individually

H
L
ore
rm
4o
ore ore
or m L>H or m
20 20

(2) When two or more outdoor units are installed side (2) When two or more outdoor units are installed side
by side by side

H
ore ore
or m or m
40 L>H 12
ore
or m
When an obstruction is present also in the upward area 40
(1) When one outdoor unit is installed individually
When an obstruction is present also in the upward area
s
r les (1) When one outdoor unit is installed individually
20 o
s
r les
40 or more

20 o

L40 or more
ore
or m ore
20 or m
H
10
A
(2) When two or more outdoor units are installed side
by side The dimensional relationship between H, L and A is as
s shown in the table below.
r les
20 o L A
0 < L 1/2H
40 or more

30
LH
1/2H < L H 40
H<L Install the frame to achieve L H.

NOTE
Close the area under the frame so that the outlet air does
ore not bypass there.
or m
40

(C) When an obstruction is present on both the air inlet


and air outlet sides
<Pattern 1>
When an obstruction on the air outlet side is higher than the
outdoor unit (There is no restriction in the height of obstruction
on the air inlet side.)

English 6

3P281953-2A

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 209


Installation of outdoor unit EDUS281120_a

(2) When only two outdoor units are installed side by When an obstruction is present also in the upward area
side (1) When one outdoor unit is installed individually
s
r les ess
20 o or l
20

40 or more
40 or more

H
L
L
A
ore ore
rm rm
H

o
12o 40
A
The dimensional relationship between H, L and A is as
shown in the table below.
The dimensional relationship between H, L and A is as
shown in the table below. L A
0 < L 1/2H 4
L A LH
1/2H < L H 8
0 < L 1/2H 40
LH H<L Install the frame to achieve L H.
1/2H < L H 50
H<L Install the frame to achieve L H.
NOTE
NOTE Close the area under the frame so that the outlet air does
not bypass there.
1. Close the area under the frame so that the outlet air does
not bypass there.
2. Only two outdoor units can be installed side by side. (2) When only two outdoor units are installed side by
side
<Pattern 2> ess
or l
When an obstruction on the air outlet side is lower than the 20

40 or more
outdoor unit (There is no restriction in the height of obstruction
on the air inlet side.)
When the upward area is open
(1) When one outdoor unit is installed individually

H
L
H

A
ore
orm
60
L

ore
rm
4o The dimensional relationship between H, L and A is as
ore
L>H rm shown in the table below.
20o
L A
(2) When two or more outdoor units are installed side 0 < L 1/2H 10
by side LH
1/2H < L H 12
H<L Install the frame to achieve L H.

NOTE
1. Close the area under the frame so that the outlet air does
L

not bypass there.


2. Only two outdoor units can be installed side by side.
A
ore
o rm
60

The dimensional relationship between H, L and A is as


shown in the table below.
L A
0 < L 1/2H 10
1/2H < L H 12

7 English

3P281953-2A

210 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)


EDUS281120_a Installation of outdoor unit

(D) When outdoor units are stacked (2) When two or more outdoor units are installed side
(1) When an obstruction is present on the air outlet by side
side

L
A

4
more
120 or
e
r mor

H
ore 24 o
or m rm
ore
40 60 o

The dimensional relationship between H, L and A is as


NOTE
shown in the table below.
1. Only two outdoor units can be stacked.
L A
2. About 4 in. is required as the drain piping size for the upper
outdoor unit. 0 < L 1/2H 10
LH
3. Close the area Z (gap between the upper outdoor unit and 1/2H < L H 12
the lower outdoor unit) so that the outlet air does not by- H<L Installation is not allowed.
pass there.

(2) When an obstruction is present on the air inlet side


5. CAUTIONS ON INSTALLATION
Before installation, conrm the strength and levelness of the
Z
foundation so that vibrations and noise are not generated.
Fix the outdoor unit securely on a rigid base with foundation
bolts as shown in the foundation drawing below.
(Prepare 4 sets of commercially available M12-type or
equivalent foundation bolts, nuts and washers.)
Use resin washers to prevent the paint from being scratched
off and rusting.
4

The foundation bolts should be protruded by 15/16 in.


ore
or m (Refer to gure)
12
Resin
washer
NOTE 15/16

1. Only two outdoor units can be stacked.


2. About 4 in. is required as the drain piping size for the upper
outdoor unit.
Drain treatment
3. Close the area Z (gap between the upper outdoor unit and
In a location where drain from the outdoor unit may cause
the lower outdoor unit) so that the outlet air does not by-
troubles (for example, where drainage may splash on gen-
pass there.
eral passersby), perform the drain piping work using the
drain plug (optional).
(E) When outdoor units are installed in rows (on the roof- For drain treatment, space of at least 4 in. is required under
top, etc.) the bottom frame of the outdoor unit.
(1) When one outdoor unit is installed in each row In the drain piping work, make sure that drainage is dis-
charged securely.
(When routing the piping downward, check for water leak-
age.)
Air outlet side
5 1/2 24 3/8 5 1/2
more
4 or
(13 5/8-13 7/8)
4 5/8

Bottom view
8 5/8

ore
11 3/8

rm
13 3/4

(unit: inch)
80 o
e
mor
8 or
e
r mor 1 7/8
40 o 16 5/8
Drain hole
24 1/8

English 8

3P281953-2A

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 211


Installation of outdoor unit EDUS281120_a

6. REFRIGERANT PIPING WORK Location Working period Protection method


1 month or more Pinch pipes
CAUTION Outdoor
Less than 1 month
<To piping technician> Pinch or tape pipes
Indoor Regardless of period
Make sure to open the stop valves after nishing the
piping work. (Refer to the table shown in 6-7 Additional
refrigerant charge.) 6-3 Piping connection
(Operating the air conditioner with the stop valve shut For handling of stop valves, refer to Stop valve opera-
may damage the compressor.) tion method in 6-7 Additional refrigerant charge.
Use R410A to add refrigerant. (The R410A refrigerant Only use the are nuts attached to the stop valves.
cylinder has a pink stripe painted around it.) Using different are nuts may cause the refrigerant to
All eld piping must be installed by a licensed refrigeration leak.
technician and must comply with relevant local and national Be sure to perform a nitrogen blow when brazing.
regulations.
BRAZING REFRIGERANT PIPING (Brazing without performing nitrogen replacement or releasing
Do not use ux when brazing copper-to copper refrigerant nitrogen into the piping will create large quantities of oxidized
piping. lm inside the pipes, adversely affecting valves and compressor
(Particularly for the HFC refrigerant piping) Therefore, use in the refrigerating system and preventing normal operation.)
the phosphor copper brazing ller metal (BCuP) which does
not require ux. DANGER
(Flux has an extremely negative effect on refrigerant piping Use of oxygen could cause an explosion resulting in severe
systems. For instance, if chlorine based ux is used, it will injury or death. Only use nitrogen gas.
cause pipe corrosion. Flux containing uorine will damage Refrigerant gas may produce toxic gas if it comes in contact
refrigeration oil.) with re such as from a fan heater, stove or cooking device.
Exposure to this gas could cause severe injury or death.
NOTE
Maximum piping length between the outdoor and indoor unit: NOTE
FAQ When brazing with blowing nitrogen, set the nitrogen pres-
Indoor unit FCQ FTQ sure to 2.9 psi or less by using a pressure reducing valve.
FHQ Refrigerant Location to
piping Regulator
Max. piping length 164 ft. 98 ft. be brazed

Installation tools: Nitrogen


Make sure to use installation tools (gauge manifold charge Taping
hose, etc.) that are exclusively used for R410A installations Manual valve Nitrogen
to withstand the pressure and to prevent foreign materials
(e.g. mineral oils such as SUNISO and moisture) from
mixing into the system.
(The screw specications differ for R410A and R407C.)
CAUTION
Vacuum pump (use a 2-stage vacuum pump with a non-
return valve): Do not use anti-oxidants when brazing.
1. Make sure the pump oil does not ow oppositely into the Residue can clog pipes and break the unit.
system while the pump is not working.
2. Use a vacuum pump which can evacuate to 14.6 psi. Do not let any refrigerant other than the specied refrigerant
enter the refrigerant system.
Do not let any gas such as air enter the refrigerant system.
6-1 Selection of piping material
Precautions when connecting the piping
1. Foreign materials inside pipes (including oils for fabrication)
See the following table for are dimensions.
must be 0.14gr/10ft. or less.
When connecting the are nuts, apply refrigeration oil to the
2. Use the following material specication for refrigerant
inside of the ares and turn them three or four times at rst.
pipping:
(Use ester oil or ether oil.)
Construction material: Phosphoric acid deoxidized seam-
See the following table for tightening torque. (Applying too
less copper for refrigerant.
much torque may cause the ares to crack.)
Size: liquid pipe: 3/8"
After connecting all the piping perform a gas leak check by
gas pipe: 5/8"
using nitrogen.
6-2 Protection of piping
Protect the piping to prevent moisture and dusts from com-
ing into the piping.
Especially, pay attention when passing the piping through a
hole or connecting the end of piping to the outdoor.

9 English

3P281953-2A

212 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)


EDUS281120_a Installation of outdoor unit

Cautions on connecting the connection piping


Tightening Flare dimension
Pipe size Flare shape (in.)
torque (ftlbf) A (in.) When it is expected that water condensed in the stop valve
R0.016 will reach the indoor unit through the gap between the heat

2
3/8 24.1 - 29.4 0.504 - 0.520 ~0.031
insulating material and the piping (for example, when the


90 2
45

A
outdoor unit is installed in a higher position than the indoor
unit), take proper action such as caulking the connection
5/8 45.6 - 55.6 0.760 - 0.776
area.

[Measures to prevent invasion of small creatures and litter]


Ester oil or ether oil Block all gaps in the piping penetration areas with putty or
heat insulating material (arranged in the local eld) as
shown in the gure below.
(If small creatures such as insects or litter enter the outdoor
If you are obliged to install the unit without a torque wrench, unit, a short-circuit may be caused inside the control box.)
you may follow the installation method mentioned below. Putty or heat
After the work is nished, make sure to check that there is insulating material
no gas leak. (arranged in local field)
When you keep on tightening the are nut with a spanner,
there is a point where the tightening torque suddenly in-
creases.
From that position, further tighten the are nut the angle
shown below.
6-5 Heat insulation of piping
Tightening angle Recommended arm
Pipe size Make sure to insulate the eld piping (on both the liquid line
(Guideline) length of tool (in.)
3/8 60~90 Approx. 7 7/8 and gas line) and refrigerant branching kit.
(If they are not insulated, water leakage may be caused.)
5/8 30~60 Approx. 11 13/16
"ESURETOUSEDINSULATIONTHATISDESIGNEDFORUSEWITH
Disposal requirements (6!#SYSTEMS
Dismantling of the unit, treatment of the refrigerant, oil and
Reinforce the refrigerant piping according to the installation
eventual other parts should be comply the relevant local and
environment. If it is not reinforced, condensate may form on
national regulations.
the surface of the insulation.
6-4 Refrigerant piping work procedure
The eld piping can be connected in three directions.
Front WARNING
panel Make sure to insulate the eld piping up to the piping con-
Piping cover nection area inside the unit. If the piping is exposed, dew
condensation and burn by contact may be caused.
Screw for
front panel
Lateral 6-6 Airtight test and vacuum drying
Front direction direction
Screw for piping Downward The unit has been checked for leaks by the manufacturer.
cover (front) direction
Conrm that the valves are rmly closed before airtight test or
vacuumdrying.
When connecting the piping downward, remove the knock-
To prevent entry of any impurities and insure sufcient pres-
out hole by making four holes in the middle on the each side
sure resistance, always use the special tools dedicated for
of the knockout hole with a drill.
R410A.
Drill
Middle on the side Perform the following inspections securely after the
Knockout hole piping work.
Airtight test - Make sure to use nitrogen gas. (For the
Slit
service port position, refer to the gure in Stop valve
Field piping
operation method.)
[Procedure] Pressurize the air conditioner from the liquid
Slit
Bottom frame pipe and gas pipe up to 450 psi (Make sure not to exceed
450 psi). When the pressure does not drop for 24 hours, the
Then cut out the corner of the bottom frame along the slits (in piping work shall be accepted.
two positions) by using a hacksaw. If the pressure drops, check for leakage positions. (Conrm
After removing the parts, it is recommended to apply repair that there is no leakage, then release nitrogen.)
paint on the edges, to prevent rusting.

English 10

3P281953-2A

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 213


Installation of outdoor unit EDUS281120_a

Vacuum drying - Use a vacuum pump which can evacuate Charge the refrigerant to the liquid pipe in its liquid state.
up to 14.6 psi or less. Since R410A is a mixed refrigerant, its composition changes
[Procedure] Operate the vacuum pump for evacuation for if charged in a state of gas and normal system operation
2 hours or more using both liquid pipe and gas pipe until the would no longer be assured.
vacuum pressure reaches 14.6 psi or less. Leave the air Before lling, check whether the tank has a siphon attached
conditioner at 14.6 psi or less for 1 hour or more, and or not.
conrm that the vacuum pressure indicated by the vacuum How to ll a tank with a siphon attached.
gage does not increase.
(If the vacuum pressure increases, the system may contain Fill with the tank upright.
moisture or have leakage.) There is a siphon tube
If there is a possibility of moisture remaining in the piping inside, so there is no need
(for example, when there is a possibility of dew condensation to turn the tank upside-down.
inside the piping because the piping work was performed in
the rainy season or over a long period of time, or when rainwa- Other ways of lling the tank
ter may have entered the piping during the work)
Perform evacuation described above for 2 hours (vacuum Fill with the tank upside-down.
drying), pressurize the air conditioner up to 7 psi (vacuum
break) with nitrogen gas, then evacuate the air conditioner
using the vacuum pump for 1 hour to achieve 14.6 psi or less
After the vacuum drying is nished, charge the additional
(vacuum drying).
refrigerant in its liquid state through the liquid stop valve
(If the vacuum pressure does not reach 14.6 psi or less even
service port.
after evacuation for 2 hours or more, repeat vacuum break and
Taking into account following instructions:
vacuum drying.) Leave the air conditioner in the vacuum status
1. Check that gas and liquid stop valves are closed.
for 1 hour or more, and conrm that the vacuum pressure
2. Charge the specied amount of refrigerant.
indicated by the vacuum gauge does not increase.
If the outdoor unit is not in operation and the total amount
6-7 Additional refrigerant charge cannot be charged, follow the procedures for additional
refrigerant charge shown below.
WARNING Make sure to use installation tools you exclusively use on
R410A installations to withstand the pressure and to prevent
To avoid injury always use protective gloves and eye protec- foreign materials from mixing into the system.
tion when charging refrigerant. Procedures for charging additional refrigerant.
To avoid injury do not charge with unsuitable substances. Dotted lines
Use only the appropriate refrigerant. Pressure represent
reducing field piping
valve Outdoor unit
Liquid line Gas line
(Siphon system)

Indoor unit
NOTE
R410A
Refrigerant cannot be charged until eld wiring has been
Cylinder
Nitrogen

completed. Valve A
Refrigerant may only be charged after performing the air-
Stop valve service port
tight test and the vacuum drying (see above). Weighing Vacuum pump
scale Charge hose
When charging refrigerant into the system, take care that its
maximum allowable charge is never exceeded, in view of the
See the Cautions on service label on the back of the front
danger of liquid hammer.
panel for the settings for operation after replenishing refriger-
Refrigerant containers shall be opened slowly.
ant.
To avoid compressor breakdown, do not charge the refriger-
1. Open the gas line stop valve (leaving the liquid line stop
ant more than the specified amount to raise the condensing
valve, valve A in the diagram above, close) and perform the
pressure.
operation to add the refrigerant.
2. Once the appropriate amount of refrigerant is in, press the
This outdoor unit is factory charged with refrigerant. conrmation button (BS3) on the outdoor unit PC board
Charge the additional refrigerant calculated by the formula (A2P), and stop operation.
below. 3. Open the stop valves quickly (both liquid and gas line
Additional charging valves).
Additional charging Liquid piping length (This must be done quickly to avoid the possibility that the
depended on type
amount = 0.036 +
of indoor unit pipe might burst.)
(lb.) (ft.)0.036 A (lb.)

FAQ
Indoor unit FCQ FTQ
FHQ
Additional charging
0 1.54
A (lb.)

Record the additional amount to the label stuck on the back of


front panel.

11 English

C: 3P281953-2A

214 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)


EDUS281120_a Installation of outdoor unit

Stop valve operation [Stop valve operation method]


Prepare hexagon wrenches (whose size is 4 mm and 6 mm).
Cautions on handling the stop valve
How to open the stop valve
The gure below shows the name of each part required in 1. Insert a hexagon wrench into the valve stem, and turn the
handling the stop valve. At the time of shipment, the stop valve stem counterclockwise.
valve is closed. 2. When the valve stem cannot be turned any more, stop
Service port turning. Now, the valve is open.

How to close the stop valve


Valve stem 1. Insert a hexagon wrench into the valve stem, and turn the
Silicon sealant
Valve cap valve stem clockwise.
(Take care not to generate cavity.)
2. When the valve stem cannot be turned any more, stop
turning. Now, the valve is closed.
Field piping
connection part Opening direction Opening direction

If only a torque wrench is used to loosen or tighten the are


nut, the side plate may be distorted. Make sure to x the
stop valve with a spanner, then loosen or tighten the are
nut with a torque wrench.
<Liquid line> <Gas line>

7. ELECTRIC WIRING WORK


Torque DANGER
Spanner wrench
Torque Do not ground units to water pipes, telephone wires or
wrench
lightning rods because incomplete grounding could cause a
severe shock hazard resulting in severe injury or death, and
to gas pipes because a gas leak could result in an explosion
Spanner prohibition
Stop valve of two Stop valve of one which could lead to severe injury or death.
to valve cap and hangs structure hang structure
body part
WARNING
When it is expected that the operating pressure will be low
(for example, when cooling will be performed while the Disconnect all power to unit to avoid possible electric shock
outside air temperature is low), seal sufciently the are nut during installation.
in the stop valve on the gas line with silicon sealant to Use only specied wire and connect wires to terminals
prevent freezing. tightly. Be careful that wires do not place external stress on
terminals. Keep wires in neat order so as to not to obstruct
Cautions on handling the valve cap other equipment. Incomplete connections could result in
overheating, and in worse cases, electric shock or re.
The valve is sealed in the arrow area. Take care not to For the details, refer to 7-3 Power supply wiring connec-
damage the arrow area. tion procedure.

Valve cap CAUTION

Stop valve <To electrician>


(valve cap attachment area) Do not operate the air conditioner until the refrigerant piping
work is completed.
After handling the valve, make sure to tighten the valve cap (Operating the air conditioner before the refrigerant piping
securely. work is completed may damage the compressor.)
Liquid line Gas line
Install a ground fault circuit interrupter.
(The inverter is provided in the air conditioner. In order to
10.0~12.2 ftlbf 16.6~20.3 ftlbf
prevent malfunction of the ground fault circuit interrupter
itself, use a breaker resistant to higher harmonics.)
Cautions on handling the service port
Electricians having sufcient knowledge should perform the
Use charge hose equipped with push in the work.
electric wiring work.
After the work, make sure to tighten the valve cap securely.
All wiring must comply with local electrical codes and Na-
Tightening torque.....8.5~10.3 ftlbf
tional Electrical Code (NEC).

English 12

3P281953-2A

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 215


Installation of outdoor unit EDUS281120_a

Perform the electric wiring work in accordance with the Precautions when knocking out knockout holes
electric wiring diagram label. To punch the knockout hole, hit it with a hammer.
Make sure to turn OFF the branch switch and overcurrent After removing the knockout hole, it is recommended that
protective device before starting the work. the edges should be painted to prevent rusting.
Perform grounding to the indoor unit and outdoor unit.
Use only copper wires. CAUTION
Make sure to turn the power off before starting the electric Use conduit for both the power supply wiring and transmis-
wiring work. sion wiring.
Do not turn ON any switch until the work is completed. Outside the unit, make sure to keep the wirings 5 inches
The outdoor unit has an inverter which generates noise and away.
charges the outer casing with the leakage current. The Otherwise, the outdoor unit may be affected by electrical
outdoor unit should be grounded so that the effect of the noise (external noise), and malfunction or fail.
generated noise on other equipment can be reduced, and Be sure to connect the power supply wiring to the terminal
that the outer casing can be discharged. block and secure it as described in 7-3 Power supply wiring
As this unit is equipped with an inverter, installing a phase connection procedure.
advancing capacitor will not only reduce the power factor Fix the wiring between the units in accordance with
improvement factor, but may also cause the capacitor to 7-4 Transmission wiring connection procedure.
overheat due to high-frequency waves. Therefore, never Secure the wirings with the clamps (accessory) so that do
install a phase advancing capacitor. not touch the piping.
Never push excessive electric wires into the units. Make sure the wirings will not be pinched by the front panel,
Protect electric wires with conduit tubes or vinyl tubes so and close the panel rmly.
that they will not be damaged by edges of knockout holes. Route the conduit along the unit by using a elbow socket
Fix electric wires with clamps as accessories so that they will and so on to prevent it from being stepped on.
not come to contact with pipes and stop valves.
(Refer to 7-3 Power supply wiring connection procedure.)
7-3 Power supply wiring connection procedure
7-1 Connection example of whole system wiring
WARNING
Power
Never connect power supply wiring to the terminal block for
Ground fault remote controller wiring as this could damage the entire system.
circuit interrupter
Outdoor unit
Branch switch Install a ground fault circuit interruptER
overcurrent sIs NECESSARYto install a ground fault circuit interrupter to
protective device prevent electric shockSOR re accidentS.
208/230V
Phase and Max.Overcurrent Min. Circuit
Ground Model Voltage
frequency Protective Device Amps.
Power 16V RZQ18PVJU
RZR18PVJU
208/230V RZQ24PVJU
~ 60Hz 208/230V 20A 16.5A
RZR24PVJU
Indoor
unit RZQ30PVJU
RZR30PVJU
16V

Remote
Ground controller

7-2 Routing power supply wiring and transmission


wiring
Let the power supply wiring with a conduit pass through one of
the knockout holes on the front or side cover, and let the
transmission wiring with a conduit pass through another
knockout hole.
For protection from uninsulated live parts, thread the power
supply wiring or the transmission wiring through the included
insulating tube and secure it with the included clamp.
Power supply wiring
Insulating tube Clamp or
(accessory) (accessory) Transmission wiring

(3in.)

13 English

3P281953-2A

216 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)


EDUS281120_a Installation of outdoor unit

CAUTION
After nishing the electric wiring work, conrm that all the
wirings are connected securely.

Screw
Precautions when laying power wiring
(accessory)
Lock nut Two electric wires of different thickness cannot be connected
Cover
to the power terminal block.
Cover (Handle) (Slack in the electric wires may generate abnormal heat.)
(accessory) Conduit
Use round pressure terminals with insulting sleeve for
connection to the power terminal block.
If such terminals are not available for unavoidable reasons,
connect an electric wire of the same thickness to each side
as shown in the gure.
Conduit mounting Attach insulation sleeve
plate (accessory) Power wire
Round pressure terminal
Power supply wiring
(including ground wire)
or
Transmission wiring Connect same- It is forbidden It is forbidden to
Stop valve thickness wiring to connect two connect wiring of
mounting plate to both sides. to one side. different thicknesses.
Power supply wiring
(including ground wire)
or
Transmission wiring
Clamp (accessory) Make sure to observe the following items. If they are not
observed, abnormal heat may be generated by slack in electric
Power supply wiring
Transmission wiring wires, etc.
Power terminal Control terminal
block (X1M) block (X2M) between indoor unit
For wiring, use the designated power wire and connect
rmly, then secure to prevent outside pressure being exerted
on the terminal board.
Use an appropriate screwdriver for tightening the terminal
screws.
A screwdriver with a small head will strip the head and make
proper tightening impossible.
Over-tightening the terminal screws may break them.
See the table below for tightening torque for the terminal
screws.
Tightening torque (ftlbf)
M5 (Power supply and ground terminal block) 1.76 ~ 2.15
M4 (Shielded ground) 0.87 ~ 1.06
Insulation tube large Clamp Note M3.5 (Transmission wiring terminal block) 0.58 ~ 0.72
(accessory) (accessory) Be sure to avoid
Ground wiring contact with the
Insulation tube small
(yellow/green) (accessory) sensor and the
filed wiring.

How to Insulation tube.


Use the insulation tube large to cover the power supply
wiring.
Use the insulation tube small to cover the transmission
wiring.
Joint the insulation tube with the tape and cut off the tube
sticking out of the outdoor unit.
Insulation tube large-2
or
tape Insulation tube small-2

Insulation tube large-1


or Cut off the sticking out
Insulation tube small-1 of the outdoor unit.

English 14

3P281953-2A

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 217


Installation of outdoor unit EDUS281120_a

7-4 Transmission wiring connection procedure 5. Piping size and heat insulation:
If an excessive force is applied while connecting a cable Refer to 6-1 Selection of piping material, 6-5 Heat
to the terminal block on the PC board, the PC board may insulation of piping.
be damaged. 6. Check of stop valve:
Conrm that the stop valve is open on both the liquid line
IN/D OUT/D and gas line.
IN/D OUT/D F1 F2 F1 F2 7. Record of amount of additional refrigerant:
F1 F2 F1 F2 Record the amount on the label stuck on the back of the
L1 L2
front panel.
8. Measurement of insulation in main power circuit:
Use the megatester for 500 V.
Do not use any megatester for low voltage electric circuits
except 230 V.
(Wiring between the outdoor unit and the indoor unit)
Use the conductor
of sheathed wire CAUTION
(2 wire) (no polarity)
F1 F2 <To piping technician>
Make sure to open the stop valve after nishing the piping
Indoor unit work.
(Operating the air conditioner with the stop valve shut may
damage the compressor.)
CAUTION
For low-noise operation, it is necessary to install the optional
External control adaptor for outdoor unit.
For details, see the installation manual attached to the
9. TEST RUN PROCEDURE
adaptor. A crankcase heater is mounted for smooth startup. Make
sure to turn on the power 6 hours before starting opera-
tion for supplying the power to the crankcase heater.
Caution on the wiring length between units
WARNING
Make sure to observe the restrictions below. If they are
not observed, transmission error may occur. Make sure to close the front panel before leaving the
Maximum wiring length: 3280 ft. outdoor unit in the power ON status.
To avoid injury, always make sure that the overcurrent
Cautions on the wiring between units protective device on the power supply panel of the installa-
tion is switched off before doing any work.
Never connect 208/230V to the terminal block for the trans-
mission wiring.
Doing so will break the entire system. Cautions before turning on the power
The transmission wiring from the indoor unit must be con- Put the insulating cover securely onto the control box.
nected to the F1/F2 (TO IN/D UNIT) terminals on the PC After turning on the power, check the settings and LED
board in the outdoor unit. indicators on the PC board (A1P) in the outdoor unit
Make sure to use sheathed two-core cables of AWG18-16 in through the opening of the insulating cover.
the wiring shown above.
9-1 Power on and check operation
All cables used in the wiring between the units should
be procured on the site. Make sure to perform the check operation after installation.
(If the air conditioner is operated using the indoor remote
controller without performing the check operation, the mal-
8. CHECKS AFTER COMPLETION OF function code U3 is displayed in the indoor remote control-
WORK ler, and normal operation is disabled.)
After completing the work, make sure to conrm the
following items:
1. Connection of drain piping and removal of transport ttings:
Refer to 5. CAUTIONS ON INSTALLATION.
2. Connection of power supply wiring and tightening of screws:
Refer to 7-3 Power supply wiring connection proce-
dure.
3. Connection of transmission wiring and tightening of screws:
Refer to 7-4 Transmission wiring connection proce-
dure.
4. Freezing connection of refrigerant piping
Refer to 6. REFRIGERANT PIPING WORK.

15 English

3P281953-2A

218 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)


EDUS281120_a Installation of outdoor unit

In the check operation, the status of the outdoor unit is <Cautions on check operation>
checked, and incorrect wiring is checked for. If the air conditioner is started within about 12 minutes after
(1) Close the front panel the power of the indoor/outdoor unit is turned on, the H2P
Make sure to turn on the indicator lights and the compressor does not run.
of the outdoor unit. power 6 hours before
Turn ON the power to Conrm that the LED status is as shown in the table in (2) in
Caution starting operation for
the outdoor unit and supplying the power to 9-1 Power on and check operation before starting the air
indoor unit. the crankcase heater. conditioner.
The air conditioner may require about 10 minutes maximum
(2) Open the front panel of the outdoor unit. The power is
Check the LED on the PC board (A1P supplied to the until it can start the compressor after start of operation.
and A2P) in the outdoor unit to see if the outdoor unit. This period of time is required to homogenize the refrigerant
data transmission is performed normally. Take due care status, and does not indicate any failure.
A1P A2P during the work to The check operation does not provide any means of check-
prevent electric ing the indoor unit individually. For that purpose, perform the
SERVICE MONITOR HAP

shock. normal operation using the remote controller after nishing


TEST/HWL

DEMAND
MASTER

LED display L.N.O.P. the check operation.


MODE

SLAVE

(Default
IND

The check operation is not available in any other mode such


status
before as the recovery mode.
delivery) Before running a check on the unit, changing the indoor
remote controller settings might cause the error code UF to
be displayed and prevent a proper check to be run.
H1P
H2P
H3P
H4P
H5P
H6P
H7P

Outdoor 9-2 Checks in normal operation


unit installed After nishing the check operation, operate the air condi-
LED display: OFF ON Blinking tioner normally.
(3) When performing the The power is supplied to the (Heating is not available if the outside air temperature is
low-noise operation outdoor unit. Take due care during 75 F or more. Refer to the operation manual supplied
(L.N.O.P.) or demand the work to prevent electric shock. together with the unit.) (Heating is only available for RZQ-P
(DEMAND) operation Before using the pushbutton
upon request from the switches (BS1 to BS5) for setting,
models.)
customer, perform the conrm that the microcomputer Conrm that the indoor and outdoor units are operating
setting using the (SERVICE) monitor is lit. normally.
pushbutton switches (BS1 For the setting method, refer to the (If a knocking sound is heard in the liquid compression of
to BS5) on the PC board [Cautions on service] label attached the compressor, stop the air conditioner immediately and
(A2P) in the outdoor unit. on the back of the front panel of the energize the crankcase heater for a sufcient period of time,
Press each pushbut- outdoor unit. (Make sure to write the
then start the operation again.)
ton switch from the contents of setting on the [Cautions
opening of the on service] label.) Check to see if cold (or hot) air is coming out of the indoor
insulation cover. unit.
(Do not remove the Press the fan direction button and fan speed control button
insulation cover.) on the remote controller to see if the fan is operating nor-
(4) Conrm that the stop Do not leave any stop mally.
valves are open on both valve closed.
the liquid and gas lines. If Caution Otherwise the <Cautions for normal operation check>
they are closed, open them. compressor will fail. Once stopped, the compressor will not start for about
5 minutes even if the ON/OFF button on the remote con-
(5) Press and hold the test When leaving the outdoor unit
run button (BS4) for during the check operation for
troller is pressed.
5 seconds or more to start unavoidable reasons, ask another When the system operation is stopped by the remote con-
the check operation. installation worker to watch the trol, the outdoor unit may continue to operate for a further
For the details, refer to the outdoor unit, or close the front panel. 3 minutes.
Check operation procedure The system operates the check If the system has not undergone the check operation by the
on the [Cautions on operation for about 15 minutes test run button since it was rst installed, a malfunction code
service] label. (30 minutes maximum), then stops
U3 is displayed.
automatically.
The system can start normal operation In this case, perform the check operation by referring to
about 5 minutes after the check 9-1 Power on and check operation.
operation if the remote controller does
not display any malfunction code.
During the check operation, the
status under execution is indicated
on the remote controller.
(6) After the check operation, make sure to close the front panel of
the outdoor unit.

English 16

3P281953-2A

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 219


Installation of outdoor unit EDUS281120_a

When a malfunction code is displayed in the remote When nothing is displayed in the remote controller
controller
There might be a problem with the connection or transmis-
(Check a malfunction code in the remote controller connected sion between the indoor unit and the remote controller.
to the indoor unit.) Check connections, and check for wire breakage.
Malfunction
Cause Solution CAUTION
code
The stop valves in <To piping technician>
Open the stop valve on both the
the outdoor unit <To electrician>
gas and liquid lines.
remain closed. After nishing the test run and before using the unit by
Calculate again the required customer, conrm that the front panel and screws are
E3 amount of refrigerant to be charged attached securely to the unit.
The refrigerant is based on the piping length, recover
overcharged. the refrigerant using the refrigerant
recovery device, then achieve
proper amount of refrigerant. 10. CAUTION FOR REFRIGERANT LEAKS
The stop valves in
Open the stop valve on both the
the outdoor unit
gas side and liquid side.
DANGER
remain closed.
Refrigerant gas is heavier than air and replaces oxygen. A
The operation
massive leak could lead to oxygen depletion, especially in
mode on the
Set the operation mode on all basements, and an asphyxiation hazard could occur leading
remote controller
indoor unit remote controllers to to serious injury or death.
was changed
cooling.
before the check
E4
operation.
F3 (Points to note in connection with refrigerant leaks)
Check whether additional
refrigerant charge has been Introduction
nished correctly.
The refrigerant is Calculate again the required The installer and system specialist shall secure safety
insufcient. amount of refrigerant to be against leakage according to local regulations or stan-
charged based on the piping dards. The following standards may be applicable if local
length, then charge additionally regulations are not available.
proper amount of refrigerant.
The Split System, like other air conditioning systems, uses
Calculate again the required
R410A as refrigerant. R410A itself is an entirely safe non-toxic,
amount of refrigerant to be charged
The refrigerant is based on the piping length, recover non-combustible refrigerant. Nevertheless care must be taken
F6 to ensure that air conditioning facilities are installed in a room
overcharged. the refrigerant using the refrigerant
recovery device, then achieve which is sufciently large. This assures that the maximum
proper amount of refrigerant. concentration level of refrigerant gas is not exceeded, in the
The check unlikely event of major leak in the system and this in accor-
U3 operation has not Perform the check operation. dance to the local applicable regulations and standards.
performed.
Maximum concentration level
The power is not
Connect correctly the power supply
U4 supplied to the The maximum charge of refrigerant and the calculation of the
wiring of the outdoor unit.
outdoor unit. maximum concentration of refrigerant is directly related to the
Improper type of Check the type of indoor unit humanly occupied space in to which it could leak.
UA indoor unit is currently connected. If it is not
connected. proper, replace it with proper one. The unit of measurement of the concentration is lb./ft ( the
The stop valves in weight in lb. of the refrigerant gas in 1ft volume of the occu-
Open the stop valve on both the pied space).
the outdoor unit
gas and liquid lines.
remain closed.
Compliance to the local applicable regulations and standards
The piping and for the maximum allowable concentration level is required.
wiring of the
Conrm that the piping and wiring
indoor unit are Direction of the refrigerant flow
of the indoor unit are connected
not connected
correctly to the outdoor unit.
UF correctly to the Room where
outdoor unit. refrigerant leak
The operation has occurred
(outflow of all the
mode on the refrigerant from
remote controller Set the operation mode on indoor the system)
was changed unit remote controller to cooling.
before the check
operation.
The transmission Connect correctly the transmission
wiring is not wiring to the F1 and F2 (TO IN/D
UH
connected UNIT) terminals on the PC board
correctly. (A1P) in the outdoor unit.

17 English

3P281953-2A

220 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)


EDUS281120_a Installation of outdoor unit

Pay a special attention to the place, such as a basement,


etc. where refrigerant can stay, since refrigerant is heavier
than air.
Procedure for checking maximum concentration
Check the maximum concentration level in accordance with
steps 1 to 4 below and take whatever action is necessary to
comply.
1. Calculate the amount of refrigerant (lb.) charged to each
system separately.
amount of refriger- additional charging total amount
ant in the unit amount (amount of of refrigerant
(amount of refriger-
+ refrigerant added
= (lb.) in the
ant with which the locally in accordance system
system is charged with the length or
before leaving the diameter of the
factory) refrigerant piping and
type of indoor unit)

NOTE
Where a single refrigerant facility is divided into 2 entirely
independent refrigerant systems then use the amount of
refrigerant with which each separate system is charged.

2. Calculate a room volume (ft)

3. Calculate the refrigerant concentration by using the results


of the calculations in steps 1 and 2 above.
total amount of refrigerant in the
system

maximum concentration
volume (ft) of the room in which there level (lb./ft)
is an indoor unit installed

4. Deal with the situations where the result exceeds the


maximum concentration level.
Where the installation of a facility results in a concentration
in excess of the maximum concentration level then it will be
necessary to revise the system.
Please consult your dealer.

English 18

3P281953-2A

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 221


Installation of outdoor unit EDUS281120_a

17.2 RZR36PVJU / RZR42PVJU / RZQ36PVJU9 / RZQ42PVJU9

SPLIT SYSTEM Air Conditioners Installation manual

Safely dispose all packing and transportation materials in


accordance with federal/state/local laws or ordinances. Packing
CONTENTS materials such as nails and other metal or wood parts, includ-
1. SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS.................................................. 1 ing plastic packing materials used for transportation may cause
2. INTRODUCTION...................................................................... 2 injuries or death by suffocation.
3. BEFORE INSTALLATION........................................................ 3
4. SELECTION OF INSTALLATION LOCATION......................... 3 WARNING
5. CAUTIONS ON INSTALLATION.............................................. 7
Only qualified personnel must carry out the installation work.
6. REFRIGERANT PIPING WORK .............................................. 7 Installation must be done in accordance with this installation
7. ELECTRIC WIRING WORK................................................... 10 manual. Improper installation may result in water leakage, elec-
8. CHECKS AFTER COMPLETION OF WORK ........................ 13 tric shock, or fire.
9. TEST RUN PROCEDURE ..................................................... 13 When installing the unit in a small room, take measures to keep
10. CAUTION FOR REFRIGERANT LEAKS ............................... 15 the refrigerant concentration from exceeding allowable safety
limits. Excessive refrigerant leaks, in the event of an accident in
a closed ambient space, can lead to oxygen deficiency.
Use only specified accessories and parts for installation work.
Failure to use specified parts may result in water leakage, elec-
1. SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS tric shocks, fire, or the unit falling.
Read these SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS for Installation carefully Install the air conditioner on a foundation strong enough that it
before installing air conditioning equipment. After completing the instal- can withstand the weight of the unit. A foundation of insuffi-
lation, make sure that the unit operates properly during the startup oper- cient strength may result in the unit falling and causing injuries.
ation. Take into account strong winds, typhoons, or earthquakes
Instruct the customer on how to operate and maintain the unit. Inform when installing. Improper installation may result in the unit fall-
customers that they should store this Installation Manual with the Oper- ing and causing accidents.
ation Manual for future reference. Make sure that a separate power supply circuit is provided for
Always use a licensed installer or contractor to install this product. this unit and that all electrical work is carried out by qualified
Improper installation can result in water or refrigerant leakage, electrical personnel according to local, state, and national regulations.
shock, fire, or explosion. An insufficient power supply capacity or improper electrical
Meanings of DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION, and NOTE Symbols: construction may lead to electric shocks or fire.
Make sure that all wiring is secured, that specified wires are
DANGER .................. Indicates an imminently hazardous situa- used, and that no external forces act on the terminal connec-
tion which, if not avoided, will result in tions or wires. Improper connections or installation may result
death or serious injury. in fire.
When wiring, position the wires so that the control box cover
WARNING................. Indicates a potentially hazardous situation can be securely fastened. Improper positioning of the control
which, if not avoided, could result in death box cover may result in electric shocks, fire, or the terminals
or serious injury. overheating.
CAUTION.................. Indicates a potentially hazardous situation Before touching electrical parts, turn off the unit.
Be sure to install a ground fault circuit interrupter if one is not
which, if not avoided, may result in minor or
moderate injury. already available. This helps prevent electrical shocks or fire.
It may also be used to alert against unsafe Securely fasten the outdoor unit terminal cover (panel). If the
practices. terminal cover/panel is not installed properly, dust or water may
enter the outdoor unit causing fire or electric shock.
NOTE ........................ Indicates situations that may result in When installing or relocating the system, keep the refrigerant
equipment or property-damage accidents circuit free from substances other than the specified refrigerant
only. (R410A) such as air. Any presence of air or other foreign sub-
stance in the refrigerant circuit can cause an abnormal pres-
DANGER sure rise or rupture, resulting in injury.
Do not change the setting of the protection devices. If the pres-
Refrigerant gas is heavier than air and replaces oxygen. A mas- sure switch, thermal switch, or other protection device is
sive leak can lead to oxygen depletion, especially in base- shorted and operated forcibly, or parts other than those speci-
ments, and an asphyxiation hazard could occur leading to fied by Daikin are used, fire or explosion may occur.
serious injury or death.
Do not ground units to water pipes, gas pipes, telephone wires,
CAUTION
or lightning rods as incomplete grounding can cause a severe
shock hazard resulting in severe injury or death. Additionally, Do not touch the switch with wet fingers. Touching a switch
grounding to gas pipes could cause a gas leak and potential with wet fingers can cause electric shock.
explosion causing severe injury or death. Do not allow children to play on or around the unit to prevent
If refrigerant gas leaks during installation, ventilate the area injury.
immediately. Refrigerant gas may produce toxic gas if it comes Do not touch the refrigerant pipes during and immediately after
in contact with fire. Exposure to this gas could cause severe operation as the refrigerant pipes may be hot or cold, depend-
injury or death. ing on the condition of the refrigerant flowing through the
After completing the installation work, check that the refriger- refrigerant piping, compressor, and other refrigerant cycle
ant gas does not leak throughout the system. parts. Your hands may suffer burns or frostbite if you touch the
Do not install unit in an area where flammable materials are refrigerant pipes. To avoid injury, give the pipes time to return
present due to risk of explosions that can cause serious injury to normal temperature or, if you must touch them, be sure to
or death. wear proper gloves.

1 English

3PN07193-7H

222 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)


EDUS281120_a Installation of outdoor unit

Heat exchanger fins are sharp enough to cut. If the conventional refrigerant and refrigerator oil are mixed in
To avoid injury wear glove or cover the fins when working R410A, the refrigerant may deteriorate.
around them. This air conditioner is an appliance that should not be accessi-
Install drain piping to proper drainage. Improper drain piping ble to the general public.
may result in water leakage and property damage. The wall thickness of field-installed pipes should be selected in
Insulate piping to prevent condensation. accordance with the relevant local, state, and national regula-
Be careful when transporting the product. tions.
Do not turn off the power immediately after stopping operation.
Always wait for at least 5 minutes before turning off the power.
Otherwise, water leakage may occur. Safety Precaution
Do not use a charging cylinder. Using a charging cylinder may The PCI Data Station is a class A product. In a domestic environment
cause the refrigerant to deteriorate. this product may cause radio interference in which case the user may be
Refrigerant R410A in the system must be kept clean, dry, and required to take adequate measures.
tight.
(a) Clean and Dry -- Foreign materials (including mineral oils
such as SUNISO oil or moisture) should be prevented from
2. INTRODUCTION
getting into the system. 2-1 Standard operation limit
(b) Tight -- R410A does not contain any chlorine, does not
The figures below assume following operating conditions for indoor and
destroy the ozone layer, and does not reduce the earth's outdoor units:
protection again harmful ultraviolet radiation. R410A can Equivalent pipe length ...................... 25 ft.
contribute to the greenhouse effect if it is released. There- Level difference ................................ 0 ft.
fore take proper measures to check for the tightness of the
refrigerant piping installation. Read the chapter Refrigerant Cooling Heating
Piping and follow the procedures. A
Since R410A is a blend, the required additional refrigerant must 115 <c> C
60
be charged in its liquid state. If the refrigerant is charged in a
state of gas, its composition can change and the system will 50 <b>
95
not work properly. 43

The indoor unit is for R410A. See the catalog for indoor models <a> 41

that can be connected. Normal operation is not possible when


connected to other units.
Remote controller (wireless kit) transmitting distance can be
shorter than expected in rooms with electronic fluorescent
lamps (inverter or rapid start types). Install the indoor unit far 5

away from fluorescent lamps as much as possible. 23 B 4 D


50 57 67 77 82 50 59 70 81
Indoor units are for indoor installation only. Outdoor units can
be installed either outdoors or indoors. A Outdoor temperature (FDB)
Do not install the air conditioner in the following locations: B Indoor temperature (FWB)
(a) Where a mineral oil mist or oil spray or vapor is produced, C Outdoor temperature (FWB)
for example, in a kitchen. D Indoor temperature (FDB)
Plastic parts may deteriorate and fall off or result in water Range for continuous operation
leakage. Range for pull down operation
(b) Where corrosive gas, such as sulfurous acid gas, is pro-
duced. Range for warming up operation
Corroding copper pipes or soldered parts may result in Range for operation
refrigerant leakage.
(c) Near machinery emitting electromagnetic waves. 2-2 Technical specifications
Electromagnetic waves may disturb the operation of the (<a> and <b> in the table indicate the operating condition (shown in
control system and cause the unit to malfunction. the previous figure).)
(d) Where flammable gas may leak, where there is carbon fiber, RZQ36PVJU9 RZQ42PVJU9
or ignitable dust suspension in the air, or where volatile Model RZQ30PVJU9
RZR36PVJU RZR42PVJU
flammables such as thinner or gasoline are handled. Oper- Precaution
Refrigerant R410A
ating the unit in such conditions can cause a fire.
Take adequate measures to prevent the outdoor unit from being Power 208/230V 60Hz
used as a shelter by small animals. Small animals making con- [FCQ] Ceiling mounted
tact with electrical parts can cause malfunctions, smoke, or Cooling (MBh) 36.0 40.5 *<a>
fire. Instruct the customer to keep the area around the unit Heating (MBh) (RZQ only) 39.5 41.5 *<b>
clean. [FHQ] Ceiling suspended
Cooling (MBh) 36.0 40.5 *<a>
NOTE Heating (MBh) (RZQ only) 37.5 39.5 *<b>
[FTQ] Air handling unit
Install the power supply and control wires for the indoor and Cooling (MBh) 30.0 36.0 42.0 *<a>
outdoor units at least 3.5 feet away from televisions or radios to Heating (MBh) (RZQ only) 34.0 40.0 47.0 *<b>
prevent image interference or noise. Dimensions
Depending on the radio waves, a distance of 3.5 feet may not be (inch) 52-15/16 35-7/16 12-5/8
HWD
sufficient to eliminate the noise.
Dismantling the unit, treatment of the refrigerant, oil and addi- Weight (lb.) 283
tional parts must be done in accordance with the relevant local, Connections
state, and national regulations. Gas (inch) 5/8
Do not use the following tools that are used with conventional Liquid (inch) 3/8
refrigerants: gauge manifold, charge hose, gas leak detector,
reverse flow check valve, refrigerant charge base, vacuum
gauge, or refrigerant recovery equipment.

English 2

3PN07193-7H

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 223


Installation of outdoor unit EDUS281120_a

2-3 Electrical specifications 4. SELECTION OF INSTALLATION


(<c> in the table indicates the operating condition (shown in the previ- LOCATION
ous figure).)
The refrigerant R410A itself is nontoxic, nonflammable and safe. If
RZQ36PVJU9 RZQ42PVJU9 the refrigerant should leak however, its concentration may exceed
Model RZQ30PVJU9 Precaution
RZR36PVJU RZR42PVJU
the allowable limit depending on room size. Due to this it could be
Power necessary to take measures against leakage. Refer to the chapter
Phase ~ Caution for refrigerant leaks.
Frequency (Hz) 60 (1) Select a proper location satisfying the following requirements
Voltage (V) 208/230 with approval of the customer.
Voltage tolerance (%) 10 Sufficient ventilation is secured.
Max. Overcurrent .EIGHBORSNOTBOTHEREDBYOPERATIONSOUND.
(A) 30 The foundation is strong enough to support the weight and with-
Protective device
Min. Circuit Amps. (A) 27.0 <c> stand vibrations of the outdoor unit, and the location is safe and
allows horizontal installation.
Compressor
-INIMAL exposURE to rain.
Phase 3~
The space for installation and servicing is secured around the out-
Frequency (Hz) 60 door unit.
Voltage (V) 208/230 The indoor/outdoor piping length and wiring length are within the
allowable range.
2-4 Accessories
(2) When installing the outdoor unit in a location affected by strong
Confirm that the following accessories are supplied. wind, pay special attention to the following items.
Insulation tube If strong wind whose velocity is 11 mph or more blows to the out-
Clamp Others door unit from the air outlet side, the air flow rate of the outdoor
Large Small unit is reduced, the outlet air is sucked again (short-circuit), and
Installation the following effect may be caused:
manual The capacity is deteriorated.
The adhered frost increases during heating operation.
The operation is stopped by pressure rise.
If excessive strong wind continuously blows from the air outlet side
of the outdoor unit, the fan may rotate in the reverse direction at
(6 pcs.) (1 pc.) (1 pc.) high speed, and lead to damage. Install the outdoor unit in refer-
ence to the following figures.
2-5 Main components Position the air outlet side toward the building wall, fence or
For main components and function of the main components, refer to the windbreak screen.
Engineering Data Book.

3. BEFORE INSTALLATION
<Bringing-in>
Bring in the outdoor unit slowly by holding the lugs provided on the left
Suction
and right sides as shown in the figures below.
grille
(Take care so that hands and objects do not touch the fin on the rear.)

Discharge grille (Secure the space for installation and servicing.)


Let the air outlet direction face be at right angles to the wind
direction.

Strong wind

Strong wind

Outdoor unit
Lug Air outlet
(3) When installing the outdoor unit in a location with heavy snow-
fall, pay special attention to the following items:
Prepare strong foundation.
Attach the snow hood (optional accessory).
Remove the suction grill on the rear so that snow will not be accu-
mulated in the rear fin.
(4) When there is a possibility of short-circuit depending on the
ambient situation, use the wind direction adjusting plate
(Front view) (Rear view)
(optional accessory).
If the suction hole area on the side of the casing
is held, the casing may be deformed. Make sure
to hold the corner.

Make sure to use accessories and specified specification parts in the


installation work.

3 English

3PN07193-7H

224 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)


EDUS281120_a Installation of outdoor unit

(5) The inverter type air conditioner may cause noise in electric (2)When two or more outdoor units are installed side by side
products. When an obstruction is present on the both sides
When selecting an installation location, keep sufficient dis-
tance from the air conditioner unit and wiring to radios, per-
sonal computers, stereos, etc. as shown in the figure below.
In areas with weak electric waves, keep a distance of 120 in. or
more from the indoor remote controller, etc., put the power
40
cables and connection cables in conduit tubes, and ground the or
conduit tubes. mo
re
Branch switch Branch switch re
and overcurrent and overcurrent 8o mo
breaker rm or
breaker ore 12
Indoor unit
When an obstruction is present also in the upward area
(1)When one outdoor unit is installed individually
When an obstruction is present also on the air inlet side
ore

40 or more

Indoor remote
e
60 or m

ess
40 or mor

controller or l

40 or more
20
ore
60 or m
e
60 or mor
(in.)

ore
rm
DANGER 4o
When an obstruction is present also on the air inlet side and
Do not install unit in an area where flammable materials are present both sides
due to risk of explosion resulting in serious injury or death.
Refrigerant is heavier than air and replaces oxygen. A massive leak ess
or l

40 or more
could lead to oxygen depletion , especially in basements, and an 20
asphyxiation hazard could occur leading to serious injury or death.
Installation place (unit: inch)
Cautions on continuous installation
The connection piping outlet direction in the continuous installation
shown in the figures below is frontward or downward. 6o
rm
When routing the piping rearward, secure space of 10 in. or more on ore
the right side of the outdoor unit. (The unit of numeric values below ore
6o rm
is inch.) rm
ore 6o
Make some space for wiring with conduit and servicing between the
units. (2)When two or more outdoor units are installed side by side
(A) When an obstruction is present on the air inlet side When an obstruction is present also on the air inlet side and
When the upward area is open
both sides
(1)When one outdoor unit is installed individually
When an obstruction is present only on the air inlet side

ess

40 or more
or l
20

40
or m
o re ore
rm
4o
ore
When an obstruction is present on the both sides 8o or m
rm
ore 12

(B) When an obstruction is present on the air outlet side


When the upward area is open
(1)When one outdoor unit is installed individually
4o
rm
ore
re
4o r mo
rm 4o
ore

ore
or m
20

English 4

3PN07193-7H

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 225


Installation of outdoor unit EDUS281120_a

(2)When two or more outdoor units are installed side by side (2)When two or more outdoor units are installed side by side

H
ore ore
or m or m
40 12
L>H
ore
When an obstruction is present also in the upward area or m
(1)When one outdoor unit is installed individually 40

s When an obstruction is present also in the upward area


r les (1)When one outdoor unit is installed individually
20 o

40 or more
s
r les
20 o

40 or more
ore

L
or m
20 ore

H
or m
10
(2)When two or more outdoor units are installed side by side A
s
r les The dimensional relationship between H, L and A is as shown in the
20 o table below.
40 or more

L A
0 L 1/2H 30
LH
1/2H L H 40
H L Install the frame to achieve L H.

NOTE
Close the area under the frame so that the outlet air does not bypass
ore there.
or m
40
(2)When only two outdoor units are installed side by side
(C) When an obstruction is present on both the air inlet and air out-
let sides s
<Pattern 1> r les
20 o
When an obstruction on the air outlet side is higher than the outdoor unit
(There is no restriction in the height of obstruction on the air inlet side.) 40 or more
When the upward area is open
(1)When one outdoor unit is installed individually
H
L

ore
H

ore or m
rm 12
4o
ore
L>H or m A
20
The dimensional relationship between H, L and A is as shown in the
table below.
L A
0 L 1/2H 40
LH
1/2H L H 50
H L Install the frame to achieve L H.

NOTE
1. Close the area under the frame so that the outlet air does not
bypass there.
2. Only two outdoor units can be installed side by side.

5 English

3PN07193-7H

226 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)


EDUS281120_a Installation of outdoor unit

<Pattern 2> (2)When only two outdoor units are installed side by side
When an obstruction on the air outlet side is lower than the outdoor unit
(There is no restriction in the height of obstruction on the air inlet side.) ess
or l

40 or more
When the upward area is open 20
(1)When one outdoor unit is installed individually

H
H

L
LH
L

ore
rm A
4o ore
ore rm
or m 60o
20
The dimensional relationship between H, L and A is as shown in the
(2)When two or more outdoor units are installed side by side table below.
L A
0 L 1/2H 10
LH
1/2H L H 12
Install the frame to achieve L H.
H
H L
L

NOTE
1. Close the area under the frame so that the outlet air does not
A bypass there.
ore
rm 2. Only two outdoor units can be installed side by side.
60o
(D) When outdoor units are stacked
The dimensional relationship between H, L and A is as shown in the (1)When an obstruction is present on the air outlet side
table below.
L A
0 L 1/2H 10 Z

1/2H LH 12

When an obstruction is present also in the upward area

4
(1)When one outdoor unit is installed individually

ess
or l
20
40 or more

ore
or m
40
H

NOTE
1. Only two outdoor units can be stacked.
L

2. About 4 in. is required as the drain piping size for the upper outdoor unit.
A 3. Close the area Z (gap between the upper outdoor unit and the
ore lower outdoor unit) so that the outlet air does not bypass there.
rm
40o
(2)When an obstruction is present on the air inlet side
The dimensional relationship between H, L and A is as shown in the
table below.
L A
Z
0 L 1/2H 4
LH
1/2H L H 8
H L Install the frame to achieve L H.

NOTE
4

Close the area under the frame so that the outlet air does not bypass
there.
ore
or m
12

NOTE
1. Only two outdoor units can be stacked.
2. About 4 in. is required as the drain piping size for the upper outdoor unit.
3. Close the area Z (gap between the upper outdoor unit and the
lower outdoor unit) so that the outlet air does not bypass there.

English 6

3PN07193-7H

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 227


Installation of outdoor unit EDUS281120_a

(E) When outdoor units are installed in rows (on the rooftop, etc.) In the drain piping work, make sure that drainage is discharged
(1)When one outdoor unit is installed in each row securely.
(When routing the piping downward, check for water leakage.)
Air outlet side
5 1/2 24 3/8 5 1/2

4 5/8

(13 5/8-14)
Bottom view

8 5/8
11 3/8

13 3/4
e (unit: inch)
mor
4 or
ore
rm
80 o 1 3/4
ore 16 5/8
m Drain hole
8 or 24 1/8
e
r mor
40 o
(2)When two or more outdoor units are installed side by side Transportation metal removal procedure
A transportation metal in yellow and a washer are provided on the
leg of the compressor for protecting the unit during transport.
Remove them as described below.

Fixing nut Compressor


Washer
L Sound-proof cover
A
ore
or m
120
ore
H

rm
24 o Transportation
e
r mor metal
60 o
The dimensional relationship between H, L and A is as shown in the
table below. Turn in the arrow direction
and remove it.
L A
0 L 1/2H 10 (1) Open the sound-proof cover as shown in the above figure.
LH
1/2H LH 12 At this time, do not pull the sound-proof cover, and do not remove it
from the compressor.
H L Installation is not allowed.
(2) Remove the fixing nut.
(3) Remove the transportation metal and the washer as shown in the
5. CAUTIONS ON INSTALLATION above figure.
(4) Return and tighten the fixing nut again.
Before installation, confirm the strength and levelness of the founda-
(5) Return the sound-proof cover to achieve the former status.
tion so that vibrations and noise are not generated.
Fix the outdoor unit securely on a rigid base with foundation bolts as CAUTION
shown in the foundation drawing below.
(Prepare 4 sets of commercially available M12-type or equivalent If the unit is operated with the transportation metal attached, abnor-
foundation bolts, nuts and washers.) mal vibration or sound may be generated.
Use resin washers to prevent the paint from being scratched off and
rusting.
The foundation bolts should be protruded by 15/16 in. 6. REFRIGERANT PIPING WORK
(Refer to figure)

Resin CAUTION
washer
15/16 <To piping technician>
Make sure to open the stop valves after finishing the piping
work. (Refer to the table shown in 6-7 Additional refrigerant
charge.)
Drain treatment (Operating the air conditioner with the stop valve shut may
In a location where drain from the outdoor unit may cause troubles damage the compressor.)
(for example, where drainage may splash on general passersby), Use R410A to add refrigerant. (The R410A refrigerant cylinder has a
perform the drain piping work using the drain plug (optional). pink stripe painted around it.)
For drain treatment, space of at least 4 in. is required under the bot- All field piping must be installed by a licensed refrigeration technician
and must comply with relevant local and national regulations.
tom frame of the outdoor unit.
BRAZING REFRIGERANT PIPING
Do not use flux when brazing copper-to copper refrigerant piping.
(Particularly for the HFC refrigerant piping) Therefore, use the phosphor
copper brazing filler metal (BCuP) which does not require flux.
(Flux has an extremely negative effect on refrigerant piping systems.
For instance, if chlorine based flux is used, it will cause pipe corro-
sion. Flux containing fluorine will damage refrigerant oil.)

7 English

3PN07193-7H

228 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)


EDUS281120_a Installation of outdoor unit

Precautions when connecting the piping


NOTE See the following table for flare dimensions.
Maximum piping length between the outdoor and indoor unit is 230ft. When connecting the flare nuts, apply refrigerant oil to the inside of
Installation tools: the flares and turn them three or four times at first.
(Use ester oil or ether oil.)
Make sure to use installation tools (gauge manifold charge hose,
See the following table for tightening torque. (Applying too much
etc.) that are exclusively used for R410A installations to withstand
torque may cause the flares to crack.)
the pressure and to prevent foreign materials (e.g. mineral oils such
After connecting all the piping perform a gas leak check by using
as SUNISO and moisture) from mixing into the system.
nitrogen.
(The screw specifications differ for R410A and R407C.)
Vacuum pump (use a 2-stage vacuum pump with a non-return valve): Tightening
Pipe size Flare dimension A (in.) Flare shape (in.)
1. Make sure the pump oil does not flow oppositely into the system torque (ftlbf)
while the pump is not working. R0.016
3/8

2
2. Use a vacuum pump which can evacuate to 14.6 psi. 24.1 - 29.4 0.504 - 0.520 ~0.031

45
90 2

A
6-1 Selection of piping material
1. Foreign materials inside pipes (including oils for fabrication) must be 5/8 45.6-55.6 0.760 - 0.776
0.14gr/10ft. or less.
2. Use the following material specification for refrigerant piping:
construction material: Phosphoric acid deoxidized seamless cop- Ester or ether oil
per for refrigerant.
6-2 Protection of piping
Protect the piping to prevent moisture and dusts from coming into the
piping. If you are obliged to install the unit without a torque wrench, you may
Especially, pay attention when passing the piping through a hole or follow the installation method mentioned below.
connecting the end of piping to the outdoor. After the work is finished, make sure to check that there is no gas leak.
When you keep on tightening the flare nut with a spanner, there is a
Location Working period Protection method point where the tightening torque suddenly increases.
1 month or more Pinch pipes From that position, further tighten the flare nut the angle shown below.
Outdoor
Less than 1 month Tightening angle Recommended arm
Pinch or tape pipes Pipe size
Indoor Regardless of period (Guideline) length of tool (in.)

6-3 Piping connection 3/8 60~90 Approx. 7 7/8


For handling of stop valves, refer to Stop valve operation 5/8 30~60 Approx. 11 13/16
method in 6-7 Additional refrigerant charge. Disposal requirements
Only use the flare nuts attached to the stop valves. Dismantling of the unit, treatment of the refrigerant, oil and eventual
Using different flare nuts may cause the refrigerant to leak. other parts should be comply the relevant local and national regulations.
Be sure to perform a nitrogen blow when brazing.
(Brazing without performing nitrogen replacement or releasing nitrogen 6-4 Refrigerant piping work procedure
into the piping will create large quantities of oxidized film inside the The field piping can be connected in four directions.
pipes, adversely affecting valves and compressor in the refrigerating
Front
system and preventing normal operation.) panel

DANGER

Use of oxygen could cause an explosion resulting in severe injury or Piping cover
death. Only use nitrogen gas. Rear
Refrigerant gas may produce toxic gas if it comes in contact with fire Screw for direction
such as from a fan heater, stove or cooking device. Exposure to this front panel
gas could cause severe injury or death. Lateral
Front direction direction
Screw for piping Downward
NOTE cover (front) direction
When brazing with blowing nitrogen, set the nitrogen pressure to
When connecting the piping downward, remove the knockout hole by
2.9 psi or less by using a pressure reducing valve.
making four holes in the middle on the each side of the knockout hole
Refrigerant Location to with a drill.
piping Regulator
be brazed
Drill
Middle on the side
Nitrogen
Taping Knockout hole
Manual valve Nitrogen
Slit

Field piping
CAUTION Slit
Bottom frame
Do not use anti-oxidants when brazing.
Residue can clog pipes and break the unit. Then cut out the corner of the bottom frame along the slits (in two
positions) by using a hacksaw.
Do not let any refrigerant other than the specified refrigerant enter After removing the parts, it is recommended to apply repair paint on
the refrigerant system. the edges, to prevent rusting.
Do not let any gas such as air enter the refrigerant system.

English 8

C: 3PN07193-7H

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 229


Installation of outdoor unit EDUS281120_a

Cautions on connecting the connection piping Vacuum drying - Use a vacuum pump which can evacuate up to
14.6 psi or less.
Be careful not to let the field piping [Procedure] Operate the vacuum pump for evacuation for 2 hours or
come into contact with the compres- Liquid piping
more using both liquid pipe and gas pipe until the vacuum pressure
sor terminal cover. Terminal cover reaches 14.6 psi or less. Leave the air conditioner at 14.6 psi or
Adjust the height of the insulation Compressor less for 1 hour or more, and confirm that the vacuum pressure indi-
material on liquid pipe when it has cated by the vacuum gage does not increase.
the possibility of getting in contact (If the vacuum pressure increases, the system may contain moisture
with the terminal. Also make sure or have leakage.)
that the field piping does not touch If there is a possibility of moisture remaining in the piping (for
the mounting bolt of the compressor. example, when there is a possibility of dew condensation inside the pip-
When it is expected that water con- ing because the piping work was performed in the rainy season or over
densed in the stop valve will reach a long period of time, or when rainwater may have entered the piping
the indoor unit through the gap during the work)
between the heat insulating material Perform evacuation described above for 2 hours (vacuum drying), pres-
and the piping (for example, when Caulking, etc.
surize the air conditioner up to 7 psi (vacuum break) with nitrogen gas,
the outdoor unit is installed in a then evacuate the air conditioner using the vacuum pump for 1 hour to
higher position than the indoor unit), achieve 14.6 psi or less (vacuum drying).
take proper action such as caulking Insulation (If the vacuum pressure does not reach 14.6 psi or less even after
the connection area. Bolt
evacuation for 2 hours or more, repeat vacuum break and vacuum dry-
[Measures to prevent invasion of small creatures and litter] ing.) Leave the air conditioner in the vacuum status for 1 hour or more,
Block all gaps in the piping penetration areas with putty or heat insu- and confirm that the vacuum pressure indicated by the vacuum gauge
lating material (arranged in the local field) as shown in the figure does not increase.
below.
6-7 Additional refrigerant charge
(If small creatures such as insects or litter enter the outdoor unit, a
short-circuit may be caused inside the control box.)
WARNING
Putty or heat
To avoid injury always use protective gloves and eye protection when
insulating material
charging refrigerant.
(arranged in local field) To avoid injury do not charge with unsuitable substances. Use only
the appropriate refrigerant.

NOTE
Refrigerant cannot be charged until field wiring has been completed.
6-5 Heat insulation of piping Refrigerant may only be charged after performing the airtight test
Make sure to insulate the field piping (on both the liquid line and gas and the vacuum drying (see above).
line) and refrigerant branching kit. When charging refrigerant into the system, take care that its maxi-
(If they are not insulated, water leakage may be caused.) mum allowable charge is never exceeded, in view of the danger of
liquid hammer.
"ESURETOUSEINSULATIONTHATISDESIGNEDFORUSEWITH(6!# Refrigerant containers shall be opened slowly.
3YSTEMS To avoid compressor breakdown, do not charge the refrigerant more
than the specified amount to raise the condensing pressure.

Reinforce the refrigerant piping according to the installation environ- This outdoor unit is factory charged with refrigerant.
ment. If it is not reinforced, condensate may form on the surface of Charge the additional refrigerant calculated by the formula below.
the insulation.
Additional charging amount Liquid piping length 0.036
WARNING =
(lb.) (ft.)0.036
Make sure to insulate the field piping up to the piping connection Record the additional amount to the label stuck on the back of front
area inside the unit. If the piping is exposed, dew condensation and panel.
burn by contact may be caused.
Charge the refrigerant to the liquid pipe in its liquid state. Since R410A
is a mixed refrigerant, its composition changes if charged in a state of
gas and normal system operation would no longer be assured.
6-6 Airtight test and vacuum drying Before filling, check whether the tank has a siphon attached or not.
The unit has been checked for leaks by the manufacturer. How to fill a tank with a siphon attached.
Confirm that the valves are firmly closed before airtight test or vacuum-
Fill with the tank upright.
drying.
There is a siphon tube
To prevent entry of any impurities and insure sufficient pressure resis-
inside, so there is no need
tance, always use the special tools dedicated for R410A.
to turn the tank upside-down.
Perform the following inspections securely after the piping work.
Airtight test - Make sure to use nitrogen gas. (For the service port Other ways of filling the tank
position, refer to the figure in Stop valve operation method.)
[Procedure] Pressurize the air conditioner from the liquid pipe and Fill with the tank upside-down.
gas pipe up to 450 psi (Make sure not to exceed 450 psi). When the
pressure does not drop for 24 hours, the piping work shall be
accepted. After the vacuum drying is finished, charge the additional refrigerant
If the pressure drops, check for leakage positions. (Confirm that in its liquid state through the liquid stop valve service port.
there is no leakage, then release nitrogen.) Taking into account following instructions:
1. Check that gas and liquid stop valves are closed.
2. Charge the specified amount of refrigerant.

9 English

3PN07193-7H

230 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)


EDUS281120_a Installation of outdoor unit

If the outdoor unit is not in operation and the total amount cannot be [Stop valve operation method]
charged, follow the procedures for additional refrigerant charge Prepare hexagon wrenches (whose size is 4 mm and 6 mm).
shown below. How to open the stop valve
Make sure to use installation tools you exclusively use on R410A 1. Insert a hexagon wrench into the valve stem, and turn the valve
installations to withstand the pressure and to prevent foreign materi- stem counterclockwise.
als from mixing into the system. 2. When the valve stem cannot be turned any more, stop turning.
Now, the valve is open.
Procedures for charging additional refrigerant.
How to close the stop valve
1. Insert a hexagon wrench into the valve stem, and turn the valve
Dotted lines stem clockwise.
Pressure represent
reducing 2. When the valve stem cannot be turned any more, stop turning.
Outdoor unit field piping
valve Now, the valve is closed.
Liquid line Gas line
(Siphon system)

Indoor unit

R410A Opening direction Opening direction


Cylinder
Nitrogen

Valve A

Stop valve service port


Weighing Vacuum pump
scale Charge hose

See the Cautions on service label on the back of the front panel for the <Liquid line> <Gas line>
settings for operation after replenishing refrigerant.
1. Open the gas line stop valve (leaving the liquid line stop valve, valve
A in the diagram above, close) and perform the operation to add the Cautions on handling the valve cap
refrigerant.
The valve is sealed in the arrow area. Take care not to damage the
2. Once the appropriate amount of refrigerant is in, press the confirma-
arrow area.
tion button (BS3) on the outdoor unit PC board (A1P), and stop oper-
ation.
3. Open the stop valves quickly (both liquid and gas line valves).
(This must be done quickly to avoid the possibility that the pipe might Valve cap
burst.)
Stop valve
(valve cap attachment area)
Stop valve operation method
After handling the valve, make sure to tighten the valve cap securely.
Cautions on handling the stop valve Liquid line Gas line
The figure below shows the name of each part required in handling the 10.0~12.2 ftlbf 16.6~20.3 ftlbf
stop valve. At the time of shipment, the stop valve is closed.

Service port Cautions on handling the service port


Use charge hose equipped with push in the work.
After the work, make sure to tighten the valve cap securely.
Valve stem
Silicon sealant Tightening torque.....8.5~10.3 ftlbf
Valve cap
(Take care not to generate cavity.)
7. ELECTRIC WIRING WORK
Field piping
connection part
DANGER
If only a torque wrench is used to loosen or tighten the flare nut, the
side plate may be distorted. Make sure to fix the stop valve with a Do not ground units to water pipes, telephone wires or lightning rods
spanner, then loosen or tighten the flare nut with a torque wrench. because incomplete grounding could cause a severe shock hazard
resulting in severe injury or death, and to gas pipes because a gas leak
could result in an explosion which could lead to severe injury or death.

WARNING

Disconnect all power to unit to avoid possible electric shock


during installation.
Torque Use only specified wire and connect wires to terminals tightly. Be
Spanner wrench
Torque careful that wires do not place external stress on terminals. Keep
wrench wires in neat order so as to not to obstruct other equipment. Incom-
plete connections could result in overheating, and in worse cases,
electric shock or fire.
For the details, refer to 7-3 Power supply wiring connection pro-
Spanner prohibition cedure.
Stop valve of two Stop valve of one
to valve cap and hangs structure hang structure
body part

When it is expected that the operating pressure will be low (for exam-
ple, when cooling will be performed while the outside air temperature
is low), seal sufficiently the flare nut in the stop valve on the gas line
with silicon sealant to prevent freezing.

English 10

3PN07193-7H

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 231


Installation of outdoor unit EDUS281120_a

7-2 Routing power supply wiring and transmission


CAUTION
wiring
<To electrician> Let the power supply wiring and transmission wiring with a conduit pass
Do not operate the air conditioner until the refrigerant piping work is through one of the knockout holes on the front or side piping cover, and
completed. let the transmission wiring with a conduit pass through another knockout
(Operating the air conditioner before the refrigerant piping work is hole.
completed may damage the compressor.) For protection from uninsulated live parts, thread the power supply
Install a ground fault circuit interrupter. wiring and the transmission wiring through the included insulation
(The inverter is provided in the air conditioner. In order to prevent tube and secure it with the included clamp.
malfunction of the ground fault circuit interrupter itself, use a breaker
resistant to higher harmonics.)
<Power supply wiring>
Electricians having sufficient knowledge should perform the electri- Insulation tube (Large) Clamp Power supply
cal wiring work. (accessory) (accessory) wiring
All wiring must comply with local electrical codes and National Elec-
trical Code (NEC).
Perform the electric wiring work in accordance with the wiring dia-
gram label. (5/8in.) (5/8in.)
Make sure to turn OFF the branch switch and overcurrent breaker Ground wire
before starting the work. 2in.
or
Perform grounding to the indoor unit and outdoor unit. more (3in.)
Use only copper wires.
Make sure to turn the power off before starting the electric wiring
work.
Do not turn ON any switch until the work is completed. <Transmission wiring>
The outdoor unit has an inverter which generates noise and charges Insulation tube (Small) Clamp Transmission
the outer casing with the leakage current. The outdoor unit should be (accessory) (accessory) wiring
grounded so that the effect of the generated noise on other equip-
ment can be reduced, and that the outer casing can be discharged.
As this unit is equipped with an inverter, installing a phase advancing
capacitor will not only reduce the power factor improvement factor, (3in.)
but may also cause the capacitor to overheat due to high-frequency
waves. Therefore, never install a phase advancing capacitor.
Never push excessive electric wires into the units. Precautions knockout holes
Protect electric wires with conduit tubes or vinyl tubes so that they Open the knockout holes with a hammer or the like.
will not be damaged by edges of knockout holes. After knocking out the holes, we recommend you remove burrs in the
Fix electric wires with clamps as accessories so that they will not knockout holes and paint the edges and areas around the edges
come to contact with pipes and stop valves. using the repair paint to prevent rusting.
(Refer to 7-3 Power supply wiring connection procedure.) When passing wiring through knockout holes, make sure there are
no burrs, and protect the wiring with protective tape.
7-1 Connection example of whole system wiring
Power Outdoor unit
If small animals might enter the unit,
Burr
Ground fault block the knockout holes with an
circuit interrupter appropriate material (field supply).
Branch switch
overcurrent
breaker (fuse) CAUTION
208/230V Use conduit for both the power supply wiring and transmission wiring.
Outside the unit, make sure to keep the wirings 5 inch away.
Ground Otherwise, the outdoor unit may be affected by electrical noise
(external noise), and malfunction or fail.
Power 16V Be sure to connect the power supply wiring to the terminal block and
secure it as described in 7-3 Power supply wiring connection procedure.
Fix the wiring between the units in accordance with 7-4 Transmis-
208/230V sion wiring connection procedure.
Indoor Secure the wirings with the clamps (accessory) so that do not touch
the piping.
unit
Make sure the wirings will not be pinched by the front panel, and
16V close the panel firmly.
Route the conduit along the unit by using a elbow socket and so on
Remote to prevent it from being stepped on.
Ground controller

11 English

3PN07193-7H

232 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)


EDUS281120_a Installation of outdoor unit

7-3 Power supply wiring connection procedure


Terminal block (X2M)
WARNING Transmission wiring
Never connect power supply wiring to the terminal block for remote (To X2M [TO IN/ D
controller wiring as this could damage the entire system. UNIT](F1, F2))
Install a ground fault circuit interrupter. Insulation tube (Small)
It is obliged to install a ground fault circuit interrupter to prevent elec- (accessory)
tric shock and fire accident. Cut off the insulation
tube sticking out of the
Phase and Max. Overcurrent Min. Circuit Terminal outdoor unit.
Model Voltage
frequency Protective device Amps. block (X1M) Clamp (accessory)
RZQ30PVJU9 L1 L2 Insulation tube (Large)
RZQ36PVJU9 (accessory)
Connecting power Cut off the insulation
RZR36PVJU ~ 60Hz 208/230V 30A 27A
supply wiring tube sticking out of the
RZQ42PVJU9
outdoor unit.
RZR42PVJU

Stop valve
mounting plate

Ground wire
(Yellow/Green)

CAUTION
After finishing the electric wiring work, confirm that all the wirings are
connected securely.

Precautions when laying power wiring


Two electric wires of different thickness cannot be connected to the
power terminal block.
(Slack in the electric wires may generate abnormal heat.)
Screw Use round pressure terminals with insulting sleeve for connection to
the power terminal block.
Remove it and open
If such terminals are not available for unavoidable reasons, connect
the cover.
an electric wire of the same thickness to each side as shown in the
figure.
Stop valve Attach insulation sleeve
Control box Power wire
Terminal block mounting plate Round pressure terminal

Connect same- It is forbidden to It is forbidden to


thickness wiring connect two to connect wiring of
Backward to both sides. one side. different thicknesses.

Knockout hole Make sure to observe the following items. If they are not observed,
abnormal heat may be generated by slack in electric wires, etc.
Knockout hole For wiring, use the designated power wire and connect firmly, then
secure to prevent outside pressure being exerted on the terminal
board.
Forward Use an appropriate screwdriver for tightening the terminal screws.
A screwdriver with a small head will strip the head and make proper
tightening impossible.
Sideways
Over-tightening the terminal screws may break them.
Power supply wiring Power supply wiring See the table below for tightening torque for the terminal screws.
(including ground wire) (including ground wire)
Tightening torque (ftlbf)
or transmission wiring. or transmission wiring.
M5 (Power supply and ground terminal block) 1.76 ~ 2.15
M4 (Shielded ground) 0.87 ~ 1.06
M3.5 (Transmission wiring terminal block) 0.58 ~ 0.72

English 12

3PN07193-7H

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 233


Installation of outdoor unit EDUS281120_a

7-4 Transmission wiring connection procedure 8. CHECKS AFTER COMPLETION OF


If an excessive force is applied while connecting a cable to the WORK
terminal block on the PC board, the PC board may be damaged.
After completing the work, make sure to confirm the following
Terminal block (X2M) items:
1. Connection of drain piping and removal of transportation metal:
F1 F2 F1 F2 Refer to 5. CAUTIONS ON INSTALLATION.
2. Connection of power supply wiring and tightening of screws:
Refer to 7-3 Power supply wiring connection procedure.
3. Connection of transmission wiring and tightening of screws:
Refer to 7-4 Transmission wiring connection procedure.
4. Freezing connection of refrigerant piping
Refer to 6. REFRIGERANT PIPING WORK.
Use  conductor 5. Piping size and heat insulation:
STRANDED
NON SHIELDEDCOPPER Refer to 6-1 Selection of piping material, 6-5 Heat insulation
of piping.
6. Check of stop valve:
Confirm that the stop valve is open on both the liquid line and gas
F1 F2 line.
7. Record of amount of additional refrigerant:
Indoor unit Record the amount on the label stuck on the back of the front panel.
8. Measurement of insulation in main power circuit:
Use the megatester for 500 V.
CAUTION
Do not use any megatester for low voltage electric circuits except
For low-noise operation, it is necessary to install the optional Exter- 230 V.
nal control adaptor for outdoor unit. (Wiring between the outdoor unit and the indoor unit)
For details, see the installation manual attached to the adaptor.
CAUTION
<To piping technician>
Caution on the wiring length between units Make sure to open the stop valve after finishing the piping work.
Make sure to observe the restrictions below. If they are not (Operating the air conditioner with the stop valve shut may damage
observed, transmission error may occur. the compressor.)
Maximum wiring length: 3280 ft.

Cautions on the wiring between units 9. TEST RUN PROCEDURE


Never connect 208/230V to the terminal block for the transmission A crankcase heater is mounted for smooth startup. Make sure to
wiring. turn on the power 6 hours before starting operation for supplying
Doing so will break the entire system. the power to the crankcase heater.
The transmission wiring from the indoor unit must be connected to
the F1/F2 (TO IN/D UNIT) terminals on the PC board in the outdoor WARNING
unit.
Make sure to use STRANDEDNON SHIELDED CONDUCTOR AWG18- in the Make sure to close the front panel before leaving the outdoor
WIRING shown above. unit in the power ON status.
All cables used in the wiring between the units should be pro- To avoid injury, always make sure that the circuit breaker on
cured on the site. the power supply panel of the installation is switched off before doing
any work.

Cautions before turning on the power


Put the insulating cover securely onto the control box.
After turning on the power, check the settings and LED indica-
tors on the PC board (A2P) in the outdoor unit through the
opening of the insulating cover.

13 English

3PN07193-7H

234 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)


EDUS281120_a Installation of outdoor unit

9-1 Power on and check operation <Cautions on check operation>


Make sure to perform the check operation after installation. (If the air If the air conditioner is started within about 12 minutes after the
power of the indoor/outdoor unit is turned on, the H2P indicator lights
conditioner is operated using the indoor remote controller without
and the compressor does not run.
performing the check operation, the malfunction code U3 is dis-
Confirm that the LED status is as shown in the table in (2) in
played in the indoor remote controller, and normal operation is dis-
9-1 Power on and check operation before starting the air condi-
abled.) tioner.
In the check operation, the status of the outdoor unit is checked, and The air conditioner may require about 10 minutes maximum until it
incorrect wiring is checked for. can start the compressor after start of operation.
This period of time is required to homogenize the refrigerant status,
and does not indicate any failure.
(1) Close the front panel The check operation does not provide any means of checking the
Make sure to turn
of the outdoor unit. on the power 6 hours indoor unit individually. For that purpose, perform the normal oper-
Turn ON the power Caution before starting operation ation using the remote controller after finishing the check operation.
to the outdoor unit for supplying the power The check operation is not available in any other mode such as the
and indoor unit. to the crankcase heater. recovery mode.
Before running a check on the unit, changing the indoor remote con-
(2) Open the front panel of the outdoor unit. The power is troller settings might cause the error code UF to be displayed and
Check the LED on the PC board (A1P supplied to the prevent a proper check to be run.
and A2P) in the outdoor unit to see if the outdoor unit.
data transmission is performed normally. Take due care 9-2 Checks in normal operation
during the work After finishing the check operation, operate the air conditioner nor-
A1P A2P to prevent
electric shock. mally. (Heating operation is only available for RZQ-P models.)
(Heating is not available if the outside air temperature is 75 F or
SERVICE MONITOR HAP

more. Refer to the operation manual supplied together with the


TEST/HWL

DEMAND
MASTER

unit.)
L.N.O.P.
SLAVE
MODE

LED display Confirm that the indoor and outdoor units are operating normally.
IND

(Default (If a knocking sound is heard in the liquid compression of the com-
status pressor, stop the air conditioner immediately and energize the crank-
before
delivery) case heater for a sufficient period of time, then start the operation
again.)
Run the indoor unit one by one in turn, and confirm that the corre-
H1P
H2P
H3P
H4P
H5P
H6P
H7P

sponding outdoor unit is running.


Check to see if cold (or hot) air is coming out of the indoor unit.
Outdoor Press the fan direction button and fan speed control button on the
unit installed remote controller to see if the fan is operating normally.
LED display: OFF ON Blinking <Cautions for normal operation check>
(3) When performing the The power is supplied to the outdoor Once stopped, the compressor will not start for about 5 minutes even
low-noise operation unit. Take due care during the work to if the ON/OFF button on the remote controller is pressed.
(L.N.O.P.) or demand prevent electric shock. When the system operation is stopped by the remote control, the
(DEMAND) operation Before using the pushbutton switches outdoor unit may continue to operate for a further 3 minutes.
upon request from the (BS1 to BS5) for setting, confirm that If the system has not undergone the check operation by the test run
customer, perform the the microcomputer (SERVICE) monitor button since it was first installed, a malfunction code U3 is dis-
setting using the is lit. played.
pushbutton switches For the setting method, refer to the In this case, perform the check operation by referring to 9-1 Power
(BS1 to BS5) on the [Cautions on service] label attached on on and check operation.
PC board (A2P) in the the back of the front panel of the
outdoor unit. outdoor unit. (Make sure to write the
Press each contents of setting on the [Cautions on
pushbutton switch service] label.)
from the opening of
the insulation cover.
(Do not remove the
insulation cover.)
(4) Confirm that the stop Do not leave any stop
valves are open on both the
Caution valve closed.
liquid and gas lines. If they Otherwise the compressor
are closed, open them. will fail.
(5) Press and hold the test run When leaving the outdoor unit during the
button (BS4) for 5 seconds or check operation for unavoidable reasons,
more to start the check ask another installation worker to watch the
operation. outdoor unit, or close the front panel.
For the details, refer to the The system operates the check operation
Check operation procedure for about 15 minutes (30 minutes
on the [Cautions on service] maximum), then stops automatically.
label. The system can start normal operation
about 5 minutes after the check operation if
the remote controller does not display any
malfunction code.
During the check operation, the status
under execution is indicated on the remote
controller.
(6) After the check operation, make sure to close the front
panel of the outdoor unit.

English 14

3PN07193-7H

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 235


Installation of outdoor unit EDUS281120_a

When a malfunction code is displayed in the remote controller When nothing is displayed in the remote controller
(Check a malfunction code in the remote controller connected to the There might be a problem with the connection or transmission
indoor unit.) between the indoor unit and the remote controller.
Malfunction Check connections, and check for wire breakage.
Cause Solution
code
CAUTION
The stop valves
in the outdoor Open the stop valve on both the <To piping technician>
unit remain gas and liquid lines. <To electrician>
closed. After finishing the test run and before using the unit by cus-
Calculate again the required tomer, confirm that the front panel and screws are attached
E3 amount of refrigerant to be securely to the unit.
charged based on the piping
The refrigerant is
length, recover the refrigerant
overcharged.
using the refrigerant recovery
device, then achieve proper 10. CAUTION FOR REFRIGERANT LEAKS
amount of refrigerant.
The stop valves DANGER
in the outdoor Open the stop valve on both the
unit remain gas side and liquid side. Refrigerant gas is heavier than air and replaces oxygen. A massive
closed. leak could lead to oxygen depletion, especially in basements, and an
The operation mode asphyxiation hazard could occur leading to serious injury or death.
on the remote control- Set the operation mode on all
ler was changed indoor unit remote controllers to (Points to note in connection with refrigerant leaks)
before the check cooling.
E4 Introduction
operation.
F3
Check whether additional The installer and system specialist shall secure safety against
refrigerant charge has been leakage according to local regulations or standards. The following
finished correctly. standards may be applicable if local regulations are not available.
The refrigerant is Calculate again the required The Split System, like other air conditioning systems, uses R410A as
insufficient. amount of refrigerant to be
refrigerant. R410A itself is an entirely safe non-toxic, non-combustible
charged based on the piping
refrigerant. Nevertheless care must be taken to ensure that air condi-
length, then charge additionally
proper amount of refrigerant. tioning facilities are installed in a room which is sufficiently large. This
assures that the maximum concentration level of refrigerant gas is not
Calculate again the required exceeded, in the unlikely event of major leak in the system and this in
amount of refrigerant to be accordance to the local applicable regulations and standards.
charged based on the piping
The refrigerant is Maximum concentration level
F6 length, recover the refrigerant
overcharged.
using the refrigerant recovery The maximum charge of refrigerant and the calculation of the maximum
device, then achieve proper concentration of refrigerant is directly related to the humanly occupied
amount of refrigerant. space in to which it could leak.
The check 3
U3 operation has not Perform the check operation. The unit of measurement of the concentration is lb./ft ( the weight in lb.
3
performed. of the refrigerant gas in 1ft volume of the occupied space).
The power is not Compliance to the local applicable regulations and standards for the
Connect correctly the power sup-
U4 supplied to the maximum allowable concentration level is required.
ply wiring of the outdoor unit.
outdoor unit.
Check the type of indoor unit
Improper type of
currently connected. If it is not
UA indoor unit is
proper, replace it with proper
connected.
one. Direction of the refrigerant flow
The stop valves
in the outdoor Open the stop valve on both the Room where
unit remain gas and liquid lines. refrigerant leak
closed. has occurred
(outflow of all the
The piping and refrigerant from
wiring of the Confirm that the piping and the system)
indoor unit are wiring of the indoor unit are con-
UF not connected nected correctly to the outdoor Pay a special attention to the place, such as a basement, etc.
correctly to the unit. where refrigerant can stay, since refrigerant is heavier than air.
outdoor unit. Procedure for checking maximum concentration
The operation mode Check the maximum concentration level in accordance with steps 1 to 4
on the remote control- Set the operation mode on below and take whatever action is necessary to comply.
ler was changed indoor unit remote controller to
1. Calculate the amount of refrigerant (lb.) charged to each system
before the check cooling. separately.
operation.
amount of refriger- additional charging total amount
Connect correctly the transmis-
The transmission
sion wiring to the F1 and F2
ant in the unit
(amount of refrig-
+ amount (amount of
refrigerant added
= of refriger-
ant (lb.) in
wiring is not
UH (TO IN/D UNIT) terminals on erant with which locally in accordance the system
connected
the PC board (A1P) in the the system is with the length or
correctly.
outdoor unit. charged before diameter of the refrig-
leaving the factory) erant piping)

15 English

3PN07193-7H

236 RZR-P, RZQ-P(9)


EDUS281120_a Installation of outdoor unit

NOTE
Where a single refrigerant facility is divided into 2 entirely indepen-
dent refrigerant systems then use the amount of refrigerant with
which each separate system is charged.
3
2. Calculate a room volume (ft )

3. Calculate the refrigerant concentration by using the results of the


calculations in steps 1 and 2 above.
total amount of refrigerant in the

system maximum concen-
3 3
volume (ft ) of the room in which tration level (lb./ft )
there is an indoor unit installed
4. Deal with the situations where the result exceeds the maximum con-
centration level.
Where the installation of a facility results in a concentration in excess
of the maximum concentration level then it will be necessary to revise
the system.
Please consult your dealer.

English 16

3PN07193-7H

RZR-P, RZQ-P(9) 237


Warning Daikin products are manufactured for export to numerous countries throughout the world. Prior to
purchase, please confirm with your local authorized importer, distributor and/or retailer whether this
product conforms to the applicable standards, and is suitable for use, in the region where the product
will be used. This statement does not purport to exclude, restrict or modify the application of any local
legislation.
Ask a qualified installer or contractor to install this product. Do not try to install the product yourself.
Improper installation can result in water or refrigerant leakage, electrical shock, fire or explosion.
Use only those parts and accessories supplied or specified by Daikin. Ask a qualified installer or
contractor to install those parts and accessories. Use of unauthorized parts and accessories or
improper installation of parts and accessories can result in water or refrigerant leakage, electrical
shock, fire or explosion.
Read the User's Manual carefully before using this product. The User's Manual provides important
safety instructions and warnings. Be sure to follow these instructions and warnings.
If you have any inquiries, please contact your local importer, distributor and/or retailer.

Daikin, Daikin AC Absolute Comfort, and its design, VRV, REFNET, and Quaternity are trademarks of Daikin Industries, LTD. All rights reserved.

Cautions on product corrosion


1. Air conditioners should not be installed in areas where corrosive gases, such as acid gas or alkaline gas, are produced.
2. If the outdoor unit is to be installed close to the sea shore, direct exposure to the sea breeze should be avoided. If you need to install
the outdoor unit close to the sea shore, contact your local distributor.

Organization: Organization:
DAIKIN INDUSTRIES, LTD. DAIKIN INDUSTRIES
AIR CONDITIONING MANUFACTURING DIVISION (THAILAND) LTD. All of the Daikin Groups business
Scope of Registration: facilities and subsidiaries in Japan
Scope of Registration: are certified under the ISO 14001
THE DESIGN/DEVELOPMENT AND MANUFACTURE OF THE DESIGN/DEVELOPMENT
COMMERCIAL AIR CONDITIONING, HEATING, COOLING, international standard for
AND MANUFACTURE OF AIR environment management.
REFRIGERATING EQUIPMENT, HEATING EQUIPMENT, CONDITIONERS AND THE
RESIDENTIAL AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT, HEAT COMPONENTS INCLUDING
RECLAIM VENTILATION, AIR CLEANING EQUIPMENT, COMPRESSORS USED FOR THEM
COMPRESSORS AND VALVES.

Dealer

1645 Wallace Drive, Suite 110


Carrollton, TX75006
[email protected]
www.daikinac.com

c 2011 Daikin Industries, LTD.

Specifications, designs and other content appearing in this brochure are current as of January 2012 but subject to change without notice.

EDUS281120_a
Printed in U.S.A. 01/12 FS. K

You might also like